summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/41140-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '41140-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--41140-8.txt13198
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 13198 deletions
diff --git a/41140-8.txt b/41140-8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 126bf38..0000000
--- a/41140-8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13198 +0,0 @@
-Project Gutenberg's The Rand-McNally Bible Atlas, by Jesse L. Hurlbut
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Title: The Rand-McNally Bible Atlas
- A Manual of Biblical Geography and History
-
-Author: Jesse L. Hurlbut
-
-Illustrator: Rev. Bishop John H. Vincent
-
-Release Date: October 22, 2012 [EBook #41140]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE RAND-MCNALLY BIBLE ATLAS ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Emmy, Kevin Handy, John Hagerson and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: THE MODERN WORLD AND THE BIBLE LANDS.
-
-NOTE.--The Bible Lands are those included within the red lines.]
-
-[Transcriber's Note: Bold text is set off by =equal signs= and italic
-text by _underscores_.]
-
-
-
-BIBLE ATLAS
-
-
-A MANUAL OF
-
-BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY
-
-ESPECIALLY PREPARED
-
-FOR THE USE OF TEACHERS AND STUDENTS OF THE BIBLE, AND FOR SUNDAY SCHOOL
-INSTRUCTION, CONTAINING
-
-Maps, Plans, Review Charts, Colored Diagrams,
-
-AND
-
-ILLUSTRATED
-
-WITH ACCURATE VIEWS OF THE PRINCIPAL CITIES AND LOCALITIES KNOWN TO
-BIBLE HISTORY.
-
-
-REVISED EDITION.
-
-
-BY REV. JESSE L. HURLBUT, D. D.,
-
-AUTHOR OF "REVISED NORMAL LESSONS," "STUDIES IN THE FOUR GOSPELS,"
-"STUDIES IN OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY," ETC.
-
-WITH AN INTRODUCTION BY
-
-REV. BISHOP JOHN H. VINCENT, D. D., LL. D.,
-
-CHANCELLOR OF THE CHAUTAUQUA UNIVERSITY.
-
- CHICAGO:
- RAND, McNALLY & COMPANY,
- PUBLISHERS.
-
-
-
-
- MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY.
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1884, BY RAND, MCNALLY & CO.
- COPYRIGHT, 1887, BY RAND, MCNALLY & CO.
- COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY RAND, MCNALLY & CO.
- COPYRIGHT, 1908, BY RAND, MCNALLY & CO.
- COPYRIGHT, 1910, BY RAND, MCNALLY & CO.
-
-
-
-
-INTRODUCTION.
-
-
-ON this side of the sea we sit down with a big book in our hands. It is
-an old book. Nearly two thousand years have passed since the last word
-of it was written, and no one can tell how many thousands of years ago
-the records were made or the words uttered, out of which its first
-writer prepared his wonderful statements.
-
-This old book is a singular book as to the variety of its
-contents,--ranging from dry chronological statement to highest flight of
-royal poetry. Many pages of it are simply historical, with lists of
-kings, and names of family lines through many generations. Geographical
-allusions descending to minutest detail are strewn thickly through its
-pages. There is no department of natural science which does not find
-some of its _data_ recognized in the chapters of this venerable volume.
-Stones and stars, plants and reptiles, colossal monsters of sea and
-land, fleet horse, bird of swift flight, lofty cedar and lowly
-lily,--these all find their existence recognized and recorded in that
-book of "various theme."
-
-As it is a long time since these records were made, so are the lands far
-away in which the events recorded are said to have occurred. We measure
-the years by millenaries, and by the thousand miles we measure the
-distance. The greatest contrast exists between the age and land in which
-we live and the age and lands in which this book found its beginning,
-its material and its ending.
-
-To one familiar only with the habits, dress and customs of American
-life, the every-day events recorded in the book seem fabulous. We do not
-dress as the book says that people dressed in those far-away years and
-far-away lands; we do not eat as they did; our houses are not like
-theirs; we do not measure time as they did; we do not speak their
-language; our seasons do not answer to the seasons that marked their
-year. It is difficult, knowing only our modern American life, to _think_
-ourselves into the conditions under which this book says that people
-lived and thought in those long-ago ages. Their wedding feasts and
-funeral services differed utterly from ours. They lived and died in
-another atmosphere, under a government that no longer exists; made war
-upon nations that are powerless to-day as the sleeping dead in a
-national cemetery; and the things which we read concerning them seem
-strange enough to us.
-
-In the changes which have taken place through all these centuries, it
-would be an easy thing, under some circumstances, for men to deny that
-the people of the book ever lived, that the cities of the book were ever
-built, that the events of the book ever transpired. And, if its historic
-foundation were destroyed, the superstructure of truth, the doctrinal
-and ethical teachings resting upon it, might in like manner be swept
-away.
-
-This old Book--the Bible, a divine product, wrought into the texture of
-human history and literature with the gradually unfolding ages--is the
-old Book we study to-day on this side the sea.
-
-It is a "Book of books,"--the Book out-shining all other books in the
-literary firmament, as the sun out-splendors the planets that move in
-their orbits around him.
-
-It is a book that deals with man as an immortal soul; making known the
-beginnings of the race; going back of the beginning to God, who is from
-"everlasting to everlasting," and who "in the beginning created the
-heaven and the earth"; revealing the creative purpose and loving grace
-of God; tracing the fall and deterioration of man, the divine
-interposition in human history, the preparation of a family, a race, a
-nation, and a world at large, for the coming of the Redeemer; revealing
-the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ; showing how the Christ
-came, what he did, what he said, what he resisted, what he endured, what
-he suffered, what he achieved; telling in simple way the story of the
-early church, from the little meeting of the bereaved disciples in the
-upper room to the magnificent consummation of Christ's coming, as seen
-in the prophetic visions of St. John on the Isle of Patmos.
-
-It is a book full of history, of geography, of archæology, of prophecy,
-of poetry, of doctrine, of "exceeding great and precious promises."
-
-In an important sense the foundations of this book are laid in human
-history and geography. However high toward the heavens it may reach in
-doctrine and promise, its foundations lay hold of the earth. If the
-children of Israel did not live in Egypt and Canaan and the far East, if
-the statements of their history as recorded in the book be not _facts_,
-if the story of Jesus Christ be false,--everything fails us. With the
-sweeping away of fact, we must also bid farewell to the words of
-doctrine and of promise here recorded; to the divine words of assurance
-which now give comfort to the penitent, hope to the despairing, strength
-to the feeble, and immortal life to the dying.
-
-As we sit down on this side of the sea, it is well that we are able to
-look beyond the sea to the lands which gave to the world the book in our
-hands. And it is well, that, as we look, we are able to connect the book
-of to-day with those same lands as they now lie among the rivers and by
-the seaside, from the sources of the Tigris and Euphrates to the mouths
-of the Nile, from the palaces of Babylon to the dock at Puteoli and the
-prison at Rome. And it is well that the lands as they are found to-day
-correspond to the records of the Book as they were made centuries and
-centuries ago. The Book, on its human historic, geographical and
-archæological side, is true to the facts as in the nineteenth century
-they are presented to us in the lands of the East.
-
-There are those who believe with firm faith, that, for these days of
-skepticism and of merciless and conscienceless historic criticism, the
-lands have been kept almost in their original condition, that the
-testimony of the modern skeptical traveler might (though unintentionally
-on his part, but necessarily) corroborate the teachings of the Bible.
-Have the mummy wrappings of Mohammedan domination held the far East
-unchanged through the centuries, that in these days of doubt the hills
-of Canaan, the plains of Egypt and the ruins of Mesopotamia might lift
-their voice in solemn attestation to the divine truthfulness of the
-sacred historians?
-
-These lands are memorial lands. They are now what the Book says they
-once were. Although the sweeping away of ancient governments and the
-reign of anarchy have modified the face of the country, the evidences
-still remain that the most glowing descriptions of their prosperity were
-not exaggerated. Infidels have doubted, for example, whether Palestine
-could contain the immense populations which, in its prosperous days,
-according to the statements of the Book, were resident there. But
-scientists show that the soil of Canaan, under cultivation, is one of
-the richest and most fertile in the world. The broken terraces that may
-still be traced on the hill-sides, the walls of cities and other ruins
-that fill the land, sustain the account of the prosperous days and the
-immense populations of Bible times.
-
-So little have the conditions of social life been modified, that one may
-live the old life over again in Canaan. Soil and scenery, the seasons of
-the year, Jacob's well and the Jordan, Ebal and Gerizim, the plain, the
-wilderness and the city, all give witness to the words of the Book.
-
-The names of olden time still linger. One lands at _Yafa_, the "Joppa"
-of old; Jerusalem is now _el Khuds_,--"the Holy"; _Bahr-lut_--"the Sea
-of Lot"--is the Dead Sea in the Valley of Sodom and Gomorrah; _Bir es
-Seba_ is the Beersheba of the olden time; _el Azariyeh_ is Bethany, the
-home of Lazarus; _Beit-lahm_ is still Bethlehem; and _el Khalil_--"the
-Friend"--is the name of Hebron, the home of Abram, "the Friend of God."
-
-In the customs and costumes, in the habits of speech and the manners of
-the people, you read the same lesson. In the spring of 1863 I was
-permitted to spend forty days and forty nights in Palestine. I saw
-Abraham at his tent-door; Rebekah vailing herself at the approach of the
-stranger; the long caravan of camels and Midianites on their way toward
-the South. I saw the wailing mourners at the house of death; the roof
-that might easily have been broken up; the wedding procession; the grass
-on the house-tops; the sparrow making a nest for her young in the
-synagogues of Jerusalem. I saw the elders in the gates; David the
-shepherd, with his sheep, on the hill-side; the Jewish mother teaching
-Timothy the words of the old Book in the old city on the hill. Verily,
-it is the old land; it is the old life; it is the memorial presentation
-in concrete form of what the Book says was true there thousands of years
-ago.
-
-As I stood on Safed, overlooking the Sea of Galilee and the lovely land
-about it, I turned and looked toward the north, and saw snow-sheathed
-Hermon, probably the Mount of Transfiguration, as it stood out that day
-against the blue sky of Syria. I thought of Ruskin's words: "These pure
-white hills, near to the heavens and sources of all good to the earth,
-are the memorials of the light of his mercy that fell snow-like on the
-Mount of Transfiguration."
-
-I once saw the Alps glorified by the setting sun. I was standing on _La
-Flégére_, looking down upon the Valley of Chamounix, and upward upon the
-magnificent heights, above which towered the great Mont Blanc. A pall of
-mist had hidden the rough and unilluminated rocks; but, when that mist
-grew thin as a vail of delicate lace, I saw the Alps beyond, and they
-appeared as if on fire. I cried out in ecstacy, "Behold Mount Zion."
-Through the mists of earth I saw the splendors of heaven. The story of
-the transfiguration on Mount Hermon, in the days of Jesus, if taken
-literally, is not so marvelous as the history we call the life and
-character of Jesus. Both belong to the realm of the supernatural. The
-"life" granted, the transfiguration has no surprise in it. So I discover
-the strange blending of the natural and supernatural in the Land and the
-Book,--in the Land as to-day hallowed by the Book,--in the Book as
-to-day supported and made real by the Land.
-
-It thus easily appears that every Bible reader should be acquainted with
-the outlines of Biblical and geographical antiquities. Without such
-knowledge it is impossible properly to understand the divine word. How
-often, through ignorance of sacred archæology, we overlook the force and
-beauty of the allusions which abound in the narrative, poetic and
-prophetic parts of Scripture. And there is, moreover, an air of reality
-imparted to all history by familiarity with the geography involved in
-it.
-
-In view of the supernatural character of Bible history, acquaintance
-with Bible geography is particularly important. Once give its wonderful
-transactions an actual locality among the hills, valleys and cities
-which may still be found and visited, connecting and comparing them with
-the records of our present history, and our youth will readily
-distinguish the miraculous from the mythical, and discover not only
-clear illustrations of many portions of the Bible, but strong and
-irresistible evidence in favor of its divinity.
-
-I therefore hail with joy the admirable presentation of the facts of
-Bible history and geography in this volume--a presentation so clear, and
-so abundantly illustrative, that the humblest teacher and most
-indifferent student may be interested and instructed.
-
-The study of Bible history and geography must not be limited to the
-theological school, the pastor's study, or the advanced Bible class. It
-is a department peculiarly adapted to our youngest children, and by them
-most needed, that they may secure the vivid realization of actuality in
-the Bible narratives. Boys and girls to-day may not take much delight in
-the advanced doctrinal teachings of the Bible; but it is possible so to
-connect its history with stories of modern travel, through the regions
-referred to in that history, that they will become interested in the one
-because of the pleasure they find in the other.
-
-Our Sunday School libraries should contain the many books of travel
-through the far East which are published in these days. And our
-ministers should enlist young people, through special classes, in the
-study of Bible history and geography. In this way a "week-day hold" upon
-our young people may be secured.
-
-During ten years of my pastoral life, wherever the itinerant system of
-my church placed me, I held on every Saturday afternoon, in the
-lecture-room of my church, a class to which old and young, and the
-representatives of all denominations, were admitted. It was called "The
-Palestine Class," and was devoted to the study of Bible history and
-geography. An outline of facts, prepared in catechetical form, was
-printed, and committed to memory by every pupil. Difficult old Hebrew
-names of lands, cities and mountains, were arranged in a rhythmic way,
-and chanted after the manner of the old-time "singing geography"
-classes. Answers were given in concert to help the memory, and personal
-examinations were afterward conducted to test it. The class constituted
-an "ideal company of tourists to the far East." The course of lessons
-was divided into five sections, covering the whole of Bible history. As
-each member, passing a personal examination, gave proof that he had
-thoroughly mastered "Section One," he was constituted a PILGRIM to the
-Holy Land, and given a certificate to that effect. Having studied
-"Section Two," and passed a satisfactory examination, he was made a
-RESIDENT in Palestine, and his name was associated with one town or
-mountain. In that way every principal place on the map was associated
-with the name of some member, who was held responsible to the class for
-information concerning its history and present condition. An examination
-in "Section Three" made our "pilgrim" and "resident" a DWELLER IN
-JERUSALEM. Having been examined in "Section Four," he was made an
-EXPLORER of other Bible lands, and was located on some mountain, or city
-of Egypt, Arabia, Chaldea, Asia Minor, etc. A final examination made him
-a TEMPLAR.
-
-The songs, concert exercises, responses and ideal pilgrimage gave
-enthusiasm to the class, while the personal examinations guaranteed
-thoroughness. As I recall those Saturday afternoons of my early
-ministry, surrounded by earnest women and wide-awake boys and girls of
-all ages, I am amply rewarded for all the labor and time expended. The
-enthusiasm and delight, the perceptible growth in knowledge, the spirit
-of catholicity, the steadiness promoted in the frivolous, the
-gratification afforded on the occasion of public examinations and
-reviews, the increased appreciation of the Sunday preaching, visible on
-the faces of young and old, the grateful words that have come through
-the intervening years from those who were by these studies incited to a
-more intelligent and earnest Bible study--these are some of the results
-of those years of pastoral service. The plan is practicable for every
-pastor. The book which I now have the honor of introducing to the public
-furnishes to every minister a complete preparation for directing such
-classes--a preparation which, twenty-five years ago, would have been a
-great benediction to me.
-
-One of these Palestine classes reported its imaginary tour through the
-village paper. These articles gave local interest to the movement,
-delighting the imaginary tourists, and (through no fault of ours)
-deceiving more than one simple-hearted reader in the community. From
-these letters I make a few extracts.
-
-
-"PALESTINE CORRESPONDENCE OF THE 'INDEPENDENT WATCHMAN.'
-
- "DEAR INDEPENDENT: In fulfillment of the promise
- made the night before our departure, I sit down to
- write the first of a series of letters detailing
- the most noteworthy incidents of our journey to
- the Holy Land, with such historical and
- geographical facts as are suggested by the
- localities we may be permitted to visit.
-
- "As you are well aware, an association, which has
- for its specific object the study of Bible history
- and geography, was organized in your town some
- months ago. After a course of thorough preliminary
- training, arrangements were consummated for a tour
- of observation through Egypt, Arabia,
- Palestine,--the lands of Hebrew life and
- literature, the scenes of the early Christian
- history, and, later, the arena of Saracenic
- invasion and domination. We are now on the way
- thither. While the tide of mighty immigration is
- pouring westward toward the American desert, the
- Rocky Mountains, Pike's Peak and Cherry creek, a
- tiny rill of exploration is trickling eastward
- toward the desert of Sinai, the mountains of
- Egypt, the peaks of Lebanon, and the river of
- Jordan." * * * * *
-
-After calling attention to two books which had just then appeared--"The
-Land and The Book," by Dr. Thomson, and "Palestine Past and Present," by
-Dr. Osborn--the Palestine correspondent continued:
-
- "No class of literature is more refining and
- exalting than the records of cultivated minds made
- amid the sacred scenes of Palestine, and the not
- less interesting ruins of Egypt, Asia Minor and
- Greece. A taste for such mental pabulum is a
- better safeguard against the popular and polluting
- fictions of the day than all the mandates of the
- parent or the uncompromising denunciations of the
- pulpit. Preoccupy by the good, and there will be
- no evil to expel. Create a taste for healthful
- literature in our young people, and they will not
- crave the blood and fire potions now so
- mercilessly provided by the corrupt press. This is
- one object of our present pilgrimage to Palestine.
- We would open a new world--the newest and yet the
- oldest of worlds--to their view. We would unfurl
- bright maps and open new books, and delight them
- in a field of thought and research, in which
- healthful influences prevail, a field of fragrant
- and thornless flowers, of luscious and life-giving
- fruit. * * * * * The association to which I have
- referred is composed of about eighty pilgrims. On
- Saturday morning, the 25th, we left your quiet
- village, reaching Chicago the same evening.
- Tuesday morning found us on our way to New York,
- where we arrived early this morning. We shall sail
- on Saturday, April 2, for the Orient. In order to
- diminish our expenses, we forego the speed of the
- regular steam route, and have chartered the
- sailing vessel, the schooner 'Star of Bethlehem.'
- She is a new vessel, and a 'bright light' in her
- way. Well rigged, and ably manned, she is prepared
- for the buffeting of old ocean. Her captain is the
- distinguished and experienced _Hardstudy_, with
- whom, I am sure, you have some acquaintance. He is
- a true gentleman, and, I am told, has been an
- intimate companion of several Oriental travelers.
- He accompanied Dr. Robinson on both his tours. The
- 'Star,' built expressly for excursions to the
- Mediterranean waters, is a stout boat, and is
- provided with the modern conveniences and luxuries
- of travel. She is about 150 tons burden. I spent
- an hour on board of her this afternoon, and am
- much gratified with the neatness and elegance
- displayed in all her departments. The library and
- reading-room is a little palace. It contains about
- 1,500 volumes, chiefly of Eastern travel, which,
- together with a number of good maps and paintings,
- will afford us every opportunity to prepare for
- the interesting tour we are about making. All thus
- far are well. Remember us in our wanderings, and
- send us copies of your paper, directing to the
- 'care of the United States Consul at Alexandria.'
- Prepay to New York, and send 'Via Liverpool and
- Beyrout.'"
-
-The next letter gives an account of the various pilgrimages which have
-been made to Palestine from the days of Abraham down to the present.
-
- "Off Sandy Hook, 3.30 P. M.," our correspondent
- wrote. "The wide ocean is before us. We have
- passed the Battery, Brooklyn, Staten Island, the
- ruins of old quarantine and the forts,--feeble
- protection in cases of invasion,--and yonder to
- the east is Sandy Hook. The bell of the tug rings.
- In five minutes our friends who accompany us down
- will return to the city, and we shall be alone
- upon the wide, wide sea. The waters appear quiet;
- a faint west wind is rising; all the children are
- in good spirits. If they are as bright to-morrow
- it will be strange. Farewell, native land!
- Farewell!"
-
-The third letter opened with a quotation from Browning:
-
-
- "'In the dimmest northeast distance
- Dawned Gibraltar, grand and gray.'
-
- "SCHOONER STAR OF BETHLEHEM,
- "HARBOR OF GIBRALTAR, May 4, '59.
-
- "DEAR INDEPENDENT: Thirty-two days ago we left the
- port of New York, and day before yesterday glided
- through the Straits of Gibraltar, casting anchor
- in this harbor. Our voyage was short and
- agreeable, all that could be desired, with the
- exception of the sea-sickness that prevailed among
- us for the first four or five days, and the alarm
- occasioned by the heavy gale of last week. For two
- days the storm raged so violently that our fears
- were much excited. On the evening of the 26th ult.
- the winds were lulled, the clouds broke away, and
- the rays of the setting sun hurried swiftly across
- the yet raging waves, to brighten their foaming
- crests with golden light, and bring hope to our
- hearts. Religious services were conducted each
- Sabbath by the chaplain, and our programme of
- study and reading was faithfully observed every
- day. All that we did, and all that we saw, cannot
- be reported in a single letter. Our young friends
- must themselves write about the wonders of the
- sea,--whales, dolphins, icebergs; sunset, sunrise,
- midnight; calms, storms, water-spouts; and all
- other sources of joy or terror in ocean life.
- Yesterday was spent in an excursion to the town of
- Gibraltar." * * * * *
-
-After a description of Gibraltar, the writer says:
-
- "The whole juvenile forces of our vessel have been
- invited to dine this afternoon with the officers
- of _H. M. S. Manchester_, in company with the
- British and American consuls of Gibraltar, and
- left an hour ago, under the charge of Captain
- _Hardstudy_, to comply with the gracious
- invitation, and I remain to prepare this letter
- for the morrow's steamer from Valetta to
- Liverpool. The sun is already sinking in the blue
- and gold waters of the Mediterranean. A fresh
- breeze has startled the sleeping waves into lively
- gambols, and our flag points eagerly westward and
- homeward. See our party of little travelers just
- off for the 'Manchester'! How their boats dance up
- and down over the water! 'Boom!' 'boom!' go the
- signal guns from the kind old ship! Now hear the
- thunderous volleys from the batteries on the huge
- mountain, proclaiming the hour of sunset!"
-
-The letters which follow are from "Alexandria, Egypt, May 28"; from the
-"Steamer Rameses, River Nile, June 11"; from "Off Joppa, June 16"; from
-"Jerusalem, July 5"; from "Nablous, 'the City of Samaria,' July 12";
-from "Beyrout, Syria, July 23"; and on Monday morning, July 25, our
-correspondent writes his farewell, as follows:
-
- "Well, friend INDEPENDENT, our travels are ended.
- We came on board the 'Star of Bethlehem' this
- morning. The steamer for Liverpool leaves this
- afternoon, and we shall send our letters ashore to
- be mailed. By the 30th of September we hope to be
- with you again. We have seen the earthly Canaan,
- with its degradation and defilement. Our minds
- turn toward the better Canaan. With Watts we sing:
-
- "'Look up, our souls, pant toward the eternal hills;
- Those heavens are fairer than they seem.
- There pleasures all sincere glide on in crystal rills;
- There not a dreg of guilt defiles,
- No grief disturbs the stream
- That Canaan knows,--no noxious thing,
- No cursed soil, no tainted spring;
- No roses grow on thorns, nor honey wears a sting.'"
-
-Such devices as these help to inspire the young with an interest in
-sacred things. They may not yet be prepared to appreciate the night of
-prayer on the mountain, the agony of the Lord in Gethsemane, or the
-rapturous experiences of St. John on Patmos; but they may take delight
-in the land, its customs, its wonderful histories, read with
-gratification an account of journeys from Dan to Beersheba, with perils
-from robbers, and the pranks of native children, the lonely horseback
-ride from Jerusalem down to Jericho, the encampment by the "Fountain of
-robbers" north of Jerusalem, the loveliness of Nazareth, the beauty of
-the Sea of Galilee, and the glories of Lebanon and Hermon. Finding
-delight in these more human things, they may, incidentally, under the
-leadership of the divine Providence and Spirit, catch glimpses of his
-face who, by simile and word and spirit, sanctified the land from north
-to south and from Bashan to the sea.
-
- J. H. VINCENT.
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION.
-
-
-DURING the fourteen years since this work was prepared great advancement
-has been gained in knowledge of the ancient Oriental world. In the light
-of recent researches it has become necessary to revise the entire book.
-The work has been done with care, every location has been
-reinvestigated, and the historical allusions have been compared with the
-latest and best authorities. In this revision the author has been
-materially aided by Prof. Robert W. Rogers of Madison, N. J., and Prof.
-Karl P. Harrington of Chapel Hill, N. C., to both of whom thanks are
-rendered. It is possible that some errors may yet remain, and if any
-appear to students who make use of this work, corrections or suggestions
-with regard to them will be gratefully received.
-
- JESSE L. HURLBUT.
-
-
-
-
-GENERAL INDEX.
-
-
- PAGE
- Ancient World, and the Descendants of Noah 23
- Apostolic History, Early 112
- Bible History, Chart of 13
- Conquest of Canaan 50
- Empire of David and Solomon 68
- Illustrations, List of 11
- Index to Descriptive Matter 157
- Index to Map of Old Testament World (Map on pp. 18, 19) 156
- Index to Map of Palestine (Map on pp. 152, 153) 151
- Introduction 3
- Isles of Greece and the Seven Churches 132
- Jerusalem, Ancient 72
- Jerusalem, Environs of 82
- Jerusalem, Modern 77
- Journeys of the Apostle Paul 116
- Journeys of the Patriarchs 33
- Kingdom of Saul 64
- Lands of the Sojourn and Wandering 41
- Life of Christ, The 103
- Measures of the Bible, The 148
- New Testament Palestine (Kingdom of Herod the Great) 100
- Old Testament World, The 17
- Oriental Empires, The Great 91
- Palestine Among the Twelve Tribes 55
- Palestine Before the Conquest 36
- Palestine, Lessons in the Geography of 143
- Palestine Under the Judges 60
- Physical Palestine 28
- Roman Empire, The 97
- Solomon's Empire, The Division of 86
- Tabernacle, The 135
- Table of Contents 9
- Temple, The 138
-
-
-
-
-TABLE OF CONTENTS.
-
-
- PAGE
- CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY 13-16
-
- I. GENERAL PERIODS.
- II. SUBDIVISIONS.
- III. PERSONS AND RULERS.
- IV. EVENTS OF BIBLE HISTORY.
- V. THE HISTORY OF EGYPT.
- VI. THE KINGDOMS OF THE EAST.
- VII. THE ORIENTAL EMPIRES.
- VIII. THE WORLD IN GENERAL.
-
-
- THE OLD TESTAMENT WORLD 17-22
-
- I. EXTENT.
- II. SEAS.
- III. MOUNTAIN RANGES.
- IV. RIVERS.
- V. LANDS.
- I. _Lands of the Mountain System._
- 1. Armenia;
- 2. Media;
- 3. Persia.
- II. _Lands of the Plain._
- 1. Assyria;
- 2. Elam;
- 3. Mesopotamia;
- 4. Chaldea;
- 5. Arabia.
- III. _Lands of the Mediterranean._
- 1. Asia Minor;
- 2. Syria;
- 3. Phoenicia;
- 4. Palestine;
- 5. The Wilderness;
- 6. Egypt.
-
-
- ANCIENT WORLD, AND DESCENDANTS OF NOAH 23-27
-
- I. THE JAPHETIC NATIONS.
- 1. Gomer;
- 2. Magog;
- 3. Madai;
- 4. Javan;
- 5. Tubal;
- 6. Meshech;
- 7. Tiras.
- II. THE HAMITIC RACES.
- 1. Cush;
- 2. Mizraim;
- 3. Phut;
- 4. Canaan.
- III. THE SEMITIC RACES.
- 1. Elam;
- 2. Asshur;
- 3. Arphaxad;
- 4. Lud;
- 5. Aram.
-
-
- PHYSICAL PALESTINE 28-32
-
- I. DIMENSIONS.
- 1. Canaan;
- 2. Palestine Proper;
- 3. The Land of Promise.
- II. NATURAL DIVISIONS.
- 1. Maritime Plain;
- 2. Mountain Region;
- 3. Jordan Valley;
- 4. Eastern Table-Land.
- III. THE WATERS OF PALESTINE.
- 1. The River Jordan;
- 2. The Three Lakes;
- 3. The Brooks.
- IV. THE MOUNTAINS OF PALESTINE.
- 1. West of the Jordan;
- 2. East of the Jordan.
- V. THE PLAINS OF PALESTINE.
- 1. Phoenicia;
- 2. Sharon;
- 3. Philistia;
- 4. Esdraelon;
- 5. Negeb;
- 6. Jordan;
- 7. Hauran.
-
-
- THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS 33-36
-
- I. THE JOURNEYS OF ABRAHAM.
- 1. Ur to Haran;
- 2. Haran to Canaan;
- 3. Visit to Egypt;
- 4. Removal to Hebron;
- 5. Pursuit of the Elamites;
- 6. Settlement at Beersheba;
- 7. Offering of Isaac;
- 8. Burial of Sarah.
- II. THE JOURNEYS OF ISAAC.
- Homes:
- 1. Beer-lahai-roi;
- 2. Gerar;
- 3. Rehoboth;
- 4. Beersheba;
- 5. Hebron.
- III. THE JOURNEYS OF JACOB.
- 1. Flight to Haran;
- 2. Return to Canaan;
- 3. Residence in Canaan;
- 4. Descent into Egypt;
- 5. Burial Procession.
-
-
- PALESTINE BEFORE THE CONQUEST 36-40
-
- I. THE EARLIEST INHABITANTS.
- 1. The Rephaim;
- 2. The Zuzim;
- 3. The Emim;
- 4. The Horim;
- 5. The Avim;
- 6. The Anakim.
- II. THE TRIBES OF THE PATRIARCHAL ERA.
- 1. Zidonians;
- 2. Canaanites;
- 3. Philistines;
- 4. Hittites;
- 5. Girgashites;
- 6. Hivites;
- 7. Perizzites;
- 8. Jebusites;
- 9. Amorites.
- III. THE NATIONS AT THE TIME OF THE CONQUEST.
- 1. Amorites;
- 2. Moabites and Ammonites.
- IV. THE SURROUNDING NATIONS.
- 1. Hivites, Arkites, Sinites,
- Arvadites, Hamathites;
- 2. Ammonites;
- 3. Amalekites, Kenites, Edomites.
-
-
- LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING 41-49
-
- I. THE LAND OF EGYPT.
- 1. Names;
- 2. Boundaries and Dimensions;
- 3. Divisions;
- 4. The Nile;
- 5. The People;
- 6. History;
- 7. Principal Places.
- II. THE WILDERNESS OF THE WANDERING.
- 1. Situation;
- 2. Natural Features;
- 3. Inhabitants.
- III. THE LAND OF EDOM.
- 1. Boundaries;
- 2. Names;
- 3. Natural Features;
- 4. History;
- 5. Peculiarities.
- IV. THE WANDERING IN THE WILDERNESS.
- 1. Rameses to the Red Sea;
- 2. Red Sea to Mt. Sinai;
- 3. Mt. Sinai to Kadesh-barnea;
- 4, 5, 6. Kadesh-barnea to Mt. Hor,
- Ezion-geber, and Return;
- 7, 8. Kadesh-barnea to Elath and Jordan;
- Table of Stations.
-
-
- THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN 50-54
-
- I. CONQUEST OF EASTERN PALESTINE.
- 1. Gilead;
- 2. Bashan;
- 3. Midian.
- II. CONQUEST OF WESTERN PALESTINE.
- 1. Central;
- 2. Southern;
- 3. Northern.
- III. SUPPLEMENTARY CONQUESTS.
- 1. Judah and Simeon;
- 2. Caleb and Othniel;
- 3. Dan.
-
-
- PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TRIBES 55-59
-
- I. REUBEN.
- II. GAD.
- III. MANASSEH--EAST.
- IV. SIMEON.
- V. JUDAH.
- VI. BENJAMIN.
- VII. DAN.
- VIII. EPHRAIM.
- IX. MANASSEH--WEST.
- X. ISSACHAR.
- XI. ASHER.
- XII. ZEBULON.
- XIII. NAPHTALI.
- XIV. LEVI.
-
-
- PALESTINE UNDER THE JUDGES 60-63
-
- I. SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE CONQUEST.
- 1. Judah and Simeon;
- 2. Danite Migration;
- 3. Civil War.
- II. OPPRESSIONS AND JUDGES.
- 1. Mesopotamian (south);
- 2. Moabite (central);
- 3. Early Philistine (south);
- 4. Canaanite (north);
- 5. Midianite (central and north);
- 6. Ammonite (east);
- 7. Philistine (south and central).
- III. BATTLES OF THE PERIOD.
-
-
- THE KINGDOM OF SAUL 64-67
-
- I. SAUL'S APPOINTMENT AS KING.
- II. THE WARS OF SAUL.
- III. SAUL'S PURSUIT OF DAVID.
- IV. SAUL'S DEATH.
-
-
- THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON 68-71
-
- I. DAVID'S REIGN OVER JUDAH.
- II. THE UNION OF PALESTINE.
- III. DAVID'S FOREIGN CONQUESTS.
- IV. THE CALAMITIES OF DAVID'S REIGN.
- V. THE CLOSE OF DAVID'S REIGN.
- VI. THE REIGN OF SOLOMON.
-
-
- ANCIENT JERUSALEM 72-76
-
- I. NAMES.
- II. LOCATION.
- III. GEOLOGIC FORMATION.
- IV. VALLEYS.
- V. MOUNTAINS.
- VI. WALLS.
- VII. HISTORY.
-
-
- MODERN JERUSALEM 77-81
-
- I. LOCATION.
- II. WALLS.
- III. GATES.
- IV. QUARTERS.
- V. FOUNTAINS AND POOLS.
- VI. OUTSIDE THE WALLS.
-
-
- THE ENVIRONS OF JERUSALEM 82-85
-
- I. NORTHERN ROAD.
- 1. Mizpeh;
- 2. Nob;
- 3. Gibeah;
- 4. Anathoth;
- 5. Ramah;
- 6. Michmash;
- 7. Ai;
- 8. Beeroth;
- 9. Bethel;
- 10. Rimmon;
- 11. Ephraim.
- II. EASTERN ROAD.
- 1. Bethany;
- 2. Steep Descent;
- 3. Jericho.
- III. SOUTHERN ROAD.
- 1. Plain of the Rephaim;
- 2. Rachel's Tomb;
- 3. Bethlehem;
- 4. Valley of Elah;
- 5. Hebron;
- 6. Jeshimon.
- IV. SOUTHWESTERN ROAD. "Jerusalem to Gaza."
- V. WESTERN ROAD.
- 1. Emmaus;
- 2. Kirjath-jearim.
- VI. NORTHWESTERN ROAD.
- 1. Ramah;
- 2. Gibeon;
- 3. Beth-horon.
-
-
- THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON'S EMPIRE 86-90
-
- I. KINGDOMS:
- 1. Syria;
- 2. Israel;
- 3. Judah;
- 4. Moab;
- 5. Edom.
- II. PERIODS:
- 1. Period of Division;
- 2. Syrian Period;
- 3. Restoration of Israel;
- 4. Fall of Israel;
- 5. Fall of Judah.
- III. BATTLES OF THE PERIOD.
-
-
- THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES 91-96, 99
-
- I. THE EARLY CHALDEAN EMPIRE.
- II. THE ASSYRIAN EMPIRE.
- III. THE BABYLONIAN EMPIRE.
- IV. THE PERSIAN EMPIRE.
- THE DIVISION OF ALEXANDER'S EMPIRE, B.C. 250.
- 1. Persian Supremacy;
- 2. Macedonian Supremacy;
- 3. Egyptian Supremacy;
- 4. Syrian Supremacy;
- 5. Maccabean Independence;
- 6. Roman Supremacy.
-
-
- THE ROMAN EMPIRE 97-99
-
- I. EUROPEAN PROVINCES.
- II. INSULAR PROVINCES.
- III. ASIATIC PROVINCES.
- IV. AFRICAN PROVINCES.
-
-
- NEW TESTAMENT PALESTINE 100-102
-
- I. THE PROVINCES OF PALESTINE.
- 1. Judea;
- 2. Samaria;
- 3. Galilee;
- 4. Peræa;
- 5. Decapolis.
- II. THE POLITICAL HISTORY OF PALESTINE,
- B.C. 4-A.D. 70.
- 1. Kingdom of Herod the Great;
- 2. Tetrarchy;
- 3. Kingdom of Herod Agrippa;
- 4. The Two Provinces.
-
-
- THE LIFE OF CHRIST 103-111
-
- I. PERIOD OF PREPARATION.
- 1. Presentation in the Temple;
- 2. Flight into Egypt;
- 3. Settlement at Nazareth;
- 4. Visit to the Temple.
- II. PERIOD OF INAUGURATION.
- 1. Baptism;
- 2. Temptation;
- 3. Marriage at Cana;
- 4. First Passover;
- 5. Return to Galilee.
- III. PERIOD OF EARLY GALILEAN MINISTRY.
- 1. Opening of the Ministry;
- 2. Tour in Eastern Galilee;
- 3. Second Passover;
- 4. Sermon on the Mount.
- IV. PERIOD OF LATER GALILEAN MINISTRY.
- 1. Tour in Southern Galilee;
- 2. Gadarene Voyage;
- 3. Tour in Central Galilee;
- 4. Retirement to Bethsaida.
- V. PERIOD OF RETIREMENT.
- 1. Journey to Phoenicia;
- 2. Journey to Decapolis;
- 3. Journey to Cæsarea Philippi;
- 4. Last Return to Capernaum.
- VI. PERIOD OF JUDÆAN MINISTRY.
- 1. Galilee to Jerusalem;
- 2. Jerusalem to Bethabara.
- VII. PERIOD OF PERÆAN MINISTRY.
- 1. Bethabara to Bethany;
- 2. Retirement to Ephraim;
- 3. Journey in Peræa;
- 4. Jericho to Bethany.
- VIII. PERIOD OF THE PASSION.
- 1, 2, 3. Bethany to Temple and Return;
- 4. Bethany to Supper;
- 5. Supper to Gethsemane;
- 6. Gethsemane to House of Caiaphas;
- 7. Caiaphas to Pilate;
- 8. Pilate to Herod and Return;
- 9. Pilate to Calvary.
- IX. PERIOD OF THE RESURRECTION--The Ten
- Appearances of Christ:
- 1. At Jerusalem;
- 2. At Jerusalem;
- 3. Near Emmaus;
- 4. At Jerusalem;
- 5. At Jerusalem;
- 6. At Jerusalem;
- 7. Near the Sea of Galilee;
- 8. On a Mountain in Galilee;
- 9. At Jerusalem;
- 10. Near Bethany.
-
-
- EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY 112-115
-
- I. PHILIP'S JOURNEY.
- II. SAUL'S JOURNEY.
- III. PETER'S JOURNEY.
- IV. BARNABAS' JOURNEY.
- V. BARNABAS AND SAUL'S JOURNEY.
-
-
- JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL 116-131
-
- I. THE PROVINCES OF ASIA MINOR.
- 1. On the Black Sea;
- 2. On the Ægean Sea;
- 3. On the Mediterranean;
- 4. In the Interior.
- II. THE FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY.
- 1. Antioch in Syria;
- 2. Seleucia;
- 3. Island of Cyprus;
- 4. Salamis;
- 5. Paphos;
- 6. Perga;
- 7. Antioch in Pisidia;
- 8. Iconium;
- 9. Lystra;
- 10. Derbe;
- 11. Return, and Attalia.
- III. THE SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY.
- I. _Asiatic Stations._
- 1. Syria;
- 2. Cilicia;
- 3. Derbe;
- 4. Lystra;
- 5. Phrygia;
- 6. Galatia;
- 7. Troas.
- II. _European Stations._
- 1. Philippi;
- 2. Amphipolis;
- 3. Apollonia;
- 4. Thessalonica;
- 5. Berea;
- 6. Athens;
- 7. Corinth;
- 8. Cenchrea.
- III. _Stations of the Return Journey._
- 1. Ephesus;
- 2. Cæsarea;
- 3. Jerusalem;
- 4. Antioch.
- IV. THE THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY.
- I. _Outward Journey._
- 1. Antioch;
- 2. Galatia;
- 3. Phrygia;
- 4. Ephesus;
- 5. Troas;
- 6. Macedonia;
- 7. Greece.
- II. _Return Journey._
- 1. Philippi;
- 2. Troas;
- 3. Assos;
- 4. Mitylene;
- 5. Chios;
- 6. Samos;
- 7. Trogyllium;
- 8. Miletus;
- 9. Coos;
- 10. Rhodes;
- 11. Patara;
- 12. Tyre;
- 13. Ptolemais;
- 14. Cæsarea;
- 15. Jerusalem.
- V. THE VOYAGE TO ROME.
- 1. Jerusalem;
- 2. Antipatris;
- 3. Cæsarea;
- 4. Zidon;
- 5. Myra;
- 6. Crete;
- 7. Melita;
- 8. Syracuse;
- 9. Rhegium;
- 10. Puteoli;
- 11. Appii Forum;
- 12. Rome.
- VI. THE LAST JOURNEYS OF PAUL.
- 1. Colosse, Ephesus;
- 2. Macedonia;
- 3. Crete;
- 4. Nicopolis;
- 5. Troas;
- 6. Ephesus;
- 7. Rome.
-
-
- THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES 132-134
-
- I. PATMOS.
- II. ASIA.
- III. THE SEVEN CHURCHES OF ASIA.
- 1. Ephesus;
- 2. Smyrna;
- 3. Pergamos;
- 4. Thyatira;
- 5. Sardis;
- 6. Philadelphia;
- 7. Laodicea.
-
-
- THE TABERNACLE 135-137
-
- I. ORIGIN.
- II. HISTORY.
- III. DEPARTMENTS OF THE TABERNACLE.
- 1. The Court;
- 2. The Altar;
- 3. The Laver;
- 4. The Tent;
- 5. The Holy Place;
- 6. The Holy of Holies.
-
-
- THE TEMPLE 138-142
-
- I. COURT OF THE GENTILES.
- II. SACRED ENCLOSURE.
- III. COURT OF THE WOMEN.
- IV. COURT OF ISRAEL.
- V. COURT OF THE PRIESTS.
- VI. THE HOUSE OF GOD.
-
-
- LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE 143-147
-
- I. LINES AND WATERS.
- II. NAMES AND DISTANCES.
- III. NATURAL DIVISIONS.
- 1. Sea-Coast Plain;
- 2. Mountain Region;
- 3. Jordan Valley;
- 4. Eastern Table-Land.
- IV. MOUNTAINS.
- V. PLACES.
- 1. In the Sea-Coast Plain;
- 2. In the Mountain Region;
- 3. In the Jordan Valley;
- 4. In the Eastern Table-Land.
- VI. PROVINCES.
- 1. Judæa;
- 2. Samaria;
- 3. Galilee;
- 4. Peræa;
- 5. Bashan.
-
-
- THE MEASURES OF THE BIBLE 148-150
-
- I. SMALLER MEASURES OF LENGTH.
- II. LARGER MEASURES OF LENGTH.
- III. DRY MEASURES OF CAPACITY.
- IV. LIQUID MEASURES OF CAPACITY.
- V. MEASURES OF WEIGHT.
- VI. MEASURES OF VALUE.
-
-
- INDEX TO AND MAP OF PALESTINE 151-155
-
- INDEX TO MAP OF OLD TESTAMENT WORLD 156
-
- INDEX TO DESCRIPTIVE MATTER 157, 158
-
-
-
-
-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
- MAPS.
- PAGE
- Alexander's Empire, Division of 94
- Ancient Jerusalem in New Testament Period 72
- Ancient World, and Descendants of Noah 24
- Assyrian Empire 92
- Babylonian Empire and its Surroundings 92
- Beth-horon and Vicinity 50
- Conquest of Canaan 50
- Corinth and Vicinity 123
- Damascus and Vicinity 114
- Division of Solomon's Empire 86
- Early Apostolic History 112
- Empire of Chedorlaomer 34
- Empire of David and Solomon 68
- Environs of Jerusalem 82
- Island of Cyprus 119
- Isles of Greece and the Seven Churches 132
- Isle of Patmos 134
- Journeys of the Patriarchs 36
- Kadesh-barnea and Vicinity 48
- Kingdom of Egypt at its greatest extent under
- Rameses II 42
- Kingdom of Herod the Great 100
- Kingdom of Saul 64
- Lands of the Sojourn and Wandering 44
- Modern Jerusalem 81
- Modern Palestine 152, 153
- Modern World and Bible Lands facing title
- Mount Sinai, Vicinity of 44
- Natural Features of Jerusalem 75
- Nineveh and Vicinity 96
- Old Testament World 18, 19
- Oriental World in the Time of David 70
- Outline Map for Review 26
- Outline Maps (Geography of Palestine) 143-146
- Palestine among the Tribes 58
- Palestine as Promised and Possessed 53
- Palestine before the Conquest 36
- Palestine during the Ministry of Jesus 102
- Palestine under the Judges 60
- Palestine under the Maccabees, B.C. 100 96
- Paul's First Missionary Journey 116
- Paul's Second Missionary Journey 120
- Paul's Third Missionary Journey 124
- Paul's Voyage to Rome 126
- Paul's Last Journeys 130
- Period of Preparation. (Life of Christ) 104
- Period of Inauguration. " 104
- Period of Early Galilean Ministry. " 106
- Period of Later Galilean Ministry. " 107
- Period of Retirement. " 107
- Period of Judæan Ministry. " 108
- Period of Peræan Ministry. " 109
- Period of the Passion. " 109
- Persian Empire 94
- Peter's Journey 112
- Philip's Journey 112
- Physical Palestine 28
- Plain of Esdraelon 60
- Restoration of Israel, B.C. 800 89
- Roman Empire in New Testament Period 98
- Saul's Last Battle 64
- Saul of Tarsus' and Barnabas' Journeys 112
- St. Paul's Bay, Malta, enlarged 128
- Syrian Period, B.C. 884-840 88
- The Two Provinces, A.D. 44-70 102
-
-
- ENGRAVINGS.
-
- Ancient Coins 149, 150
- Antioch in Syria 117
- Arches under Temple Area 147
- Areopagus at Athens 121
- Assyrian Palace 91
- Babylon 95
- Bashan, View in the Eastern Table-Land 55
- Bethany 150
- Bethlehem 105
- Bible Measures 148, 149
- Birs Nimroud (supposed Tower of Babel) 23
- Black Obelisk 93
- Brazen Altar 137
- Capernaum and the Sea of Galilee 101
- Church of the Ascension 54
- Church of the Holy Sepulchre 16
- Church of Nativity, Bethlehem 71
- Colosseum at Rome 97
- Damascus 113
- David's Tomb 73
- Defile between Jerusalem and Jericho 83
- Dome of the Rock (Site of the Temple) 139
- Egyptian Temple 41
- Entry of Pilgrims into Bethlehem xii
- Garden of Gethsemane 49
- Gethsemane 85
- Grotto of Jeremiah 99
- Hebron 39
- Jericho 67
- Jericho and the Jordan 37
- Jews' Wailing Place at Jerusalem 27
- Laodicea from Hierapolis 133
- Moabite Stone 88
- Modern Jerusalem, Panorama and Description of 78, 79
- Mosque El Aska 90
- Mount Ararat 20
- Mount Tabor 61
- Mount Zion 115
- Mugheir (supposed to be Ur of the Chaldees) 33
- Nazareth 110
- Pool of Siloam 103
- Râs es Sufsafeh (Mount Sinai) 43
- River Jordan 30
- Round about Jerusalem 59
- Shechem 51
- Solomon's Pools 84
- Tabernacle 135
- Tower of David 69
- Table of Shew Bread 136
- Via Dolorosa 111
-
-
- CHARTS.
-
- Bible History 14, 15
- Chronological Chart of Kings of Israel and Judah 87
- Paul's First Journey, Review 119
- Table of Nations, Review 27
-
-
- COMPARATIVE DIAGRAMS.
-
- Age of the Patriarchs, before and after the Deluge 34
- Areas of Asia Minor and Texas, U.S. 118
- Area of Egypt 42
- Areas of Palestine and New England 29
- Area of Palestine at Different Periods 70
- Areas of Assyrian, Babylonian and Persian Empires 93
- Height of Bible Mountains 17
- Height of Mountains in Palestine 32
- Population of the Twelve Tribes at Entrance into
- Canaan 57
- Size of the Territory of the Tribes 56
- United States and Old Testament World 17
-
-
- PLANS.
-
- Antioch, Ancient 114
- Athens, Ancient 122
- Babylon 93
- Camp of Israel 47
- Ephesus and Vicinity 125
- Rome, Ancient 129
- Sacred Enclosure (Herod's Temple) 141
- Section of Palestine, North to South 31
- Section of Palestine, East to West 31
- Section Through the Middle of Temple, East to West 140
- Solomon's Temple 71
- Temple in the Time of Christ (Herod's) 138
-
-[Illustration: ENTRY OF PILGRIMS INTO BETHLEHEM.]
-
-
-
-
-CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY.
-
-
-THE Geography and the History of the Bible are so closely united that
-neither subject can be studied to advantage without the other. We
-therefore present at the opening of our work the Chart of Bible History,
-upon which the leading events of Bible History and those of the ancient
-world in general are arranged in parallel columns. The blue lines
-extending across the page represent the centuries before Christ, each
-space between them being 100 years. Until recently the common chronology
-found in all reference Bibles and Biblical works, was that prepared by
-Archbishop Ussher, who died in 1656, long before the present sources of
-information from "the monuments" had been discovered. His chronology has
-not been regarded as trustworthy by scholars for thirty years past; but
-until recently it has been retained because students of Biblical and
-Ancient History were not agreed as to the dates which should be given in
-place of it. But there is now a substantial, though not complete
-agreement among scholars; and we therefore discard the Ussherian system,
-and adopt that obtained from the information given in the inscriptions
-of Assyria, Babylonia, and Egypt, when compared with statements in the
-Bible.
-
-We begin at the date 2500 B.C. as the events of Bible History earlier
-than 2500 B.C. cannot be fixed with any certainty. And it must be
-admitted that none of the dates earlier than 1000 B.C. can be regarded
-as established.
-
-I. =General Periods.= In the first column we note the five great periods
-of Bible History. These are the natural divisions of the events
-contained in the Bible story.
-
-1. The Period of the Early Races, from the Deluge, at a date unknown, to
-the Call of Abraham, B.C. 2280. Before the Call of Abraham, the history
-in the book of Genesis is introductory.
-
-2. The Period of the Chosen Family, from the Call of Abraham, B.C. 2280,
-to the Exodus from Egypt, about 1250 B.C.
-
-3. The Period of the Israelite People, from the Exodus, 1250 B.C., to
-the Coronation of Saul, about 1050 B.C.
-
-4. The Period of the Israelite Kingdom, from the Coronation of Saul,
-1050 B.C., to the Captivity in Babylon, B.C. 587.
-
-5. The Period of the Jewish Province, from the Captivity in Babylon, 587
-B.C., to the Destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans, A.D. 70.
-
-II. In the second column the larger periods are broken up into
-=Subdivisions=. 1. In the _Period of the Early Races_ the line of
-division is made at the Dispersion of the Races, to which no date is
-assigned. 2. _The Period of the Chosen Family_ is subdivided at the
-Descent into Egypt by Jacob and his family, about 2060 B.C. 3. _The
-Period of the Israelitish People_ has three subdivisions. (1.) The
-Wandering in the Wilderness, from the Exodus, B.C. 1250, to the Entrance
-into Canaan, B.C. 1210. (2.) The Settlement, extending to the
-Mesopotamian Oppression, B.C. 1180. (3.) The Rule of the Judges, to the
-Coronation of Saul, B.C. 1050. 4. _The Period of the Israelitish
-Kingdom_ naturally divides itself into three sections. (1.) Unity, to
-the Division of the Kingdom, B.C. 935. (2.) Division, to the Captivity
-of the Ten Tribes, B.C. 721. (3.) Decay, the stage of the kingdom of
-Judah alone, from B.C. 721 to 587, the Babylonian Captivity. 5. _The
-Period of the Jewish Province_ has five subdivisions. (1.) Chaldean
-Rule, to the Return from Captivity, B.C. 536. (2.) Persian Rule, to the
-Conquest by Alexander the Great, B.C. 330. (3.) Greek Rule, under the
-kingdoms of Alexander's successors to the Revolt of Mattathias, B.C.
-168. (4.) Jewish Independence, to the Annexation of Judæa to the Roman
-Empire, A.D. 6. (5.) Roman Rule, to the final Destruction of Jerusalem,
-A.D. 70.
-
-III. Next, we notice the prominent =Persons and Rulers= in Sacred
-History. The perpendicular lines opposite the names of the patriarchs
-indicate the duration of their lives, according to the common
-chronology. Only the most important of the Judges are named, and with
-each is given his number in the order of the list. The crowns show the
-kings, and the years show the period of their reigns. The chronology
-during the age of the Judges is very uncertain, and the dates are only
-conjectural.
-
-IV. =The Events of Bible History=, given in the fourth column, are too
-numerous to be recapitulated. The student should divide them according
-to the Subdivisions of the Periods, already given.
-
-V. =The History of Egypt= occupies the fifth column. The opinions of
-scholars are greatly at variance with regard to the dates of the first
-eighteen dynasties, some of them differing by a thousand years. The
-ancient history of Egypt is divided into three sections. (1.) The Old
-Kingdom, founded by Menes perhaps 4700 B.C., and governed by ten
-dynasties in succession. (2.) The Middle Kingdom, from about 2900 B.C.
-to 1570 B.C., Dynasties XI. to XVII. (3.) The New Kingdom, from 1570
-B.C. to 525 B.C., Dynasties XVII. to XXVII. Egypt was part of the Persian
-Empire from 525 to 332 B.C. After 323 B.C. it was governed by a line of
-Greek kings, who bore the name of Ptolemy, until 30 B.C., when it became
-a Roman province.
-
-VI. =The Kingdoms of the East=, Babylonia and Assyria, appear on the
-sixth column; beginning with a number of states in Babylonia; becoming
-an empire under Hammurabi about 2280 B.C.; by turns strong and weak
-until about 1100 B.C., when the Assyrian empire arose, overpowering
-Babylon. The Assyrian Empire lasted until 625 B.C., when Babylon again
-arose to power, though the Chaldean Empire did not begin until 606 B.C.
-In 536 B.C. it fell before the Persian conquerors, and the whole world
-of the Bible was under Persian control until 330 B.C., when Alexander
-the Great won it. No world-empire arose after the death of Alexander,
-until the Roman period.
-
-[Transcriber's Note: This time-line has been changed from the original
-layout due to width and text constraints. Originally, there were eight
-columns across with the Roman numeral major divisions noted below and
-the century marks ran down the left and right margins. The original is
-also color-coded to indicate eras of history such as the Roman Rule of
-Israel. To try to make this time-line still useful in a text format,
-each item from each column has been arranged in order with a letter
-indicating its original column title. This leads to some necessary
-repetion. For example:
-
- [C] c. 1010. David, King.
- [D] 1010--David King over Judah.
-
-because David was both a "Ruler in Bible History" and a part of the
-"History of Israel." Below this linear timeline is a format more like
-the original but with only one, two or three columns in a section
-depending on the space available.]
-
- A I. General Periods
- B II. Subdivision of General Periods
- C III. Persons and Rulers in Bible History
- D IV. History of Israel
- E V. Egypt
- F VI. Kingdoms of the East
- G VII. The Oriental Empires
- H VIII. The World in General
-
-
- Pre-2500 B.C.
- [A] Period of Early Races, from the deluge. (Date unknown)
- [B] The United Races to the Dispersion. (Date unknown)
- [D] [All the dates in this column are uncertain above 1000 B.C., and
- are given tentatively. The dates are not sufficient for a
- complete and sure chronology].
- [E] 4700(?)--Egypt founded by Menes. Old Kingdom (Dynasties I.-X.).
- Memphis earliest capital.
- [F] 4500 B.C.--Kingdoms existing in Babylonia.
- [H] Dates earlier than 700 B.C. traditional and uncertain.
- [F] 3900(?)--Rise of Ur to power.
- [E] 3500(?)--Pyramids built (Dynasty IV.).
- [F] 3000--Nineveh in existence.
- [E] 2900(?)--Middle kingdom begins (Dynasties XI.-XVII.).
- [H] 2850--China founded by Fu-hi.
-
- 2500
- [A] 2500-2280--I. Period of the Early Races to the Call of Abraham
- c. 2280.
- [B] 2500-2280--II. The Dispersed Races to the Call of Abraham.
- [F] 2454(?)--First dynasty of kings begins to reign at Babylon with
- Su-mu-abi.
- Eleven kings reigning 2454 to 2151(?).
-
- 2400
- [F] 2357--Lao reigning in China.
- [E] During the middle kingdom, 2900-1570 B.C. Thebes was capital until
- about 2000 B.C. The dates are very uncertain, but between 2500
- and 2000 B.C. the kingdom declined. 12th Dynasty 2500-2300.
- [C] c. 2355 Abraham.
-
- 2300
- [A] 2280-1250--II. Period of the Chosen Family.
- [B] 2280-2060--Journeys of the Patriarchs.
- [G] 2280-1120--EARLY BABLYLONIAN EMPIRE
- [F] 2280(?)--Hammurabi (Amraphel(?)) (Gen. 14), sixth king of the
- first dynasty reigning at Babylon. He conquered many states,
- established a code of laws, and may be regarded as founder of
- the early Babylonian Empire.
- [D] c. 2280(?)--Call and Migration of Abraham.
- [D] c. 2270(?)--Abraham's Victory over the Five Kings. [Gen. 14]
- [B] c. 2256 Isaac.
- [D] c. 2232(?)--The Offering of Isaac on Mount Moriah.
- [H] 2205--Chinese History Begins
-
- 2200
- [C] 2195--Jacob
- [F] 2150(?)--Second dynasty of kings at Babylon begins with An-ma-an.
- (According to records, not certain, it lasted until 1783 B.C.)
- [D] c. 2180(?) Death of Abraham.
- [D] c. 2120(?)--Jacob's Vision and Journey to Padan-aram.
- [C] 2103--Joseph
- [D] c. 2103(?)--Jacob's Return to Canaan.
-
- 2100
- [D] c. 2084(?)--Joseph Sold into Egypt.
- [D] c. 2073(?)--Joseph Ruler in Egypt.
- [B] 2060-1250--Sojourn in Egypt.
- [D] c. 2060(?)--Jacob and his Family go down to Egypt; Beginning of
- the SOJOURN OF THE ISRAELITES.
- [D] c. 2045(?)--Death of Jacob in Egypt.
- [E] About 2000 B.C. Lower Egypt fell under the power of invaders from
- the desert, who were called Hyksos, or Shepherd Kings. Their
- capital was Tanis, or Zoan. Very little is known of their
- history, and their names cannot be given with certainty, as
- their memory was hated by the rulers that followed them, and
- their inscriptions may have been obliterated. They ruled Egypt
- until about 1570 B.C.(?), though the dates both of their
- conquest and their departure are uncertain.
- [F] 2000--Ishkibal, fourth king of second dynasty, reigning at
- Babylon.
- [H] 2000--Aryan migration to India(?).
-
- 2000
- [D] 1993(?)--Death of Joseph in Egypt. The Israelites remain in the
- Land of Goshen, between Egypt and the Wilderness, from about
- 2062 to 1250 B.C. [dates very very uncertain]. During most
- of this period the Hyksos or Shepherd-Kings, friendly to the
- Israelites, were ruling in Egypt.
- [H] 1920--Gold and silver first mentioned as money.
- [F] 1800--An Assyrian Kingdom in existence, but subject to Babylon.
- Asshur, its capital.
- [F] 1782--Third dynasty of kings of Babylon, beginning with Gandish,
- reigning 1782-1767. This dynasty, known as Kassites, came from
- Elam, conquered Babylonia, and held rule until 1207. Not much
- is known of Babylonian history during this period; but the
- kingdom was declining.
- [E] About 1570 the war of liberation from the Hyksos began under
- Dynasty XVIII., and the New Kingdom opened.
- [E] 1570-1320(?)--Dynasty XVIII. reigning (Amosis, Amenophis, Queen
- Hatasu, Thutmosis (or Thotmes) III., Amenophis II., Amenophis
- III., Amenophis IV.). A period of conquest. Egyptian invasion
- of Syria about 1490(?) (Thutmosis III.). Battle of Esdraelon
- in Canaan. Tell-el-Amarna letters written in reigns of
- Amenophis III. and IV.
- [H] 1556--Athens founded. (traditional.)
- [H] 1546--Traditional founding of Troy.
- [H] 1507--Court of Areopagus founded at Athens.
- [D] 1500--The Israelites still in Egypt.
- [F] 1500-1207--Kassite dynasty still reigning at Babylon.
- [H] 1500--Thebes founded. Greek alphabet introduced by Cadmus.
- [H] c. 1500--Hittite migration to southern Asia Minor.
-
- 1500
- [F] 1430--Assur-nadin-akhi. King of Assyria. (From this reign,
- regular lists of Assyrian kings; and their kingdom grows in
- power.)
- [H] 1400--Rise of Hittite Kingdom in Asia Minor.
-
- 1400
- [E] 1359(?)--Dynasty XIX. begins. Seti I. powerful ruler and
- conqueror. Rameses II., "Pharaoh of the Oppression"(?).
- Merenepthah, "Pharaoh of the Exodus"(?). Decline of Egyptian
- power. Rameses III., date unknown.
- [C] c. 1330 Moses.
- [D] About 1330(?) begins the Oppression of the Israelites under
- Dynasty XIX. in Egypt. About the same time 1330(?) Moses was
- born. All the dates of this period are uncertain.
- [F] 1300(?)--Shalmaneser I., King of Assyria, begins conquests. Calah
- becomes capital.
-
- 1300
- [F] 1290(?)--Tukulti-ninib, King of Assyria, conquers Babylon; but it
- soon regains its independence. Babylonian Kingdom declining
- in power.
- [C] 1260--Joshua.
- [A] 1250-1050--III. PERIOD OF THE ISRAELITE PEOPLE.
- [B] 1250-1210--WANDERING.
- [D] 1250(?)--The Exodus of the Israelites from Egypt. End of the
- Sojourn; Beginning of the History of Israel as a People. Death
- of Moses.
- [H] 1235--Theseus, King of Athens.
- [H] 1233--Carthage founded.
- [B] 1210-1180--CONQUEST.
- [D] 1210(?)--The Israelites enter the Land of Canaan, and begin the
- Conquest of Canaan. Battle of Beth-horon, 1210(?).
- [F] 1207-1075--Dynasty of Isin in Babylon; wars between Assyria and
- Babylonia; continued decline of Babylonia and rise of Assyria.
- [H] 1200--Dorian migration into Greece.
-
- 1200
- [H] 1193--Trojan war begins.
- [B] 1180-1020--Rule of the Judges
- [D] 1180(?)--Death of Joshua.
- [D] 1170(?)--Age of the Judges in Israel begins.
- [C] c. 1170. Othniel, Judge.
- [C] c. 1130. Gideon, Judge.
- [D] 1130--Gideon ruling in Israel.
- [H] 1120-626 B.C. ASSYRIAN EMPIRE
- [F] 1120-1090--Tiglath-pileser I., the first great king of Assyria,
- conqueror over many lands. THE ASSYRIAN EMPIRE begins.
- [H] 1122--Chow dynasty reigning in China.
- [C] c. 1100. Jephthah, Judge.
-
- 1100
- [E] 1089(?)--Dynasty XXI. begins; a line of kings of foreign race who
- obtained control in Egypt.
- [C] 1080--Samuel, Judge.
- [D] 1080--Samuel, the last of the Judges.
- [H] 1070--Codrus; last king of Athens.
- [A] 1050-587--IV. PERIOD OF ISRAELITE KINGDOM
- [B] 1050-925--UNITY
- [C] c. 1050. Saul, King.
- [D] 1050--Coronation of Saul, King of Israel.
- [H] 1015--Minos gives laws in Crete.
- [C] c. 1010. David, King.
- [D] 1010--David King over Judah.
- [D] 1003--David King over Israel.
-
- 1000
- [D] 990--David conquers Syria, Moab, and Edom.
- [C] 970. Solomon, King.
- [D] 970--Solomon, King of Israel, Syria, Moab, and Edom.
- [B] 935-721--DIVISION
- [C] KINGS OF ISRAEL. KINGS OF JUDAH.
- 935. Jeroboam. 935. Rehoboam.
- [D] 935--Division of the Kingdom. Jeroboam, King of Ten Tribes
- (Israel). Rehoboam, King of Judah.
- [E] 925--Shishak, King of Egypt, invades Judah, and takes many cities.
- [E] 900(?)--Zerah, the Ethiopian (Osorkon II.), invades Egypt.
-
- 900
- [H] 886--Homeric Poems brought into Greece.
- [F] 885-860--Assur-nazir-pal, King of Assyria.
- [C] 875. Ahab (Isr.)
- [D] 875--Worship of Baal introduced into Israel by Jezebel.
- [C] 870. Jehoshaphat. (Jud.)
- [D] 870--Elijah the Prophet.
- [F] 860-825--Shalmaneser II., King.
- [F] 854--Victory of Shalmaneser over Syrians and Israelites (under
- King Ahab) at Karkar.
- [H] 850--Lycurgus, lawgiver of Sparta.
- [C] 842. Jehu (Isr.) 842. Athaliah, usurper. (Jud.)
- [D] 842--Jehu King of Judah. Athaliah usurper in Judah.
- [F] 842--Jehu, King of Israel, pays tribute to Shalmaneser.
- [C] 836. Jehoash. (Jud.)
- [D] 836--Revolution in Judah under Jehoiada, the Priest.
- [F] 800--Babylon under Assyrian control.
-
- 800
- [C] 799. Joash. (Isr.)
- [D] 799--Joash, King of Israel.
- [C] 783. Jeroboam II. (Isr.) 783. Uzziah. (Jud.)
- [D] 783--Jeroboam II., King of Israel. Israelite power; Prophet Amos.
- [D] 769--Uzziah, King of Israel; Age of Prosperity.
- [H] 753--Traditional founding of Rome by Romulus.
- [H] 750--Syracuse in Sicily founded by Corinthians.
- [D] 748--Prophet Hosea in Israel.
- [F] 745-727--Tiglath-pileser III., King of Assyria; great conqueror;
- receives tribute from Menahem, King of Israel. 732--Damascus
- taken.
- [C] 741. Menahem. (Isr.)
- [D] 738--Prophet Isaiah begins his Ministry. Jotham, King of Judah.
- [C] 735. Ahaz. (Jud.)
- [C] 730. Hoshea. (Isr.)
- [D] 730--Hoshea, last King of Israel.
- [F] 727-722--Shalmaneser IV., King. 725--Siege of Samaria begun.
- [E] 725--Hoshea, King of Israel, in Alliance with So (or Sabakon),
- King of Egypt.
- [F] 722-705--Sargon II., King of Assyria.
- [B] 721-587--DECAY
- [D] 721--Fall of Samaria. Israel carried captive by Sargon II. of
- Assyria.
- [C] 719. Hezekiah. (Jud.)
- [H] 708--Median Kingdom begins under Deioces.
- [F] 704-687--Sennacherib, King. Nineveh made capital.
- [D] 701--Sennacherib's invasion of Judah.
- [E] 701--Defeat of Tirkahah by Sennacherib, King of Assyria.
-
- 700
- [C] 690. Manasseh. (Jud.)
- [F] 680-668--Esar-haddon, King. 674--Egypt invaded by Assyrians.
- Empire of Assyria at its culmination.
- [E] 674--Invasion of Egypt by Esar-haddon, King of Assyria.
- [F] 668-626--Assur-bani-pal, King. Decline of Assyrian Empire begins.
- [E] 665--Destruction of Thebes by the Assyrians.
- [H] 660--Japanese History begins with Jimmu Tenno whose descendants
- have reigned since without intermission.
- [H] 658--Byzantium founded by Byzas. 640--Media independent of
- Assyria.
- [D] 647--Manasseh a captive at Babylon; but released later.
- [C] 639. Josiah. (Jud.)
- [D] 628--Prophet Jeremiah begins Ministry.
- [G] 626-536--CHALDEAN EMPIRE
- [F] 625-604--Nabopolassar, King of Babylon, founder of Chaldean
- Empire.
- [D] 621--Josiah begins great reforms. Finding of the Book of the Law.
- [H] 621--Laws of Draco in Athens.
- [F] 609--FALL OF ASSYRIAN EMPIRE. Nineveh destroyed by the Medes.
- [C] 608. Jehoiakim. (Jud.)
- [D] 608--Death of Josiah in battle at Megiddo. Necho of Egypt invades
- Judah. Jehoiakim, King of Judah.
- [F] 608--Victory of Nebuchadnezzar, son of Nabopolassar, over Necho,
- King of Egypt, at Carchemish. CHALDEAN EMPIRE begins
- (606-536).
- [D] 606--First visit of Nebuchadnezzar to Judah; first group of
- Captives to Babylon.
- [E] 606--Necho, King of Egypt, defeated at Carchemish by
- Nebuchadnezzar.
- [F] 604-562--Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon.
-
- 600
- [D] 598--Chaldeans invade Judah a second time.
- [C] 597. Zedekiah.
- [D] 592--Prophet Ezekiel in Chaldea.
- [A] 587 B.C.-(?) A.D.--PERIOD OF THE JEWISH PROVINCE
- [B] 587-536--CHALDEAN RULE
- [D] 586--Fall of Jerusalem; end of Kingdom of Judah; Jews taken to
- Babylon.
- [F] 586--Jerusalem taken and destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar.
- [F] 585-573--Siege of Tyre by Nebuchadnezzar.
- [H] 583--Laws of Solon in Athens.
- [H] 578--Money coined in Rome.
- [E] 567--Egypt invaded by Nebuchadnezzar, but not held.
- [F] 562--Rapid decline of Chaldean power after death of
- Nebuchadnezzar.
- [H] 560--Pisistratus usurps rule at Athens.
- [F] 558-536--Nabonidus, last king of Babylon. He associates his son
- Belshazzar in the government.
- [H] 557--Buddha born in India.
- [F] 553--Cyrus, the Persian, conquers the Medes. Beginning of Persian
- power.
- [H] 550--Confucius born. Laocius and Mencius, the other Chinese sages,
- lived in same century. 546--Cyrus overthrows empire of
- Croesus.
- [C] 536. Zerubbabel, Prince.
- [D] 536--Decree of Cyrus, King of Persia, permitting return of Exiled
- Jews.
- [F] 536--Babylon taken by Cyrus. End of Chaldean Empire.
- [D] 535--Rebuilding of Temple begun. 522--Discontinued.
- [G] 530-330--THE PERSIAN EMPIRE.
- [F] 529-521--Cambyses, King of Persia. Egypt conquered.
- [E] 525--Egypt conquered by Persians under Cambyses and annexed to the
- Persian empire. From that time until 332 Egypt was under
- Persian rule.
- [F] 521-486--Darius, King of Persia.
- [D] 520--Prophets Haggai and Zechariah.
- [D] 515--Second Temple completed.
- [H] 510--Romans abolish royalty; Government by Consuls begins.
- [H] 510--Africa first circumnavigated.
- [H] 500--Pythagoras teaching in Greece.
-
- 500
- [F] 491--Darius, King of Persia, invades Greece. 490--Battle of
- Marathon. Greeks victorious over Persians.
- [H] 490--Battle of Lake Regillus in Italy.
- [H] 490--Battle of Marathon in Greece.
- [F] 486-466--Xerxes (Ahasuerus in book of Esther), King of Persia.
- [F] 481--Expedition of Xerxes into Greece.
- [F] 480--Battles of Thermopylae and Salamis.
- [D] 478--Esther's deliverance.
- [F] 466-425--Artaxerxes Longimanus, King of Persia. Empire declining
- in power.
- [C] 458. Ezra.
- [D] 458--Ezra's visit to Jerusalem.
- [C] 444. Nehemiah.
- [D] 444--Nehemiah rebuilds the Wall of Jerusalem.
- [D] 440--Separation of Samaritans from Jews.
- [F] 425--Xerxes II., King of Persia.
- [F] 424-404--Darius II., King.
- [H] 418--Battle of Mantinea in Greece.
- [D] 400(?)--Malachi, last of Old Testament Prophets.
- [H] 400--Retreat of the Ten Thousand in Persia.
- [C] c. 400--END OF OLD TESTAMENT
-
- 400
- [H] 399--Death of Socrates.
- [F] 361--Artaxerxes (or Darius) Ochus, King of Persia.
- [C] 350. Jaddua, High Priest.
- [D] 350--Jaddua, High Priest.
- [F] 336--Darius Codomannus, last king of Persia.
- [D] 332--Visit of Alexander the Great to Judea.
- [E] 332--Alexander the Great receives the submission of Egypt.
- [B] 330-168--GREEK RULE
- [G] 330-60--KINGDOMS OF ALEXANDER'S SUCCESSORS
- [C] 330. Onias, High Priest.
- [D] 330--Onias, High Priest.
- [F] 330--Persian Empire conquered by Alexander the Great (Battle of
- Arbela.)
- [E] 328--Ptolemy Soter establishes the Greek kingdom of Egypt.
- [F] 323--Alexander the Great dies at Babylon.
- [D] 305--Jerusalem taken by Ptolemy Lagus, of Egypt. Judea subject to
- Egypt.
- [F] 301--Alexander's empire divided among his four generals Ptolemy,
- Seleucus, Cassander, Lysimachus.
- [C] 300. Simon the Just, High Priest.
- [D] 300--Simon the First, High Priest.
-
- 300
- [E] 286--The Alexandrian library and Museum began by King Ptolemy II.,
- Philadelphus.
- [D] 275(?)--Translation of the Old Testament into Greek begun
- (Septuagint.)
- [H] 264--First Punic war begun by Rome.
- [E] 247-225--Reign of Ptolemy Euergetes, ablest and most powerful of
- the Ptolemies.
- [H] 216--Battle of Cannae; overthrow of Hannibal.
- [H] 211--Wall of China completed.
- [E] 205-182--Reign of Ptolemy V. Epiphanes.
-
- 200
- [D] 197--Palestine annexed to kingdom of Syria under Antiochus III.
- [F] 187--Seleucus IV., Philopator, King of Syria.
- [F] 175--Antiochus IV., Epiphanes, King of Syria.
- [B] 168-43--JEWISH INDEPENDENCE
- [D] 168--Persecution of the Jews by Antiochus IV. (Epiphanes).
- [D] 168--Revolt of Mattathias against Syrian rule.
- [C] 166. Judas Maccabeus.
- [D] 166--Judas Maccabeus, Liberator and Ruler of Judea.
- [E] 165--The Roman senate intervenes in Egypt.
- [F] 162--Demetrius I., Soter, King of Syria.
- [D] 142--Simon, brother of Judas, High Priest and Ruler.
- [H] 123--The Gracchi in Rome.
- [D] 107--Aristobulus assumes title of King of Judea.
- [D] 105--Rise of Sects, Pharisees and Sadducees.
-
- 100
- [F] 69--Syria and Armenia conquered by Romans.
- [C] 63. Antipater.
- [D] 63--Jerusalem taken by Pompey; Romans intervene in Judea.
- [D] 63--Antipater, Ruler, under Roman authority.
- [G] 60 B.C.-100 A.D.--ROMAN EMPIRE
- [E] 52-30--Cleopatra, Queen of Egypt.
- [B] 43--START OF ROMAN RULE
- [C] 43. Herod the Great.
- [D] 43--Herod the Great made King by Roman Senate.
- [H] 41--Assassination of Julius Caesar.
- [E] 30--Egypt becomes a Roman province.
- [F] 27--Syria made an imperial province of Roman empire.
- [H] 27--Augustus, Emperor of Roman World.
- [D] 4 B.C.--Jesus born at Bethlehem. 4 B.C.--Death of Herod.
-
- A.D.
- [H] 14--Tiberius, Emperor.
- [C] 26. Pontius Pilate, Procurator.
- [D] 26--Ministry of John the Baptist.
- [D] 30--Crucifixion, Resurrection, and Ascension of Christ.
- [D] 37--Conversion of St. Paul.
- [C] 41. Herod Agrippa I. King of Judea.
- [H] 41--Claudius, Emperor.
- [D] 50--Council of Christian Church at Jerusalem.
- [C] 52. Felix, Procurator.
- [H] 54--Nero, Emperor.
- [C] 60. Festus, Procurator.
- [D] 68--Revolt of Jews against Roman Empire.
- [D] 68--Martyrdom of St. Paul.
- [D] 70--Destruction of Jerusalem by Titus.
- [H] 79--Titus, Emperor.
-
-
-
-
- B.C. I. II. III.
- GENERAL SUB DIVISION PERSONS AND RULERS IN BIBLE
- PERIODS. OF GENERAL HISTORY.
- PERIODS.
-
- I. PERIOD
- OF THE I.
- EARLY THE UNITED
- RACES, RACES
- FROM THE TO THE
- DELUGE. DISPERSION.
-
- (Date unknown) (Date unknown)
- 2500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- I. II.
- PERIOD THE DISPERSED
- OF THE RACES TO
- 2400 EARLY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- RACES THE CALL OF
- to the Call of
- of Abraham ABRAHAM. c. 2355 Abraham.
- c. 2280
- 2300
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 2280 B.C. c. 2280
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- c. 2256 Isaac.
-
- JOURNEYS
-
- 2200
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- c. 2180 c. 2195 Jacob.
-
- II. OF THE
-
- PATRIARCHS c. 2103 Joseph.
- 2100
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- PERIOD c. 2075
-
- c. 2060 B.C.
- +------------
- |
- | c. 2045.
- 2000 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | c. 1993.
- OF THE |
- | THE
- |
- |
- |
- |
- |
- 1500 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- |
- CHOSEN |
- | SOJOURN IN
- 1400 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- |
- | c. 1330 Moses.
- FAMILY. |
- | EGYPT.
- 1300 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- |
- | c. 1260 Joshua.
- 1250 B.C. | 1250
- --------------+============--------------------------------------
- |
- | WANDERING
- |
- |
- III. | 1210 c. 1210
- +------------
- 1200 | CONQUEST.
- ---------------------|---------------------------------------------------
- PERIOD | 1180 c. 1180
- +------------ c. 1170. Othniel, Judge.
- OF |
- | RULE
- ISRAELITE |
- | OF THE c. 1130. Gideon, Judge.
- PEOPLE |
- | JUDGES.
- |
- | c. 1100. Jephthah, Judge.
- 1100 |
- ---------------------|--------------------------------------------------
- | c. 1080. Samuel, Judge.
- |
- 1050 B.C. | 1050 c. 1050. Saul, King.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
- | UNITY
- |
- IV. | c. 1010. David, King.
- |
- 1000 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- |
- | 970. Solomon, King.
- |
- | 935 KINGS OF ISRAEL. KINGS OF JUDAH.
- +---------935. Jeroboam. 935. Rehoboam.
- PERIOD
- 900
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 875. Ahab
- 870. Jehoshaphat.
-
- 842. Jehu. 842. Athaliah, usurper.
- OF DIVISION 836. Jehoash.
- 800
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 799. Joash.
- 783. Jeroboam II. 783. Uzziah.
-
-
- 741. Menahem.
-
- 735. Ahaz.
- ISRAELITE
- 730. Hoshea.
- 721
- +-------
- |
- | 719. Hezekiah.
- |
- 700 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- |
- KINGDOM | 690. Manasseh.
- | DECAY
- | 639. Josiah.
- |
- |
- |
- | 608. Jehoiakim.
- |
- |
- |
- |
- 600 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 587 B.C. | 587 597. Zedekiah.
- |
- |
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- |
- | CHALDEAN
- PERIOD OF | RULE 536. Zerubbabel, Prince.
- | 536
- THE JEWISH +-------
- PROVINCE
-
- 500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- PERIOD
-
- PERSIAN 458. Ezra.
-
- 444. Nehemiah.
-
- (END OF OLD
- TESTAMENT)
-
- 400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- RULE
-
- 350. Jaddua, High Priest.
-
- OF 330 B.C. 330. Onias, High Priest.
- +---------
- |
- |
- | 300. Simon the Just, High Priest.
- 300 |
- -------------------|----------------------------------------------------
- |
- | GREEK
- JEWISH |
- | RULE
- 200 |
- -------------------|----------------------------------------------------
- |
- |
- |
- |
- | 168 B.C.
- +---------
- PROVINCE | 166. Judas Maccabeus.
- | JEWISH
- |
- | INDEPENDENCE
- 100 |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | 63. Antipater.
- |
- |
- | 43 B.C. 43. Herod the Great.
- +--------
-
- A.D.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ROMAN
-
- 26. Pontius Pilate, Procurator.
- 41. Herod Agrippa I. King of Judea.
- 52. Felix, Procurator.
- 60. Festus, Procurator.
-
-
-
- RULE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 100
-
-
-
-
- B.C. IV.
- THE HISTORY OF ISRAEL.
-
-
-
-
- [All the dates in this column are uncertain above 1000 B.C.,
- and are given tentatively. The dates are not
- sufficient for a complete and sure chronology].
-
-
-
-
- 2500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
- 2400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- 2300
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- c. 2280(?)--Call and Migration of Abraham.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- c. 2270(?)--Abraham's Victory over the Five Kings. [Gen. 14]
-
- c. 2232(?)--The Offering of Isaac on Mount Moriah.
-
-
- 2200
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- c. 2180(?) Death of Abraham.
-
-
- c. 2120(?)--Jacob's Vision and Journey to Padan-aram.
- c. 2103(?)--Jacob's Return to Canaan.
- 2100
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- c. 2084(?)--Joseph Sold into Egypt.
- c. 2073(?)--Joseph Ruler in Egypt.
- c. 2060(?)--Jacob and his Family go down
- to Egypt; Beginning of the SOJOURN OF THE ISRAELITES.
-
- c. 2045(?)--Death of Jacob in Egypt.
-
- 2000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 1993(?)--Death of Joseph in Egypt.
- The Israelites remain in the Land of Goshen, between Egypt
- and the Wilderness, from about 2062 to 1250 B.C. [dates very
- very uncertain]. During most of this period the Hyksos or
- Shepherd-Kings, friendly to the Israelites, were ruling in
- Egypt.
-
- 1500--The Israelites still in Egypt.
- 1500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
- 1400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- About 1330(?) begins the Oppression of the Israelites under
- Dynasty XIX. in Egypt. About the same time 1330(?)
- Moses was born. All the dates of this period are uncertain.
- 1300
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- 1250 1250(?)--The Exodus of the Israelites from Egypt. End of the
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Sojourn; Beginning of the History of Israel as a People.
- Death of Moses.
-
-
- 1210(?)--The Israelites enter the Land of Canaan, and begin the
- Conquest of Canaan. Battle of Beth-horon, 1210(?).
- 1200
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 1180(?)--Death of Joshua.
- 1170(?)--Age of the Judges in Israel begins.
-
-
-
- 1130--Gideon ruling in Israel.
-
-
-
-
- 1100
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 1080--Samuel, the last of the Judges.
-
- 1050 1050--Coronation of Saul, King of Israel.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- 1010--David King over Judah.
- 1003--David King over Israel.
- 1000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 990--David conquers Syria, Moab, and Edom.
- 970--Solomon, King of Israel, Syria, Moab, and Edom.
-
- 935--Division of the Kingdom. Jeroboam, King of Ten Tribes
- (Israel). Rehoboam, King of Judah.
-
- 900
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 875--Worship of Baal introduced into Israel by Jezebel.
- 870--Elijah the Prophet.
-
- 842--Jehu King of Judah. Athaliah usurper in Judah.
- 836--Revolution in Judah under Jehoiada, the Priest.
- 800
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 799--Joash, King of Israel.
- 783--Jeroboam II., King of Israel. Israelite power;
- Prophet Amos.
-
- 769--Uzziah, King of Israel; Age of Prosperity.
- 748--Prophet Hosea in Israel.
- 738--Prophet Isaiah begins his Ministry. Jotham, King of Judah.
- 730--Hoshea, last King of Israel.
-
-
- 721--Fall of Samaria. Israel carried captive by
- Sargon II. of Assyria.
-
- 701--Sennacherib's invasion of Judah.
- 700
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- 647--Manasseh a captive at Babylon; but released later.
-
- 628--Prophet Jeremiah begins Ministry.
- 621--Josiah begins great reforms. Finding of the Book of the
- Law.
-
- 608--Death of Josiah in battle at Megiddo. Necho of Egypt
- invades Judah. Jehoiakim, King of Judah.
- 606--First visit of Nebuchadnezzar to Judah; first group of
- Captives to Babylon.
- 600
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 598--Chaldeans invade Judah a second time.
- 592--Prophet Ezekiel in Chaldea.
-
- 586--Fall of Jerusalem; end of Kingdom of Judah; Jews taken
- to Babylon.
- 536--Decree of Cyrus, King of Persia, permitting return of
- Exiled Jews.
- 535--Rebuilding of Temple begun. 522--Discontinued.
- 520--Prophets Haggai and Zechariah.
- 515--Second Temple completed.
- 500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 478--Esther's deliverance.
- 458--Ezra's visit to Jerusalem.
-
- 444--Nehemiah rebuilds the Wall of Jerusalem.
- 440--Separation of Samaritans from Jews.
-
-
- 400 400(?)--Malachi, last of Old Testament Prophets.
- (END OF OLD
- TESTAMENT)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- 350--Jaddua, High Priest.
- 332--Visit of Alexander the Great to Judea.
- 330--Onias, High Priest.
-
- 305--Jerusalem taken by Ptolemy Lagus, of Egypt.
- Judea subject to Egypt.
- 300--Simon the First, High Priest.
- 300
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 275(?)--Translation of the Old Testament into Greek begun
- (Septuagint.)
-
-
- 200
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 197--Palestine annexed to kingdom of Syria under
- Antiochus III.
-
- 168--Persecution of the Jews by Antiochus IV. (Epiphanes).
- 168--Revolt of Mattathias against Syrian rule.
- 166--Judas Maccabeus, Liberator and Ruler of Judea.
- 142--Simon, brother of Judas, High Priest and Ruler.
-
- 107--Aristobulus assumes title of King of Judea.
- 105--Rise of Sects, Pharisees and Sadducees.
- 100
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 63--Jerusalem taken by Pompey; Romans intervene in Judea.
- 63--Antipater, Ruler, under Roman authority.
-
- 43--Herod the Great made King by Roman Senate.
-
-
- A.D. 4 B.C.--Jesus born at Bethlehem. 4 B.C.--Death of Herod.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 26 A.D.--Ministry of John the Baptist.
-
- 30 A.D.--Crucifixion, Resurrection, and Ascension of Christ.
- 37--Conversion of St. Paul.
-
- 50--Council of Christian Church at Jerusalem.
- 68--Revolt of Jews against Roman Empire.
- 68--Martyrdom of St. Paul.
- 70--Destruction of Jerusalem by Titus.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 100
-
-
-
-
-
- B.C. V. VI.
- EGYPT. KINGDOMS OF THE EAST.
-
- 4700(?)--Egypt founded by Menes.
- Old Kingdom (Dynasties I.-X.). 4500 B.C.--Kingdoms existing in
- Memphis earliest capital. Babylonia.
- 4000(?)--City of Babylon
- founded.
- 3900(?)--Rise of Ur to power.
- 3500(?)--Pyramids built
- (Dynasty IV.).
- 3000--Nineveh in existence.
- 2900(?)--Middle kingdom begins
- (Dynasties XI.-XVII.)
- 2500 B.C.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 2454(?)--First dynasty of kings
- begins to reign at Babylon
- with Su-mu-abi.
- Eleven kings reigning 2454 to
- 2151(?).
- 2400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- During the middle kingdom, 2900-1570
- B.C. Thebes was capital until about
- 2000 B.C. The dates are very uncertain,
- but between 2500 and 2000 B.C. the
- kingdom declined. 12th Dynasty 2500-2300.
-
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 2280(?)--Hammurabi (Amraphel(?))
- (Gen. 14), sixth king of the
- first dynasty reigning at
- Babylon. He conquered many
- states, established a code of
- laws, and may be regarded as
- founder of the early
- Babylonian Empire.
- 2300
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 2150(?)--Second dynasty of kings
- at Babylon begins with
- An-ma-an. (According to
- records, not certain, it
- lasted until 1783 B.C.)
-
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- About 2000 B.C. Lower Egypt
- fell under the power of invaders
- from the desert, who were called
- Hyksos, or Shepherd Kings. Their
- capital was Tanis, or Zoan. Very
- little is known of their history,
- and their names cannot be given
- with certainty, as their memory
- was hated by the rulers that
- followed them, and their
- inscriptions may have been
- obliterated. They ruled Egypt
- until about 1570 B.C.(?), though
- the dates both of their conquest
- and their departure are 2000--Ishkibal, fourth king of
- uncertain. second dynasty, reigning at
- Babylon.
- 2000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- About 1570 the war of liberation
- from the Hyksos began under
- Dynasty XVIII., and the New
- Kingdom opened.
- 1570-1320(?)--Dynasty XVIII. 1800--An Assyrian Kingdom in
- reigning (Amosis, Amenophis, existence, but subject to
- Queen Hatasu, Thutmosis (or Babylon. Asshur, its capital.
- Thotmes) III., Amenophis II.,
- Amenophis III., Amenophis 1782--Third dynasty of kings of
- IV.). A period of conquest. Babylon, beginning with
- Egyptian invasion of Syria Gandish, reigning 1782-1767.
- about 1490(?) (Thutmosis III.). This dynasty, known as
- Battle of Esdraelon in Canaan. Kassites, came from Elam,
- Tell-el-Amarna letters written conquered Babylonia, and
- in reigns of Amenophis III. held rule until 1207. Not
- and IV. much is known of Babylonian
- history during this period;
- but the kingdom was
- declining.
-
- 1500-1207--Kassite dynasty
- 1500 still reigning at Babylon.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- 1430--Assur-nadin-akhi. King of
- Assyria. (From this reign,
- regular lists of Assyrian
- kings; and their kingdom
- grows in power.)
- 1400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 1359(?)--Dynasty XIX. begins.
- Seti I. powerful ruler and conqueror.
- Rameses II., "Pharaoh of the Oppression"(?).
- Merenepthah, "Pharaoh of the Exodus"(?).
- Decline of Egyptian power. Rameses III.,
- date unknown.
-
- 1300(?)--Shalmaneser I., King
- of Assyria, begins conquests.
- 1300 Calah becomes capital.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 1290(?)--Tukulti-ninib, King
- of Assyria, conquers Babylon;
- but it soon regains its
- independence. Babylonian
- Kingdom declining in power.
-
-
- 1207-1075--Dynasty of Isin in
- Babylon; wars between Assyria
- and Babylonia; continued
- decline of Babylonia and rise
- 1200 of Assyria.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
- 1120-1090--Tiglath-pileser I.,
- the first great king of
- Assyria, conqueror over many
- lands. THE ASSYRIAN EMPIRE
- 1100 begins.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 1089(?)--Dynasty XXI. begins; a line of
- kings of foreign race who obtained control
- in Egypt.
-
- 1000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 925--Shishak, King of Egypt, invades
- Judah, and takes many cities.
-
- 900(?)--Zerah, the Ethiopian (Osorkon II.),
- 900 invades Egypt.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 885-860--Assur-nazir-pal, King
- of Assyria.
-
- 860-825--Shalmaneser II., King.
- 854--Victory of Shalmaneser
- over Syrians and Israelites
- (under King Ahab) at Karkar.
- 842--Jehu, King of Israel, pays
- tribute to Shalmaneser.
-
- 800--Babylon under Assyrian
- 800 control.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 745-727--Tiglath-pileser III.,
- King of Assyria; great
- conqueror; receives tribute
- from Menahem, King of Israel.
- 732--Damascus taken.
-
- 725--Hoshea, King of Israel, in 727-722--Shalmaneser IV., King.
- Alliance with So (or Sabakon), 725--Siege of Samaria begun.
- King of Egypt. 722-705--Sargon II., King of
- Assyria.
- 704-687--Sennacherib, King.
- 701--Defeat of Tirkahah by Nineveh made capital.
- 700 Sennacherib, King of Assyria.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 674--Invasion of Egypt by 680-668--Esar-haddon, King.
- Esar-haddon, King of Assyria. 674--Egypt invaded by
- 665--Destruction of Thebes by Assyrians. Empire of Assyria
- the Assyrians. at its culmination.
- 668-626--Assur-bani-pal, King.
- Decline of Assyrian Empire
- begins.
- 625-604--Nabopolassar, King of
- Babylon, founder of Chaldean
- Empire.
- 609--FALL OF ASSYRIAN EMPIRE.
- Nineveh destroyed by the
- Medes.
- 608--Victory of Nebuchadnezzar,
- son of Nabopolassar, over
- Necho, King of Egypt, at
- 606--Necho, King of Egypt, Carchemish. CHALDEAN EMPIRE
- defeated at Carchemish by begins (606-536).
- Nebuchadnezzar. 604-562--Nebuchadnezzar, King
- 600 of Babylon.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 586--Jerusalem taken and
- destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar.
- 567--Egypt invaded by 585-573--Siege of Tyre by
- Nebuchadnezzar, but not held. Nebuchadnezzar.
- 562--Rapid decline of Chaldean
- power after death of
- Nebuchadnezzar.
- 558-536--Nabonidus, last king
- of Babylon. He associates
- his son Belshazzar in the
- government.
- 553--Cyrus, the Persian,
- conquers the Medes. Beginning
- of Persian power.
- 536--Babylon taken by Cyrus.
- 525--Egypt conquered by Persians End of Chaldean Empire.
- under Cambyses and annexed to 530-330--THE PERSIAN EMPIRE.
- the Persian empire. From that 529-521--Cambyses, King of
- time until 332 Egypt was under Persia. Egypt conquered.
- Persian rule. 521-486--Darius, King of
- 500 Persia.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 491--Darius, King of Persia,
- invades Greece. 490--Battle
- of Marathon. Greeks
- victorious over Persians.
- 486-466--Xerxes (Ahasuerus in
- book of Esther), King of
- Persia.
- 481--Expedition of Xerxes into
- Greece.
- 480--Battles of Thermopylae and
- Salamis.
- 466-425--Artaxerxes Longimanus,
- King of Persia. Empire
- declining in power.
- 425--Xerxes II., King of Persia.
- 400 424-404--Darius II., King.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- 361--Artaxerxes (or Darius)
- Ochus, King of Persia.
-
- 336--Darius Codomannus, last
- king of Persia.
- 332--Alexander the Great
- receives the submission of
- Egypt. 330--Persian Empire conquered
- by Alexander the Great
- 328--Ptolemy Soter establishes (Battle of Arbela.)
- the Greek kingdom of Egypt.
- 323--Alexander the Great dies
- at Babylon.
- 301--Alexander's empire divided
- among his four generals
- Ptolemy, Seleucus, Cassander,
- 300 Lysimachus.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 286--The Alexandrian library and
- Museum began by King Ptolemy II.,
- Philadelphus.
- 247-225--Reign of Ptolemy Euergetes,
- ablest and most powerful of the
- Ptolemies.
-
- 200 205-182--Reign of Ptolemy V. Epiphanes.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 187--Seleucus IV., Philopator,
- King of Syria.
- 175--Antiochus IV., Epiphanes,
- King of Syria.
- 165--The Roman senate
- intervenes in Egypt. 162--Demetrius I., Soter,
- 100 King of Syria.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 69--Syria and Armenia
- conquered by Romans.
- 52-30--Cleopatra, Queen of Egypt.
-
- 30--Egypt becomes a Roman province.
- 27--Syria made an imperial
- A.D. province of Roman empire.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- 100
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-
- B.C. VII. VIII.
- THE ORIENTAL EMPIRES. THE WORLD IN GENERAL.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Dates earlier than 700 B.C.
- traditional and uncertain.
-
-
-
-
- 2850--China founded by Fu-hi.
- 2500
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- 2400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
- 2357--Lao reigning in China.
-
- 2300
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 2280 B.C.
- +-----------------+
- | | 2205--Chinese history begins.
- 2200 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- 2100 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | EARLY |
- | |
- 2000 | | 2000--Aryan migration to India(?).
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | | 1920--Gold and silver first mentioned as
- | | money.
- | |
- | |
- | | 1556--Athens founded. (traditional.)
- | | 1546--Traditional founding of Troy.
- | |
- | | 1507--Court of Areopagus founded at Athens.
- | |
- | | 1500--Thebes founded. Greek alphabet
- | | introduced by Cadmus.
- | |
- | | c. 1500--Hittite migration to southern
- 1500 | | Asia Minor.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | BABYLONIAN |
- | |
- | | 1400--Rise of Hittite Kingdom in Asia
- 1400 | | Minor.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- 1300 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | EMPIRE. |
- | |
- | | 1235--Theseus, King of Athens.
- | | 1233--Carthage founded.
- | |
- | |
- 1200 | | 1200--Dorian migration into Greece.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | | 1193--Trojan war begins.
- | |
- | |
- | | 1122--Chow dynasty reigning in China.
- | 1120 B.C. |
- +-----------------+
- 1100 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | | 1070--Codrus, last king of Athens.
- | ASSYRIAN EMPIRE |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | | 1015--Minos gives laws in Crete.
- 1000 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | ASSYRIAN |
- | |
- | |
- 900 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | | 886--Homeric Poems brought into Greece.
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | | 850--Lycurgus, lawgiver of Sparta.
- | |
- 800 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | EMPIRE. |
- | |
- | | 753--Traditional founding of Rome by
- | | Romulus.
- | | 750--Syracuse in Sicily founded by
- | | Corinthians.
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | | 708--Median Kingdom begins under Deioces.
- 700 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | | 660--Japanese History begins with Jimmu
- | 626 B.C. | Tenno whose descendants have reigned
- +-----------------+ since without intermission.
- | | 658--Byzantium founded by Byzas. 640--Media
- | | independent of Assyria.
- | | 621--Laws of Draco in Athens.
- | |
- | |
- |CHALDEAN EMPIRE |
- | |
- 600 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | | 583--Laws of Solon in Athens.
- | | 578--Money coined in Rome.
- | | 560--Pisistratus usurps rule at Athens.
- | | 557--Buddha born in India.
- | | 550--Confucius born. Laocius and Mencius,
- | | the other Chinese sages, lived in same
- | 536 B.C. | century. 546--Cyrus overthrows empire of
- +-----------------+ Croesus.
- | | 510--Romans abolish royalty; Government by
- | | Consuls begins.
- | | 510--Africa first circumnavigated.
- 500 | | 500--Pythagoras teaching in Greece.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | PERSIAN | 490--Battle of Lake Regillus in Italy.
- | | 490--Battle of Marathon in Greece.
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | EMPIRE. |
- | | 418--Battle of Mantinea in Greece.
- 400 | | 400--Retreat of the Ten Thousand in Persia.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | | 399--Death of Socrates.
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | 330 B.C. |
- +-----------------+
- | |
- | |
- 300 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | KINGDOMS |
- | | 264--First Punic war begun by Rome.
- | |
- | | 216--Battle of Cannae; overthrow of
- | | Hannibal.
- | | 211--Wall of China completed.
- 200 | OF ALEXANDER'S |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | SUCCESSORS. | 123--The Gracchi in Rome.
- | |
- 100 | |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | |
- | |
- | 60 B.C. |
- +-----------------+ 41--Assassination of Julius Caesar.
- | |
- | | 27--Augustus, Emperor of Roman World.
- | |
- A.D. | ROMAN EMPIRE. |
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- | | 14 A.D.--Tiberius, Emperor.
- | |
- | | 41--Claudius, Emperor.
- | |
- | | 54--Nero, Emperor.
- | |
- | | 79--Titus, Emperor.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 100 A.D. | 100 A.D. |
- +-----------------+
-
-
-VII. =The Oriental Empires= are indicated upon the seventh column of the
-chart. While they follow in regular succession, there were brief periods
-of anarchy and confusion between them, which cannot be indicated. (1.)
-The Early Babylonian Empire, 2280-1120 B.C. Much of the time this was
-not an empire, but rather the leading state in the oriental world. (2.)
-The Assyrian Empire, 1120-626 B.C.; its capital at Nineveh on the Tigris
-River, its people fierce warriors, but not able rulers. (3.) The
-Chaldean Empire, 606-536 B.C., established by Nebuchadnezzar, and
-passing away soon after his death. (4.) The Persian Empire, 536-330,
-founded by Cyrus, and ruling over all the Old Testament lands. (5.) The
-Kingdoms (not empire) of Alexander's Successors, 330-60 B.C. The empire
-of Alexander the Great lasted only seven years (330-323), and was
-followed by war until 301, when the four generals of Alexander made a
-division of his conquests. (6.) The Roman Empire became dominant in the
-east about 60 B.C., and continued supreme until after the New Testament
-period.
-
-VIII. =The World in General.= We arrange on the last column events
-showing the general progress of the world outside of the Bible lands.
-The student will note that Bible History antedates the annals of Greece
-and Rome by many centuries.
-
-[Illustration: THE CHURCH OF THE HOLY SEPULCHRE.]
-
-
-
-
-THE OLD TESTAMENT WORLD.
-
-
-I. =Extent.= The Old Testament World embraces the seas and lands between
-30° and 54° east longitude, or from the mouth of the Nile to that of the
-Persian Gulf; and between 27° and 40° north latitude, from the parallel
-south of Mount Sinai to that north of Mount Ararat. The total extent of
-territory is about 1,400 miles from east to west and 900 miles from
-north to south, aggregating 1,260,000 square miles. Deducting from this
-the space occupied by the Mediterranean Sea and other large bodies of
-water, the land will include about 1,110,000 square miles, or one-third
-the extent of the United States, excluding Alaska. Unlike the United
-States, however, nearly two-thirds of this extent is a vast desert, and
-uninhabitable, so that the portion actually occupied by man is less than
-an eighth of that included in the American Union.
-
-[Illustration: COMPARATIVE VIEW OF UNITED STATES AND OLD TESTAMENT
-WORLD.]
-
-II. =Seas.= This world of the Old Testament embraces several large
-bodies of water. 1. The _Caspian Sea_, the largest body of water
-surrounded by land on the globe, occupies its northeastern corner. 2.
-The _Persian Gulf_, the outlet of the great rivers of the Old Testament
-history, is in its southeastern border. 3. The two arms of the northern
-end of the _Red Sea_, the Gulf of Suez and the Gulf of Akaba, are on its
-southwestern side. 4. The _Mediterranean Sea_, "the great sea toward the
-going down of the sun" (Josh. 1:4), forms a part of its western
-boundary. These are its largest seas; but besides these may be named
-three others, all salt lakes, imbedded in its mountain system. 5. The
-_Dead Sea_, called in the Bible "Sea of the Plain," and "Salt Sea,"
-lying 1,290 feet below the Mediterranean, and situated in the land of
-Palestine; 6. _Lake Van_, anciently Arsissa, in Armenia; and 7. _Lake
-Urumiyeh_, in Media. Neither of the last two are referred to in the
-Bible.
-
-III. =Mountain Ranges.= The nucleus of the mountain system is found in
-the land of Armenia, on the north of the map. Here five great ranges of
-mountains have their origin. 1. The _Ararat Mountains_ are lofty masses,
-lying between the Caspian Sea and Asia Minor. They are arranged in three
-sections, nearly parallel: Mount Masius, on the south; Mount Niphates,
-north of Lake Van; and Mount Abus, still farther north. One of the peaks
-of this latter section is the traditional resting place of the ark (Gen.
-8:4), and is the summit of the group, 17,750 feet high. 2. The _Caspian
-Mountains_, branching from Ararat, bend around the southern end of the
-Caspian Sea and extend eastward, forming the northern boundary of Media.
-3. The _Zagros Mountains_ also start from Ararat, and follow a direction
-generally southeast, to the northern shore of the Persian Gulf. They
-form the eastern watershed of the Tigris and Euphrates rivers. 4. The
-_Lebanon Range_ starts from the western side of the Ararat group, and
-follows the Mediterranean coast through Syria and Palestine, then down
-the Sinaitic peninsula. Its general direction is west of south. In Syria
-and Palestine it is divided into two parallel branches, Lebanon and
-Anti-Lebanon, the latter on the east. Its highest peak is Mount Hermon,
-about 9,000 feet above the sea. South of Palestine it forms the
-remarkable Sinaitic group of mountains, upon one of which the Law was
-given. 5. The last range is _Mount Taurus_, which also branches from
-Ararat, in a westerly direction, and forms the southern coast line of
-Asia Minor.
-
-[Illustration: COMPARATIVE HEIGHT OF BIBLE MOUNTAINS.]
-
-[Illustration: THE OLD TESTAMENT WORLD.]
-
-IV. =Rivers.= Passing by many unimportant streams, we notice the
-following, the largest of which have their rise in the mountain
-system of Armenia. 1. The _Araxes_, not named in the Bible, but
-important as a boundary, rises in the northern section of the Ararat
-Range, and flows, in a general direction, eastward into the Caspian Sea.
-2. The _Tigris_, called in the Bible Hiddekel, rises in Mount Niphates,
-of the Ararat Range, and flows in a southeasterly direction, following
-the line of Mount Zagros, unites with the Euphrates, and thence flows
-into the Persian Gulf. Its length to the union with the Euphrates is
-1,146 miles; beyond the union to the gulf, at present, 100 miles, though
-anciently much less; and at a time within the limits of history the two
-rivers discharged by separate mouths. Their united stream is now called
-the _Shaat el Arab_. 3. _The Euphrates_, or the _Frat_ (a word meaning
-"abounding"), is the great river of the Bible world. It has two
-important sources, both in Armenia: one at a place called _Domli_; the
-other, the more distant and true source, at _Diyadin_, at the foot of a
-mountain called _Ala Tagh_, 20 miles west of Mount Ararat. It flows
-westward 400 miles, then southward about as far, then in a southeasterly
-direction 1,000 miles, uniting at last with the Tigris to form the
-_Shaat el Arab_. It is navigable for 1,100 miles, and has in all ages
-formed the principal means of travel between Eastern and Western Asia.
-At Babylon, it is nearly a mile in width, though for 800 miles it does
-not receive a single tributary, as it flows through a desert. It
-overflows its banks every year, rising as high as twelve feet. 4. The
-_Orontes_ rises in Mount Lebanon, and flows northward parallel with the
-Mediterranean until, just before reaching Asia Minor, it breaks through
-the mountains and empties into the sea. 5. The _Jordan_, least yet most
-important of all, flows southward from the foot of Mount Hermon into the
-Dead Sea. It will be described in connection with the Physical Map of
-Palestine. 6. The _Nile_, the great river of Africa, rises in the centre
-of the continent and flows northward into the Mediterranean Sea, turning
-the desert through which it passes into a garden.
-
-V. =The Lands.= These are not easy to determine since their boundaries
-and names varied at different periods of the history. Yet their
-locations may be given, and their natural limits are generally known.
-They may be classified as follows: 1. Lands of the Mountain System, all
-north and east of the Zagros chain of mountains: Armenia, Media, and
-Persia. 2. Lands of the Plain: Assyria, Elam, Mesopotamia, Chaldea,
-Arabia. 3. Lands of the Mediterranean: Asia Minor, Syria, Phoenicia,
-Palestine, The Wilderness, Egypt.
-
-[Illustration: MOUNT ARARAT.]
-
-
-I. LANDS OF THE MOUNTAIN SYSTEM.
-
-1. =Armenia= is a name nowhere used in the original Scriptures, but in
-our version is a translation of the word "Ararat," which word properly
-appears in place of "Armenia" in the Revised Version. The province
-embraces the lofty plateau and mountain group between the Caspian and
-Black Seas, and north of Mesopotamia and Assyria, the source of four
-great rivers, the Araxes, Tigris, Euphrates, and Acampsis, the latter
-pouring into the Black Sea. Its boundaries are: upon the north, the
-Caucasus Mountains; on the east, Media and the Caspian Sea; on the
-south, Media, from which it is separated by the Araxes, and Assyria,
-from which it is divided by Mount Masius; and on the west, the
-Euphrates, separating it from Asia Minor. Tradition states that it was
-settled by Haïk, a grandson of Japhet; and the earliest history names it
-as tributary to Assyria. Excepting the resting of Noah's ark upon one of
-its mountains, few events of Scripture are associated with it.
-
-2. =Media= is in the original the same word as Madai, the son of Japhet.
-(Gen. 10:2.) Its boundaries are the river Araxes and the Caspian Sea on
-the north, the great salt desert of Iram on the east, Persia on the
-south, and the Zagros Mountains, separating it from Assyria and Armenia.
-A branch of the Zagros Mountains, running eastward, divides it into two
-portions, anciently known as Media Atropatene (the one northward) and
-Media Magna. In each of these provinces the principal city was called
-Ecbatana. The Medes were of the Aryan or Japhetic stock, and were always
-a warlike and independent people. Though conquered by Assyria, their
-land was never formally annexed to the Assyrian empire. In B.C. 633 the
-Median kingdom was established, and soon became supreme over Assyria,
-Armenia, and Persia, and formed the Medo-Persian empire, which succeeded
-to the power of Babylon in the East, B.C. 536. After that date the
-history of Media is lost in that of Persia.
-
-3. =Persia= was originally a small province on the Persian Gulf, still
-known as _Fars_. But Persia Proper included, besides the sandy plain on
-the gulf, a mountainous plateau north of it, and was bounded by Media on
-the north, by Carmania on the east, by the Persian Gulf on the south,
-and by Elam on the west. Its people were of the Aryan race, and at first
-subject to the Medes. They revolted under Cyrus the Great, and became
-the controlling power in the conquest of Nebuchadnezzar's dominion. The
-Persian empire arose to greatness at the fall of Babylon, B.C. 536,
-conquered and ruled over all the lands from India to Ethiopia, and was
-by far the greatest of the great Oriental monarchies. It was subjected
-by Alexander the Great, B.C. 330. The capital of the Persian empire was
-Susa, called in the Bible "Shushan the Palace" (Esther 1:2); which was,
-however, situated not in Persia Proper, but in Elam. The most important
-places in the province were Persepolis (its capital at one period),
-Pasargada, and Mesambria, none of which are named in the Bible.
-
-
-II. LANDS OF THE PLAIN.
-
-Of these, two are situated mainly between the Zagros chain of mountains
-and the Tigris river, Assyria and Elam; two are between the Tigris and
-Euphrates, Mesopotamia and Chaldea; and one is the vast Arabian desert.
-
-1. =Assyria=, in the Hebrew everywhere Asshur, was properly the province
-now called _Kurdistan_, lying on the western slope of the Zagros
-Mountains, and extending across the Tigris to the Sinjar hills and the
-border of the Mesopotamian desert. The mountains separate it from
-Armenia; and the line of division from Elam, on the southeast, was near
-the place where the Tigris and Euphrates approach nearest before their
-separation. The land was occupied by people of various races, of which
-the Semitic were predominant. The earliest city was at Asshur, supposed
-to be _Kileh Sherghat_, where a dynasty of kings began to rule about
-1800 B.C., while the Israelite tribes were in Egypt. The seat of
-government was afterward transferred to Calah, or Halah (_Nimrud_),
-north of Asshur; and finally a permanent location of the capital was
-made at Nineveh, which became the centre of the great Assyrian empire.
-This will be described more fully with the map of that empire, on page
-91. The Assyrian kingdom was long in its duration, but passed through
-many vicissitudes, several times ruling all the lands of the Euphrates,
-and again, in a feeble condition. Its principal cities, besides Nineveh,
-were Calah, Resen (which may have been at _Selamiyeh_, three miles south
-of Nineveh), and Rehoboth. There is reason to believe that all the four
-cities named in Gen. 10:11, 12, were combined in the walls of Nineveh.
-
-2. =Elam=, called Susiana by the Greeks, lay southeast of Assyria and
-west of Persia Proper, between the Zagros chain of mountains and the
-Tigris river. It included both a mountainous and a lowland tract, the
-latter very fertile. Shushan (Susa), the capital of the Persian empire,
-lay within this province, and was its principal city. The earliest
-conqueror named in the Bible, Amraphel, was the king of Elam, and held
-dominion over most of the lands as far west as Canaan. (See the map of
-his empire, on page 34.) This kingdom was not of long continuance as an
-independent state, but soon fell under the power of Assyria, though
-maintaining its own organization as a vassal state until the Persian
-period, when it became a province of the empire.
-
-3. =Mesopotamia=, called in Scripture Aram-naharaim, or "Syria of the
-two rivers," was a land of indefinite boundaries. The name means
-"between the rivers," and hence it was often applied to all the plain
-between the Tigris and Euphrates, including even Chaldea and a part of
-Assyria. A more frequent use of the name restricts it to the
-northwestern portion of the region between the rivers, above the place
-where they approach and separate again. The Sinjar hills, crossing,
-divide it into two sections, a higher and a lower, the former
-mountainous, and the latter mostly a great desert. The upper section
-contained the cities of Orfa (Edessa), formerly supposed to be the
-birthplace of Abraham; Haran, the patriarch's resting place on the way
-to Canaan; Nisibis and Amida, now _Nisibin_ and _Diarbekr_. The only
-time when Mesopotamia appears in Bible history as a kingdom was a brief
-interval during the period of the Judges. (Judg. 3:8.) Earlier it had
-been occupied by separate and warring tribes; later it was a part of
-Assyria.
-
-4. =Chaldea= is also called Shinar and Babylonia. The name Chaldea, in
-its most accurate sense, belongs to the southern portion of the
-province, but is generally used with reference to all the Mesopotamian
-plain south of _Baghdad_. It is perfectly level, and by nature one of
-the most fertile places on the whole earth. Its earliest inhabitants, at
-least the ruling portion of them, were Cushites, of the stock of Ham. An
-early Oriental kingdom began at Ur (_Mugheir_) about B.C. 3900. It
-lasted, with varying fortunes, until B.C. 538. Babylon afterward became
-the capital, and in a later period was the greatest city of the East.
-(See diagram on page 93.) Other cities of Chaldea were Erech (_Orchoë_),
-Calneh, and Sepharvaim. Further details of its political history are
-given in the account of the Babylonian empire of Nebuchadnezzar, on page
-92.
-
-5. The desert of =Arabia= occupies more than half of the map of the Old
-Testament World. That portion of it included upon the map is a vast
-triangle, having for its base the 28th parallel of latitude, from the
-Persian Gulf to the Red Sea, the Euphrates on its northeastern side, and
-the border of the Lebanon chain of mountains for its western. It is
-called in the Bible "the land of Kedar." It is a high, undulating, dry
-plain, with few oases, and almost impenetrable to travelers. From the
-days of Abraham until the present, the caravans have gone around it upon
-the north, following up the Euphrates to Tiphsah (Thapsacus), and then
-turning southward rather than face its terrors. Only once in history is
-it related that an army crossed it. This was when Nebuchadnezzar, while
-ravaging Palestine, learned of his father's death, and crossed this
-great desert by the most direct route, in order to take possession of
-the throne.
-
-
-III. LANDS OF THE MEDITERRANEAN.
-
-These lands will receive more extended treatment in connection with
-other maps, so that we give them only a brief mention here.
-
-1. =Asia Minor= scarcely enters the field of the Old Testament, except
-as the "land of the Hittites." It will be noticed under the topic of the
-Journeys of the Apostle Paul, page 117.
-
-2. =Syria=, in the Hebrew Aram, is a name of indefinite signification,
-sometimes embracing all the territory north of The Wilderness of the
-Wandering, and therefore including Palestine and the provinces around
-it. But Syria Proper seems only to indicate the territory bounded by the
-Amanus and Taurus ranges of mountains on the north, by the Euphrates and
-the desert on the east, by Palestine, beginning with Mount Hermon, on
-the south, by the Mediterranean and Phoenicia on the west. It reaches
-the Mediterranean only near the mouth of the Orontes. It consists of
-three portions: On the north an elevated tract, never thickly populated,
-having Carchemish and Samosata as its principal cities; between the
-Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon ranges of mountains a great valley, called
-Coele-Syria, "hollow Syria," forming the bed of the Orontes, flowing
-north, and the Leontes (_Litany_), flowing south; and on the east a
-level country reaching to the desert, containing the cities of Damascus
-on the south, Tiphsah (Thapsacus) on the north, and Tadmor (Palmyra) in
-the desert. During the times from Jeroboam to Jehoash, Syria was an
-independent kingdom, the rival of Israel, with which its political
-relations may be seen on the map on page 86. In the Old Testament
-period, Damascus was its principal city, and exercised sovereignty; but
-later, Antioch, in the north, became more prominent, and was the Greek
-and Roman capital of the province.
-
-3. =Phoenicia= is a narrow strip of territory between the Mediterranean
-Sea and Mount Lebanon, north of Palestine and south of the Orontes. Its
-two great cities were, Zidon, the mother of Mediterranean commerce; and
-Tyre, her daughter. Its boundaries were never extensive; but its vessels
-traded with every land, and its colonies were planted all along the
-shores of the Mediterranean.
-
-4. =Palestine= lies south of Phoenicia, between the Mediterranean and
-the desert. It will be described in connection with the Physical Map of
-Palestine, page 29, and Moab and Edom, near it, on pages 39 and 45.
-
-5. South of Palestine is =The Wilderness=, a part of Arabia, in which
-the Israelites wandered during forty years. Its description may be found
-on page 42.
-
-6. =Egypt= lies in the northeastern corner of Africa. See its
-description on page 41.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-1. Let the teacher state the EXTENT of the Old Testament World, and its
-comparison in size with the United States, as given in the description;
-the class taking down the figures in their note-books.
-
-2. Let the teacher draw upon the blackboard the SEAS of the map, in
-presence of the class, describing each as it is drawn. If drawn in
-advance with an ordinary slate pencil, the mark cannot be seen by the
-class, but can be traced by the teacher with white chalk. Do not try to
-make the lines exact. A general sketch will answer far better than
-finished work. Write upon each its initial letter, but let the class
-give its full name; and at the same time follow the teacher by drawing
-the map on slates or in note-books. Review the names of the seas:
-_Caspian_, _Persian Gulf_, _Red Sea_, _Mediterranean_ or _Great Sea_,
-_Dead Sea_, _Lake Arsissa_ or _Van_, _Lake Urumiyeh_.
-
-3. Draw next the most important of the MOUNTAIN RANGES, showing their
-general lines, in blue or green color, naming each as drawn, requiring
-the class to repeat its name, and to review at the close all the names:
-_Ararat_ (including _Masius_, _Niphates_, _Abus_), _Caspian_, _Zagros_,
-_Lebanon_, _Taurus_.
-
-4. Draw the RIVERS in white chalk, and drill the class upon their names
-as the course of each is shown: _Araxes_, _Tigris_, _Euphrates_,
-_Orontes_, _Jordan_, _Nile_. Review the names of seas, mountains, and
-rivers, before beginning the next subject.
-
-5. Show the LANDS in their three classes, and drill the class upon their
-names. (1.) MOUNTAIN LANDS: _Armenia_, _Media_, _Persia_. (2.) LANDS OF
-THE PLAIN: _Assyria_, _Elam_, _Mesopotamia_, _Chaldea_, _Arabia_. (3.)
-LANDS OF THE MEDITERRANEAN: _Asia Minor_, _Syria_, _Phoenicia_,
-_Palestine_, _Wilderness_, _Egypt_.
-
-Review the entire map, from the beginning; then erase it, and call for
-the class to give the names as they are indicated by the pointer without
-marking.
-
-
-
-
-ANCIENT WORLD, AND DESCENDANTS OF NOAH.
-
-
-ONE of the most ancient and valuable accounts of the races of mankind is
-found in the tenth chapter of Genesis. It states the location and, in
-large degree, the relationship of the various families upon the earth,
-as they were known to the descendants of Abraham.
-
-[Illustration: BIRS NIMROUD (SUPPOSED TOWER OF BABEL).]
-
-In the interpretation of this "Table of Nations" certain facts and
-principles are to be borne in mind. 1. It is _incomplete_; not
-undertaking to name all the races of mankind, but only those in the
-Hebrew, Egyptian, and Assyrian sphere of interest. Neither the yellow,
-the brown, or the black races are represented upon it, and only a
-portion of the ruddy or white race. 2. It is _popular_ and not
-scientific. The Orientals never wrote with the precision of modern
-students. Hence find in this document terms employed in a general and
-indefinite manner. 3. It is, in reality, _geographical_ rather than
-racial. For example, when it says "the sons of Canaan," we are not
-always to infer a literal descent, but a location in the land of Canaan.
-The names upon this table are generally not those of individuals, but of
-tribes. In some instances relationship may be indicated; but generally
-propinquity of settlement is all that can positively be affirmed. 4. It
-arranges the nations _according to zones_, in a general direction from
-northwest to southeast; not by continents, as was formerly supposed. The
-nations of the Japhetic family are found in Asia and Europe; the
-Shemites, or Semites, in Asia; the so-called Hamitic races, in Asia and
-Africa. After the deluge an instinct of migration took possession of the
-human family. From the original home (long supposed to be near the
-Caspian Sea, but now uncertain as to locality) clans moved in all
-directions, and nations arose, occupying different lands.
-
-
-I. THE JAPHETIC NATIONS.
-
-These belonged to seven families, who are called "sons of Japheth" in
-Gen. 10:2; and seven others, who are spoken of as his grandsons in Gen.
-10:3, 4. These statements are not necessarily to be understood
-literally. There may have been other sons and grandsons of Japheth; but
-these were the ones whose names are remembered as the founders of
-nations. The peoples descended from Japheth belong to what is called the
-Aryan or Indo-European race.
-
-1. =Gomer= is named, in Ezek. 38:2-6, as a race opposed to Israel after
-the captivity. They were probably the people whom the Assyrians called
-_Gimirrai_, and the Greeks _Kimmerioi_. Their name is perpetuated in the
-_Crimea_, their early home. A branch of this race moving westward became
-the _Cimbri_, who were formidable enemies of Rome; and probably another,
-the _Cymry_, settled in the British Isles, and were the ancestors of the
-Welsh and the Irish. The Celtic races, to which the French partly
-belong, are descended from this family.
-
-Three of the families descended from Gomer formed separate tribes,
-named, in the table of nations in Gen. 10:3, after Ashkenaz, Riphath and
-Togarmah. All of these had homes around or near the Black Sea.
-
-(1.) _Ashkenaz_ is the name of a people spread out of _Mysia_ and
-_Phrygia_ in Asia Minor. "Ascanios," a Greek form of the word, occurs in
-Homer as the name of a Mysian and Phrygian prince. It is, however, true
-that, in Jer. 51:27, Ashkenaz is located in Western Armenia, whither
-this people had later migrated. Here, also, the Assyrians located them.
-
-(2.) _Riphath_ was formerly supposed to point to the _Riphæn Mountains_,
-north of the Danube and west of the Black Sea, but this is very
-doubtful.
-
-(3.) _Togarmah_ (Ezek. 27:14; 38:6) is identified with the land of
-_Armenia_, whose people have a tradition that they are descended from
-Targom.
-
-2. =Magog= (called, in Ezek. 38 and 39, _Gog_, the prefix _Ma_ being
-thought to signify "land") is generally understood to designate the
-_Scythians_.
-
-[Illustration: THE ANCIENT WORLD AND THE DESCENDANTS OF NOAH.]
-
-3. =Madai= is everywhere in Scripture the word translated _Medes_, whose
-early home was south of the Caspian Sea, whence they marched westward,
-and conquered the lands as far as the Mediterranean.
-
-4. =Javan= is the Hebrew term for the _Greeks_, as is indicated by
-various references in the Old Testament. It is especially applied to the
-Ionians (originally called Iafon-es, the descendants of Iafon, or
-Javan), who were the Grecian people, with whom the Israelites were
-brought into commercial relations.
-
-Five lands and races are named as subdivisions of the family of Javan in
-Gen. 10:4, all of which were situated near each other.
-
-(1.) _Elishah_ (or, as in Ezek. 27:7, "the isles of Elishah,") is
-supposed to refer to the _Æolians_, inhabiting the isles of the Ægean
-Sea, from which came the purple dye mentioned in Ezekiel's reference.
-
-(2.) _Tarshish_ was formerly supposed to refer to _Tarsus_ in Cilicia of
-Asia Minor, on the authority of Josephus, but is now identified with
-_Tartessus_ in Spain, embracing the coast land from Gibraltar to the
-Guadalquiver.
-
-(3.) _Kittim_, or _Chittim_, was the name applied to the island of
-_Cyprus_, of which one of the cities was called Kitium. The name Chittim
-was also loosely given by the Hebrews to the shores and isles of the
-Mediterranean.
-
-(4.) _Dodanim_ (or, as in some copies of 1 Chron. 1:7, Rodanim). If the
-reading _Dodanim_ be preferred, this may point to the _Dardanians_, a
-name often applied in the classics to the people of Troy, the famous
-city of Homer. The other reading, _Rodanim_, which is preferred by some
-critics, is supposed to point to the isle of Rhodes, in the Ægean Sea, a
-home of the ancient Greeks. Thus both Javan and all his sons who founded
-families were connected with the Greek race.
-
-(5.) _The Isles of the Gentiles_ (Gen. 10:5) in Hebrew refers not only
-to islands, but all lands bordering upon the sea. Here it refers to the
-Japhetic colonies on the coasts of the Mediterranean, the Black and the
-Caspian Seas.
-
-5. =Tubal=, and 6. =Meshech=, are generally associated in Scripture.
-(Ezek. 27:13; 32:26; 38:2, 3; 39:1.) From their associations, they are
-to be sought near the Caspian and Black Seas, where Herodotus mentions
-the _Tibareni_ and the _Moschi_.
-
-7. =Tiras= (1. Chron. 1:5) was believed by the Jews to refer to the
-_Thracians_, southwest of the Black Sea. There is nothing to oppose this
-view, but no evidence except the similarity of name in its favor.
-
-
-II. THE HAMITIC RACES.
-
-These are named with greater particularity, because they were those
-which rose to prominence early in the history, and those with which the
-Hebrews were brought into closer relations, either as enemies or as
-friends. Four principal races are given, some of which were greatly
-subdivided. The homes of these races were in Africa, Eastern Arabia,
-with a fringe of sea-coast along the eastern Mediterranean, and the
-great Mesopotamian valley, in which arose the earliest world empires.
-They have been sometimes called _Turanians_. It is by no means probable
-that all these nations should be regarded as the descendants of Ham, the
-son of Noah. In this list are evidently grouped together some races
-whose territory was contiguous, but whose physical appearance and
-language show no relationship.
-
-1. =Cush= is, throughout the Bible, the word translated _Ethiopia_.
-Generally this refers to the region south of Egypt, now known as
-Abyssinia; but in Gen. 2:13, Isa. 11:11, and Ezek. 38:5, the reference
-must be to an Asiatic Cush, in Mesopotamia. The subdivisions of the
-Cushite tribes in Gen. 10:7-12, show that the earliest great Oriental
-monarchies were of this race. These subdivisions are as follows:
-
-(1.) _Seba._ These were, probably, the Ethiopians of Meroë, on the Nile,
-anciently called _Saba_; in Isa. 43:3 and 45:14, connected with the
-Egyptians.
-
-(2.) _Havilah._ This is supposed to refer to _Arabia_, or at least a
-part of it.
-
-(3.) _Sabtah._ This may refer to the _Sabbatha_, or _Sabota_, of Pliny
-and Ptolemy, on the southern shore of Arabia.
-
-(4.) _Raamah_, with whom are associated his sons or descendants, _Sheba_
-and _Dedan_, occupied the eastern shore of Arabia, near the Persian
-Gulf.
-
-(5.) _Sabtechah._ This is unknown, but, from the relation of the
-previous names, may have been in the southeastern portion of Arabia.
-
-(6.) _Nimrod_ is named as a descendant of Cush (perhaps the only name of
-an individual in the list), and the founder of the early Babylonian
-empire.
-
-2. =Mizraim= is the name everywhere used for _Egypt_ in the Hebrew. The
-word is in the dual form, representing the two divisions of the country,
-and corresponding to the two crowns on all the royal effigies. Several
-branches of this race are especially mentioned.
-
-(1.) _Ludim._ Not the same with the _Lud_ of verse 22, but from its
-associations plainly in Africa. The location has been given as _Nubia_,
-but is very doubtful.
-
-(2.) _Anamim._ An unknown people, whose identity was early lost in some
-other race.
-
-(3.) _Lehabim._ These are elsewhere in Scripture called _Lubim_, and
-were the Libyans, or people of Libya, west of Egypt, on the southern
-shore of the Mediterranean.
-
-(4.) _Naphtuhim._ Probably the _Na-Ptah_ of the Egyptian monuments,
-having their home at _Memphis_, south of the Delta.
-
-(5.) _Pathrusim._ Often referred to in the prophets as _Pathros_, or
-Upper Egypt.
-
-(6.) _Casluhim._ An unknown people, perhaps in the vicinity of _Goshen_.
-
-(7.) _Caphtorim._ Generally supposed to refer to the people on the
-island of _Crete_. With these, and not with the _Casluhim_, should the
-_Philistim_ be connected. (See Deut. 2:23, Jer. 47:4, Amos 9:7.)
-
-3. =Phut.= The word is several times translated _Libya_, and, from its
-association with other tribes, should probably be referred to that
-section in Northern Africa. (See Jer. 46:9; Ezek. 27:10; 30:5; 38:5;
-Nah. 3:9.) Some of these passages would indicate that there was also an
-Asiatic branch of this same family.
-
-4. =Canaan.= The ancient inhabitants of Palestine and Lower Syria, from
-Gaza to Hamath. In their most flourishing period, just before the
-conquest by Joshua, they embraced six subdivisions or clans. (See map on
-page 36, and explanations.)
-
-
-III. THE SEMITIC RACES. (Gen. 10:21-31.)
-
-The descendants of Shem are placed last in the list of the table of
-nations, not because their founder was the youngest, but because out of
-their lines one family is chosen as the especial theme of the history,
-which thus receives a fitting introduction. Shem was the founder of five
-great races, and of many subordinate tribes.
-
-1. =Elam= everywhere is recognized as the name of a province east of the
-Tigris and north of the Persian Gulf, called by the Greeks _Elymais_.
-The name was often applied, in later times, to the whole of Persia,
-whose capital stood within its territory.
-
-2. =Asshur= is frequently mentioned in the Old Testament. It was located
-on the Tigris, having Nineveh as its capital, and its people at one time
-were rulers of all the lands westward to the Mediterranean.
-
-3. =Arphaxad=, or _Arpachshad_ (as in the margin of Gen. 11:10), has
-been supposed to be the ancestor of the Chaldeans, whose home was at the
-head of the Persian Gulf. The patriarch Abraham belonged to his race,
-and was born in "Ur of the Chaldees." Another of Arphaxad's descendants
-was _Joktan_, from whom arose thirteen tribes, named after _Almodad_,
-_Sheleph_, _Hazarmaveth_, _Jerah_, _Hadoram_, _Uzal_, _Diklah_, _Obal_,
-_Abimael_, _Sheba_ (the most important of all in after history,
-absorbing most of the rest), _Ophir_, _Havilah_, and _Jobab_. All these
-occupied the southeastern and southern sections of the great Arabian
-peninsula. The fact that some of these names have already been mentioned
-in the Hamite genealogies may indicate that the two races became
-mingled.
-
-4. =Lud.= This is believed by most scholars to refer to the _Lydians_,
-who dwelt on the southwestern border of Asia Minor, and under their
-king, Croesus, became a powerful nation. Their history was short, as
-their empire was conquered by Cyrus the Great.
-
-5. =Aram.= This is the word uniformly rendered _Syria_ throughout the
-Bible. The Arameans, or Syrians, occupied the region between Canaan and
-Phoenicia, on the east, the Euphrates on the north, and the great desert
-on the west and south. Four branches of this race formed separate
-tribes. _Uz_, the race of the ancient Job, was settled in the middle of
-North Arabia, near Nejd. _Hul_ and _Gether_ are supposed (but with
-slight evidences) to have occupied the country near Lake Merom, where
-the _Geshurites_ were afterward found. _Mash_, or, as called in 1 Chron.
-1:17, _Meshech_, may have merged with the Meshech of the Japhetic line.
-
-[Illustration: OUTLINE MAP FOR REVIEW.]
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING.
-
-1. The principal authorities for the map on page 24, and its
-explanations, are: "Ethnic Affinities," by Canon George Rawlinson; E. H.
-Browne, in "The Speaker's Commentary"; J. G. Murphy's "Notes on
-Genesis"; Dillmann, "Commentary on Genesis"; and "The Races of the Old
-Testament," by A. H. Sayce. To these the student is referred for more
-thorough discussion of the subject.
-
-2. In teaching, draw on the blackboard a sketch map (no matter how
-roughly) of the outlines of the coast, as given above, and then write on
-each place the name of the people occupying it. Take, first, the great
-divisions of Noah's family; then, the subdivisions; then, the minor
-tribes. Review the locations as each family is finished. Write on the
-board only the first syllable of each name, as an aid to memory, as _Ar_
-for _Arphaxad_, _Cu_ for _Cush_, etc. If the names of each of the three
-great races are written in chalk of a different color, it will make the
-distinctions more readily understood.
-
-3. If practicable, by means of a duplicating process, print a sufficient
-number of copies of the sketch map to supply the class or audience, and
-let each person, with pencil, place on the map the names of the tribes
-as they are located. This will greatly add to the interest of the
-lesson.
-
-[Transcriber's Note: This family tree was originally one tree. It was
-separated into families to accommodate size issues.]
-
-REVIEW CHART--THE TABLE OF NATIONS.
-
-
- NOAH
- +---------------------+----------------------+
- JAPHETH HAM SHEM
- (_Aryan Race_) (_Turanian Race_) (_Semitic Race_)
-
-
- JAPHETH (_Aryan Race_)
- +---------+---------+------------+--------+-------+-------+
- | | | | | | |
- Gomer Magog Madai Javan Tubal Meshech Tiras
- (_Celts_)(_Scythians_)(_Medes_) (_Greeks_) (_Thracians_)
- | |
- Ashkenaz (_Nysia and Phrygia_) Elishah (_Æolians_)
- Riphath (_Riphaean Mts?_) Tarshish (_Tartessus_)
- Togarmah (_Armenia_) Kittim (_Cyprus_)
- Dodanim (_Trojans_)
-
-
- HAM (_Turanian Race_)
- +-------------+------+--------+
- | | | |
- Cush Mizraim Phut Canaan
- (_Ethiopia_) (_Egypt_)(_Libya_)(_Palestine_)
- | |
- Seba Ludim
- (_Meroë_) (_Nubia?_)
- Havilah Anamim
- (_Arabia_)
- Sabtah Lehabim
- (_Sabbatha?_) (_Libya_)
- Raamah Naphtuhim
- (_Per. Gulf_) (_Na-petu_)
- Sabtechah Pathrusim
- (_Pathros_)
- NIMROD Casluhim-Philistim
- (_Philistia_)
- Caphtorim
- (_Crete_)
-
-
- SHEM (_Semitic Race_)
- +--------------+-------------+------------+-----------+
- | | | | |
- Elam Asshur Arphaxad Lud Aram
- (_Elamites_) (_Assyrians_) (_Chaldeans_) (_Lydians_) (_Syrians_)
- | |
- Salah Uz
- | Hul
- | Gether
- | Mash
- Eber
- +---+---+
- | |
- Peleg Joktan(_Arabia_)
-
-[Illustration: THE JEWS' WAILING PLACE, AT JERUSALEM.]
-
-[Illustration: PHYSICAL MAP OF PALESTINE.]
-
-
-
-
-PHYSICAL PALESTINE.
-
-
-I. DIMENSIONS.
-
-THE terms Canaan, Palestine and the Holy Land are used with various
-meanings. The first is the original name, taken from the ancestor of its
-early inhabitants; the second is a modernized form of the word
-"Philistine," a race occupying its southwest portion; the third is the
-name applied to it as the land where the Saviour of the world lived and
-died. In either one of these three names we may also find three
-different limitations of meaning. 1. Strictly speaking, the word
-"Canaan" refers to the country between the Jordan and the Mediterranean;
-bounded on the north by Mount Lebanon, and on the south by the desert.
-The name "Palestine" is often given to this section only. This region
-includes about 6,600 square miles, a territory smaller than the State of
-Massachusetts by 1,200 square miles. 2. Palestine Proper, the Land of
-the Twelve Tribes, embraces both Canaan and the region east of the
-Jordan, loosely called Gilead, though that name strictly belongs to but
-one section of it. Palestine Proper is bounded on the north by the river
-Leontes, Mount Lebanon and Mount Hermon; east by the Syrian desert,
-south by the Arabian desert, and west by the Mediterranean; and forms a
-sort of parallelogram, embracing an area of about 12,000 miles, about
-the size of Massachusetts and Connecticut. 3. The Land of Promise (Num.
-34), in its largest meaning, extended from the "Entrance of Hamath," on
-the north, to Mount Hor, Kadesh-barnea, and the "River of Egypt" (_Wady
-el Arish_); and from the Euphrates to the Mediterranean; including an
-area of 60,000 square miles, a little less than that of the five New
-England States. This was realized only during a part of the reigns of
-David and Solomon. Not all of even Palestine Proper was possessed by
-Israel during most of its history; for the plain along the sea-shore was
-held by the Philistines on the south, and by the Phoenicians on the
-north.
-
-[Illustration: COMPARATIVE AREAS OF PALESTINE AND NEW ENGLAND.]
-
-
-II. NATURAL DIVISIONS.
-
-The divisions of Palestine made by the natural features of the country
-are four, generally parallel to each other: 1. The Maritime Plain. 2.
-The Mountain Region. 3. The Jordan Valley. 4. The Eastern Table-Land.
-
-1. =The Maritime Plain= lies along the coast of the Mediterranean for
-the entire length of the country, broken only by Mount Carmel, north of
-which it is quite narrow; but immediately south of the mountain it is 8
-miles wide, thence widening to 20 miles at the southern boundary of the
-country. It is an undulating surface of low hillocks of sandy soil, from
-100 to 200 feet above the sea-level, and very fertile. In the Old
-Testament period it was but little occupied by the Israelites, whose
-home was on the mountains. It is divided into four portions. North of
-Mount Carmel a narrow strip is called Phoenicia. Directly east of Mount
-Carmel the level country is pressed inward, and lies between the
-mountains, forming the remarkable Plain of Esdraelon, physically
-belonging to the Maritime Plain, but geographically to the Mountain
-Region. South of Mount Carmel lay Sharon; and further southward was
-Philistia, a land whose people, the Philistines, were long the enemies
-of Israel, and have since given the name PALESTINE to the whole land.
-
-2. =The Mountain Region=, between the Jordan Valley and the Plain, is
-the backbone of the country, and was the principal home of the
-Israelites. It is a continuation of the Lebanon range of mountains, and
-extends southward to the desert. It is divided into five sections, by
-natural rather than political lines of boundary. (1.) In Upper Galilee
-the mountains average a height of 2,800 feet above the sea, and _Jebel
-Jermuk_, the highest peak, is 4,000 feet high. (2.) In Lower Galilee the
-hills are about 1,800 feet high, their southeastern slopes precipitous,
-the northern and northwestern gentle. In this section lies the Plain of
-Esdraelon, about 250 feet above the sea, 9 miles across, and 14 miles
-north and south. (3.) The Hill Country of Samaria and Judæa, called in
-the Old Testament "Mount Ephraim," and "the mountains of Judah," is from
-2,000 to 3,000 feet high, consisting of mountain and valley, with the
-watershed midway between the Jordan and the sea. Near the Dead Sea is
-the Wilderness of Judæa, an uninhabitable region, without verdure, and
-penetrated with ravines and caves; sometimes called Jeshimon. (4.) The
-_Shefelah_, or "low hills," are the foot-hills of the Mountain Region,
-forming a natural terrace 500 feet above the sea-level, on the western
-side of the mountains, between them and the Plain. This extends along
-both Samaria and Judæa. (5.) The Negeb, a word meaning "dry," translated
-"South Country" in the Bible, begins just south of Hebron, and slopes
-southward to the Arabian desert, in a series of hills much lower than
-those in the northern section.
-
-3. =The Jordan Valley= is a remarkable depression, beginning at the
-sources of the river, and plowing a gorge which grows deeper as it goes
-southward. At the springs of the Jordan it is 1,700 feet above the sea,
-with lofty mountains on each side, Hermon and Lebanon. At lake Merom it
-is 7 feet above the level of the sea. Below Merom it descends by a fall
-of 60 feet to the mile, and at the Sea of Galilee is 682 feet below the
-Mediterranean. Here begins the _Ghor_ (its Arab name, meaning "hollow"),
-a gorge 65 miles long to the Dead Sea, and descending 610 feet further
-in its depth, with a barrier of cliffs on either side, from 2 to 8 miles
-apart, except at the "Plain of Jordan," or "Plain of Jericho," just
-north of the Dead Sea, which is 14 miles wide. This plain lies 400 feet
-above the level of the Dead Sea, and is encompassed by mountains which
-rise above it about 4,000 feet.
-
-4. =The Eastern Table-Land= is a lofty plateau, east of the Jordan. The
-mountains on this side are higher and more steep than are those on the
-west; and from their summit a plain stretches away to the great Syrian
-desert. It is mostly fertile, and especially adapted to pasturage. On
-the north is Bashan, now called "the Hauran," in the centre lies Gilead,
-and south was the land of Moab.
-
-
-III. THE WATERS OF PALESTINE.
-
-These may be noticed under three heads: 1. The River Jordan. 2. The
-Three Lakes. 3. The Brooks, or mountain torrents.
-
-[Illustration: THE RIVER JORDAN.]
-
-1. =The River Jordan= has three sources. (1.) The most northerly is at
-_Hasbeiya_, on Hermon. (2.) The largest stream proceeds from a great
-spring at the ancient Dan, now _Tell el Kady_. (3.) The one recognized
-as the source by the Jews is at Banias, near the ancient Cæsarea
-Philippi. It may be divided into three sections: from Hasbeiya to Lake
-Merom, about 40 miles; from its entrance into Merom to the Sea of
-Galilee, 15 miles; and from the northern end of that lake to the Dead
-Sea, 79 miles,--making its direct length 134 miles, though by its
-windings the channel is about 200 miles long. In its progress it falls
-over 3,000 feet, an average fall of over 22 feet to the mile. It varies
-in width from 80 to 180 feet, and in depth from 5 to 12 feet.
-
-2. =The Three Lakes= are: (1.) Merom, now called _Huleh_, a triangular
-sheet of water three miles across, located in a swamp in Northern
-Galilee. (2.) The Sea of Galilee, called Chinnereth in the Old
-Testament, a pear-shaped lake, 14 miles long, and 9 wide. (3.) The Dead
-Sea, 46 miles long, its surface 1,290 feet below the level of the
-Mediterranean, and in some places 1,300 feet deep, though the great
-lagoon on its southern end is not more than 20 feet deep.
-
-[Illustration: SECTION OF PALESTINE FROM NORTH TO SOUTH.]
-
-3. =The Brooks=, or mountain torrents, are an important feature in the
-country. They are dry for most of the year, but during the winter are
-large and rapid. (1.) On the east of the Jordan Valley are: (_a_) the
-Hieromax (now called the _Jarmuk_), flowing from the highlands of Bashan
-into the Jordan, south of the Sea of Galilee; (_b_) the Jabbok (now
-_Zerka_), descending from the table-land, and entering the Jordan a
-little south of midway between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea;
-(_c_) the Arnon (now _Mojeb_), entering the Dead Sea about the middle of
-its eastern shore. (2.) Flowing from the Mountain Region eastward are:
-(_a_) the _Farah_, "the waters of Enon" (John 3:23); (_b_) the brook
-Cherith (1 Kings 17:3), perhaps _Wady Kelt_, near Jericho; (_c_) the
-brook Kedron, running past Jerusalem, eastward, into the Dead Sea,
-probably the _Wady en Nar_. (3.) Flowing into the Mediterranean are:
-(_a_) the Leontes (now _Litany_), the northern boundary of Palestine, a
-stream almost as long as the Jordan; (_b_) the Kishon, "that ancient
-river" (Judg. 5:21), watering the Plain of Esdraelon; (_c_) the brook
-Besor (_Wady es Sheriah_), near the southern frontier. Others might be
-named, but these are the most important, though not in all cases the
-largest.
-
-[Illustration: SECTION OF PALESTINE FROM EAST TO WEST.]
-
-
-IV. THE MOUNTAINS OF PALESTINE.
-
-These may be considered either in order of height or of location. The
-diagram groups the principal mountains in the relation of their
-comparative height above the sea-level; we may notice them in their
-order of location. They naturally divide into two sections: 1. Those of
-the Mountain Region west of Jordan. 2. Those of the Eastern Table-Land.
-
-[Illustration: COMPARATIVE HEIGHT OF MOUNTAINS IN PALESTINE.]
-
-Beginning at the northern boundary of Palestine, we find: 1. Mount
-Lebanon, "the white mountain," a range of lofty mountains stretching
-northward, parallel with the sea, generally about 5,000 feet high, but
-at its highest point, _Jebel Mukhmeel_, 10,200 feet high. 2. The highest
-point in Galilee is _Jebel Jermuk_, northwest of the Sea of Galilee,
-4,000 feet high. 3. West of the Sea of Galilee is _Kurûn Hattin_, "the
-horns of Hattin," the traditional "Mount of the Beatitudes," 1,200 feet
-high. 4. At the northeastern corner of the Plain of Esdraelon is Mount
-Tabor, a symmetrical cone, the battle-field of Deborah and Barak, 1,843
-feet high. 5. A short distance to the south stands Little Hermon, "the
-Hill of Moreh," now _Jebel el Duhy_, 1,815 feet high. 6. Southward still
-is Mount Gilboa, the place of Gideon's victory and of King Saul's
-defeat, 1,715 feet high. 7. Sweeping around the southern border of the
-Plain of Esdraelon to the Mediterranean Sea is Mount Carmel, at its
-highest point 1,750 feet, but 500 as it meets the sea. These last four
-mountains form the boundary of the Plain of Esdraelon. In the land of
-Samaria, which we now enter, are but two important elevations: 8. Ebal,
-the mountain of the curses, 3,075 feet; 9. Directly opposite, Gerizim,
-the mountain of the blessings, 2,850 feet. The principal peaks in Judæa
-are the following: 10. Mount Zion, the seat of David's castle, 2,550
-feet; 11. Across the valley of the Kedron eastward, the Mount of Olives,
-2,665 feet; 12. Mount Hebron, 3,030 feet. South of Hebron the land
-slopes away to the level of the desert.
-
-The Eastern Table-Land has fewer elevations, and is generally less
-noticed in the Scriptures. 1. On the north rises Mount Hermon, 9,000
-feet high, the southern end of the range known as Anti-Lebanon, or
-"Lebanon toward the sun-rising." 2. South of the river Hieromax is Mount
-Gilead, about 3,000 feet high. 3. Near the northern end of the Dead Sea
-is Mount Nebo, 2,670 feet high, on a "shoulder" of which, Mount Pisgah,
-Moses beheld the Promised Land, and died.
-
-
-V. THE PLAINS OF PALESTINE.
-
-These have been already noticed, to some extent, but may be named
-together. Upon the Maritime Plain, we notice: 1. Phoenicia, a very
-narrow strip along the Mediterranean, north of Mount Carmel, never
-possessed by the Israelites, and having Tyre and Sidon as its principal
-cities. 2. Directly south of Mount Carmel, Sharon, having Cæsarea and
-Joppa as its most important places. 3. Still further south, Philistia,
-the land of Israel's ancient enemies, containing several cities, of
-which Gaza and Ashkelon (afterward Ascalon) were chief. Upon the
-Mountain Region we find imbedded, 4. The Plain of Esdraelon, a Y-shaped
-region, 250 feet above the sea-level, surrounded by mountains, and
-situated between Mounts Carmel, Tabor and Gilboa. 5. The Negeb, or South
-Country, between Hebron and the desert, in Southern Judæa, may be
-regarded as a plain, though of rolling character, as its hills are not
-so high as those on the north. 6. In the Jordan Valley, just north of
-the Dead Sea, is a place called "the Plain of Jordan," or "the Plain of
-Jericho," the site of the destroyed "cities of the plain." 7. In the
-northern section of the Eastern Table-Land is the vast highland known as
-"the Hauran," anciently called Bashan, watered by the streams which form
-the Hieromax river.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-I. _Dimensions._ 1. Canaan. 2. Palestine (Twelve Tribes). 3. Land of
-Promise.
-
-II. _Natural Divisions._ 1. Maritime Plain. 2. Mountain Region (Upper
-Galilee, Lower Galilee, Hill Country, Shefelah, Negeb). 3. Jordan Valley
-(Merom, Galilee, Dead Sea). 4. Eastern Table-Land (Bashan, Gilead,
-Moab).
-
-III. _Waters._ 1. Jordan (sources, sections). 2. Lakes (Merom, Galilee,
-Dead Sea). 3. Brooks. (1.) East: Hieromax, Jabbok, Arnon. (2.) Mountain
-Region: Farah, Cherith, Kedron. (3.) Maritime Plain: Leontes, Kishon,
-Besor.
-
-IV. _Mountains._ 1. West of Jordan: Lebanon, Jermuk, Hattin, Tabor,
-Little Hermon, Gilboa, Carmel, Ebal, Gerizim, Zion, Olives, Hebron. 2.
-East of Jordan: Hermon, Gilead, Nebo.
-
-V. _Plains._ 1. Phoenicia. 2. Sharon. 3. Philistia. 4. Esdraelon. 5.
-Negeb. 6. Jordan. 7. Hauran.
-
-
-
-
-THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS.
-
-
-AT the close of the eleventh chapter of Genesis a change is made in the
-subject of the Bible story. Thus far it has been a history of the entire
-race; but from this point to the close of Genesis a single family is
-brought into prominent notice, and the rest of the tribes of men are
-referred to only incidentally. The family of Abraham, of Semitic origin,
-deserve all their prominence in sacred history, since through them the
-true religion was perpetuated until the world was ready for its wider
-dissemination in the gospel period.
-
-[Illustration: MUGHEIR, SUPPOSED TO BE UR OF THE CHALDEES.]
-
-
-I. THE JOURNEYS OF ABRAHAM.
-
-These extend over nearly all the lands of the Old Testament, from
-Chaldea to Egypt. They represent the separation of a Semitic clan from
-the great body of the race, which was then ruled by an Elamite dynasty;
-and they bring to our notice the political relations of the world about
-two thousand years before Christ, in the early Chaldean period of the
-East.
-
-1. =From Ur to Haran.= (Gen. 11:27-32.) The family of Abraham (then
-called Abram) lived at Ur of the Chaldees, probably _Mugheir_, south of
-the Euphrates, and an early seat of empire. Thence, at God's call, they
-migrated, moving up the Euphrates to Haran, in Mesopotamia, probably the
-Roman Carrhæ, and the modern _Haran_, on the river Belik, 50 miles above
-its entrance into the Euphrates. Here the family remained until the
-death of Terah, Abraham's aged father, whose traditional tomb is still
-shown.
-
-2. =From Haran to Canaan.= (Gen. 12:1-9.) A branch of the family, the
-descendants of Abraham's brother Nahor, settled in Haran; but Abraham
-and his nephew Lot moved on southward, past Damascus, to the land of
-Canaan. They paused first at Shechem, and afterward at Bethel, at each
-place building an altar; but after a time removed further southward,
-impelled by the dearth of food in the land.
-
-3. =The Visit to Egypt.= (Gen. 12:10-20.) The famine caused a removal of
-the entire clan to Egypt, where the beauty of Sarah was the occasion of
-Abraham's deception, of Pharaoh's wrong, and of Abraham's expulsion from
-the land. He returned to his former abode at Bethel. (Gen. 13:3, 4.)
-
-4. =The Removal to Hebron.= (Gen. 13:5-18.) This was occasioned by the
-scarcity of pasture for the immense flocks and herds of Abraham and Lot.
-The two chieftains made a division of the land, Lot choosing the Jordan
-Valley, north of the Dead Sea, near the city of Sodom, and Abraham the
-highlands around Hebron, anciently Kirjath-arba, now known by Abraham's
-title, _el Khalil_, "The Friend," _i. e._, of God.
-
-5. =Pursuit of the Elamites.= (Gen. 14.) At that period the early
-Babylonian empire, under Amraphel or Hammurabi (see p. 91), was at the
-height of its power. Its king governed Elam, Chaldea, Assyria,
-Mesopotamia, and most of Palestine. Chedorlaomer, the head of the united
-peoples, led his armies against the aboriginal races east of the Jordan.
-(See Map of Palestine Before the Conquest, and description, on page 37.)
-After subduing them he passed around south of the Dead Sea, smote the
-Amorites in the mountains near Hazezon-tamar, afterward En-gedi, and
-poured his host down upon the Jordan Valley. The cities on the north of
-the Dead Sea, Sodom and Gomorrah, with their dependent villages, being
-unable to stay his progress, were ravaged, and their inhabitants
-(including Abraham's nephew Lot) carried away captive, up the valley.
-News of the invasion came to Abraham, and he instantly gathered his
-servants and allies, and pursued the marauders. He overtook them near
-Laish, afterward Dan, now _Tell el Kady_, attacked them by night,
-pursued them as far as Hobah, near Damascus, and brought back the booty
-and the prisoners. On the return took place the remarkable interview
-with Melchizedek, a priest-king over the city of Salem, perhaps the
-place afterward Jerusalem. After the return to Hebron the following
-events occurred: 1. The covenant of God with Abraham. (Gen. 15.) 2. The
-birth of Ishmael. (Gen. 16.) 3. The destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah.
-(Gen. 18, 19.) These cities were probably located on the plain of
-Jordan, north of the Dead Sea, and not on the south, as formerly
-supposed; but all traces of them have entirely disappeared.
-
-[Illustration: EMPIRE OF AMRAPHEL OR HAMMURABI.]
-
-6. =The Settlement at Beersheba.= (Gen. 20-25.) After the destruction of
-the cities of the plain, Abraham moved southward, and made his home at
-Beersheba, on the desert border, now _Bir es Seba_. Here he spent most
-of his later years, as after various journeys we find him each time
-encamped at Beersheba.
-
-7. =The Offering of Isaac.= (Gen. 22.) From Beersheba Abraham took his
-son Isaac, at God's command, to offer him as a burnt offering in "the
-land of Moriah." Some authorities accept the Samaritan tradition, that
-this place was Mount Gerizim; but we see no sufficient reason to dissent
-from the general view, that it was Mount Moriah, at Jerusalem, ten
-centuries afterward the site of the Temple. After this sublime token of
-his faith in God, the patriarch returned to his tent at Beersheba.
-
-8. =The Burial of Sarah.= (Gen. 23.) We find Abraham again at Hebron, in
-his old age. Here Sarah died and was buried in the cave of Machpelah.
-This is undoubtedly covered by the Mohammedan mosque so sacredly guarded
-against the intrusion of travelers. The after events of Abraham's
-history may have taken place at Hebron or at Beersheba, as neither place
-is named as his residence at the time of Isaac's marriage or his own
-death. He was buried in the family sepulchre at Hebron, beside the body
-of Sarah.
-
-
-II. THE JOURNEYS OF ISAAC.
-
-The life of Isaac, though longer than the lives of Abraham and Jacob,
-was spent in a comparatively small range of territory, and with
-comparatively few events. We have not noted upon the map the lines of
-his journeyings; but the localities may be seen, as far as they are
-identified, upon the map of Palestine, on page 58.
-
-The homes of Isaac were as follows: 1. Beer-lahai-roi, "Well of the Life
-of Vision," _i. e._, where life remained after seeing God; an unknown
-locality in the south of Canaan, between Bered and Kadesh. It was so
-named by Hagar, after meeting an angel, before the birth of Ishmael.
-(Gen. 16:13.) 2. Gerar. (Gen. 26:1.) This was the chief city of the
-Philistines in that age; and is now called _Kirbet el Gerar_. The wells
-dug by Isaac, and seized by the Philistines, were probably in the region
-near this city. 3. Rehoboth (Gen. 26:22) is probably at the _Wady_
-(Valley) _er Ruhaibeh_, south of Beersheba. 4. Beersheba. (Gen.
-26:23-35.) Here he made a treaty of peace with the Philistine king, and
-remained for many years. It was his home during the strife of Jacob and
-Esau, and from this place Jacob departed on his long visit to Haran.
-(Gen. 28:10.) 5. Hebron. (Gen. 35:27.) Here, beside the tomb of his
-parents, Isaac at last met his son Jacob, and here he died and was
-buried, at the age of 180 years.
-
-[Illustration: COMPARATIVE AGE OF THE PATRIARCHS BEFORE AND AFTER THE
-DELUGE.]
-
-
-III. THE JOURNEYS OF JACOB.
-
-The life of Jacob is related with more of detail than that of any other
-person in Old Testament history; yet there is great uncertainty
-concerning the division of its periods. His first sixty years were
-passed near Beersheba; then twenty years in Haran, and fifty years in
-Canaan (though some of the best chronologers allow _forty_ years in
-Haran, and _thirty_ years in Canaan); and seventeen years in Egypt. The
-principal places named in Jacob's journeys are: 1. Beersheba, now _Bir
-es Seba_, a well-known place in the south of Palestine. 2. Bethel, now
-_Beitin_, 10 miles north of Jerusalem. 3. Haran, now bearing the same
-name. (See under Abraham's life, Journey No. 1.) 4. Mizpah, called also
-Jegar-sahadutha, "the heap of witness," perhaps the important place
-afterward known as Ramoth-gilead, now _es Salt_, 13 miles south of the
-Jabbok. But this seems too far south to represent the event, and we are
-inclined to place it at some unknown mountain between the Jabbok and the
-Hieromax. 5. Mahanaim, probably at _Mahneh_, 10 miles north of the
-Jabbok. 6. Peniel, afterward Penuel, unknown, but somewhere on the brook
-Jabbok. 7. Succoth, "booths," recently identified as _Tell Darala_, a
-mile north of the Jabbok, in the Jordan Valley. 8. Shalem, "peace." If
-this refers to a place, it is _Salim_, 3 miles east of Shechem. But some
-read the sentence, "Jacob came in peace [_i. e._, in safety] to
-Shechem." (Gen. 33:18.) 9. Ephrath, the place of Rachel's death and
-burial, near Bethlehem.
-
-The Journeys of Jacob may be arranged as follows:
-
-1. =The Flight to Haran.= (Gen. 28:10-29:14.) Fearing the vengeance of
-Esau after the stolen blessing, Jacob hastily left his home at
-Beersheba, and journeyed northward to Haran. At Bethel he saw the vision
-of the heavenly ladder, and arrived safely at Haran, distant 450 miles
-from Beersheba. Here he remained either 20 or 40 years, according to
-different views, and married his two wives.
-
-2. =The Return to Canaan.= (Gen. 31-33.) At Mizpah he made a treaty with
-Laban; at Mahanaim was comforted by a vision of angels; at Peniel
-wrestled with "the angel of God," and was reconciled to his brother
-Esau; and at Salim (if that be the name of a place), near Shechem, he
-rested in the Land of Promise.
-
-3. =The Residence in Canaan.= (Gen. 34-45.) The slaughter of the
-Shechemites by Simeon and Levi, caused Jacob to move his increasing clan
-further south. At Bethel he renewed the covenant with God. (Gen.
-35:1-15.) Near Ephrath, or Bethlehem, his beloved wife Rachel died and
-was buried. (Gen. 35:10-20.) At Hebron he met once more his aged father,
-and remained during most of his after-life in the land. (Gen. 35:27.)
-While Jacob was living at Hebron, Joseph was sold a slave to the
-Midianites, at Dothan, on the southern slopes of Mount Gilboa, and by
-them taken down to Egypt. (Gen. 37.)
-
-4. =The Descent into Egypt.= (Gen. 45-50.) At the invitation of Joseph,
-then prince in Egypt, Jacob left Hebron to go down into Egypt. At
-Beersheba he offered sacrifices, and received divine guidance. His home
-was fixed in the Land of Goshen, a small but fertile district between
-the eastern channel of the Nile and the desert, the modern province of
-_es Shurkiyeh_, including the _Wady Tumilat_. Here the family of Jacob
-remained until they became "a great nation," a period variously
-estimated at from 200 to 400 years, or even longer.
-
-5. =The Burial Procession.= (Gen. 50.) After the death of Jacob, his
-embalmed body was borne from Egypt to Hebron. The direct route was not
-taken, probably on account of the hostility of the Philistine and
-Amorite tribes; but the procession passed around the south of the Dead
-Sea, through the land of Moab, and crossed the Jordan at Abel-mizraim,
-near Jericho, a place afterward known as Beth-hoglah; and thence to
-Hebron, where the last of the three fathers of the chosen people was
-laid to rest in the ancestral sepulchre.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-I. _Journeys of Abraham._ 1. Ur to Haran. 2. Haran to Canaan. (Shechem,
-Bethel.) 3. Visit to Egypt. (Return to Bethel.) 4. Removal to Hebron. 5.
-Pursuit of Elamites. (Dan, Hobah, Salem.) 6. Settlement at Beersheba. 7.
-Offering of Isaac. (Moriah.) 8. Burial of Sarah. (Hebron.)
-
-II. _Journeys of Isaac._ 1. Beer-lahai-roi. 2. Gerar. 3. Rehoboth. 4.
-Beersheba. 5. Hebron.
-
-III. _Journeys of Jacob._ 1. Flight to Haran. (Beersheba, Bethel,
-Haran.) 2. Return to Canaan. (Mizpah, Mahanaim, Peniel, Shechem.) 3.
-Residence in Canaan. (Bethel, Bethlehem, Hebron, Dothan.) 4. Descent
-into Egypt. (Beersheba, Goshen.) 5. Burial Procession. (Abel-mizraim,
-Hebron.)
-
-[Illustration: PALESTINE BEFORE THE CONQUEST.
-
-JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS]
-
-
-
-
-PALESTINE BEFORE THE CONQUEST.
-
-
-THE knowledge which we possess of the inhabitants of Palestine before
-the 13th century B.C. is quite scanty. The names of tribes, more or less
-settled, are given; but we know very little of their language, customs
-or origin. The description of Palestine during the first eight hundred
-years after the Deluge may be arranged as follows: 1. The Earliest
-Inhabitants. 2. The Tribes of the Patriarchal Era. 3. The Nations at the
-Time of the Conquest. 4. The Surrounding Nations.
-
-
-I. THE EARLIEST INHABITANTS.
-
-[Illustration: JERICHO AND THE JORDAN.]
-
-In most lands the earliest people have been of an unknown race, as the
-mound builders of America and the cave dwellers of Europe. Very early in
-the history of the race a people entered Palestine, and settled upon
-both sides of the Jordan, generally among the mountains. They were
-remembered by different names in various parts of the country, but the
-names show the dread inspired by them among the later tribes. They were
-doubtless of one race, but whether of Hamitic or Semitic stock is
-uncertain; and their history is as unknown as their origin. They were
-already in their decline in the times of Abraham, when the Canaanite
-races, the second series of inhabitants, were in possession of the land.
-They belonged to six tribes or divisions, each having a different name
-and location, but all bearing the same characteristics, and all regarded
-as giants by those who came after them. Our principal authorities
-concerning these archaic peoples are Gen. 14:5-7, and Deut. 2:10-23.
-
-1. The =Rephaim=, "lofty men," are frequently named in the Old
-Testament, the word being generally translated "giants." In the age of
-Abraham they were living in the highlands of Bashan, where their
-capital, Ashteroth Karnaim, "the two-horned Ashtaroth," was taken by the
-Elamite king, Chedorlaomer, the earliest conqueror in Bible history. By
-degrees they lost their nationality and were merged with the Amorites,
-over whom one of their race, the gigantic Og, king of Bashan, ruled at
-the time of the conquest. They may have settled also west of the Jordan,
-near what was afterward Jerusalem, since a locality in that vicinity
-(see map on page 82) was long afterward known as "the Valley of the
-Rephaim." (2 Sam. 5:18.)
-
-2. The =Zuzim=, "tall ones," are supposed to be the same people with
-those who in Deut. 2:20 are called =Zamzummim=. They occupied the
-eastern table-land, south of Bashan and Gilead. Their capital was Ham, a
-city not yet identified, unless it was (as some suppose) the place
-afterward known as Rabbath Ammon. These people were also giants, like
-the Rephaim (Deut. 2:21), were also overswept in the raid of
-Chedorlaomer (Gen. 14:5), and during the time of the Israelites' sojourn
-in Egypt, were dispossessed by the Ammonites, who occupied their
-country afterward, until in turn driven out by the Amorites.
-
-3. The =Emim=, "terrible ones," were south of the Zuzim, and therefore
-directly east of the Dead Sea. They were overcome by Chedorlaomer at
-Shaveh Kiriathaim, "the dale of the two cities," and their land was
-afterward occupied by the Moabites.
-
-4. The =Horim=, "cave dwellers," or Horites, occupied Mount Seir, south
-of the Dead Sea. Their genealogy is given in Gen. 36:20-30, and 1 Chron.
-1:38-42. They lived in caves, which are still found in great numbers
-through that region. They were beaten by Chedorlaomer, and subsequently
-dispossessed by the descendants of Esau, the Edomites.
-
-5. The =Avim=, "ruins," or "dwellers in ruins," lived in the Shefelah,
-or foot-hills, between the Philistine plain and the mountains of Judah.
-(Deut. 2:23; Josh. 13:2, 3.) They were early conquered by the Caphtorim,
-a Philistine race, and were in a depressed condition at the time of the
-entrance of the Israelites. The word Hazerim (Deut. 2:23) means
-"villages," or "nomad encampments," showing that they were not a
-settled, but a wandering people.
-
-6. The =Anakim=, "long-necked ones." The name may refer either to their
-size, or their strength (which in Hebrew comes from a word similar to
-_neck_). They were descendants of Arba, and divided into three clans,
-named Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai. (Josh. 14:15; 15:14.) Their principal
-home was at Hebron, called by them Kirjath-arba; but they also occupied
-a city near it, called Kirjath-sepher, or "book-town," a name which is
-suggestive of a national literature. Unlike the other races, they seem
-to have maintained a foothold in the presence of the incoming Canaanite
-races, and their gigantic appearance struck terror to the Israelite
-spies during the wandering. (Num. 13.) But they were conquered by Caleb
-(Josh. 14), and their remnant, driven from the mountains, mingled with
-the Philistines of the sea-coast plain. One family of this race remained
-as late as the days of David, that of Goliath and his brothers. (1 Sam.
-17:4; 2 Sam. 21:15-22.)
-
-
-II. THE TRIBES OF THE PATRIARCHAL ERA.
-
-The chosen family came to Palestine about 1921 B.C., according to the
-common chronology, but probably from two to four hundred years earlier.
-At this time these earliest races were already superseded in nearly all
-the land by later tribes, of Hamitic origin, with which the patriarchs
-were often brought into contact. Those tribes were often called
-Canaanites, because the nation of that name was both the original stock
-and in possession of the richest and best portion of the land.
-
-We notice these tribes, as far as practicable, in the order of their
-location in the four great natural divisions of the country: the tribes
-of the maritime plain, those of the mountain region, those of the Jordan
-Valley, and those of the eastern table-land.
-
-1. Beginning at the north, on the narrow plain by the Mediterranean Sea,
-we find the =Zidonians=, with their two great cities, Zidon the earlier,
-and Tyre the later. Perhaps the latter city was not yet founded in the
-patriarchal age. These people were early famous as the traders of the
-Mediterranean world, having commercial relations as far as Spain. They
-occupied a narrow strip of territory between Mount Lebanon and the sea,
-north of Mount Carmel. Their country was never possessed by the
-Israelites, and most of the time the relations between the two races
-were peaceful.
-
-2. Next in order of location we come to the =Canaanites= proper, or that
-branch of the descendants of Canaan which retained the family name.
-While _all_ the tribes of Palestine are often called Canaanites, as
-descended from one stock, the name strictly belongs only to people who
-lived in two sections of the country. The word means "lowlanders," and
-was applied particularly to those dwelling on the maritime plain, on
-both sides of Mount Carmel, the plain of Esdraelon and that of Sharon;
-and to those in the Jordan Valley. These together constituted "the
-Canaanites on the east and on the west." (Josh. 11:3.) They occupied the
-richest and most valuable portions of the land. The only city on the
-coast belonging to the Canaanites existing during the patriarchal age
-was Joppa, still standing. The Canaanite cities in the Jordan Valley
-were the "five cities of the plain," Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, Zeboim and
-Zoar, of which all except the last were destroyed by the visitation of
-God. (Gen. 19.) Their location was in the plain on the north of the Dead
-Sea, and there is no reason to suppose that they are covered by its
-waters. In the time immediately before the conquest we find Jericho has
-arisen in the place of the destroyed cities, and not far from their
-site, as the most important city of the Jordan Valley.
-
-3. South of the Canaanites, on the maritime plain, were the
-=Philistines=. "Emigrants" is the meaning of the word, supporting the
-view that they came from Caphtor, or Crete, which is but little more
-than a surmise. They were related to the Egyptians, and hence were of
-Hamitic stock. They came to the land before the time of Abraham, drove
-out and subdued the earlier Avim (Deut. 2:23), or Avites, and had
-frequent dealings with Abraham and Isaac. In the patriarchal age their
-principal cities were Gaza and Gerar; but before the conquest they had
-moved northward, and were a powerful confederacy of five cities: Gaza,
-Ashkelon, Ashdod, Gath and Ekron. (Josh. 13:3.) Their territory, if
-taken at all during the campaigns of Joshua, was soon reconquered, and
-the Philistines were the most dangerous enemies of Israel during all the
-period of the Judges. In David's time they were subjected; but not until
-the Maccabean age were they fully conquered, and their land made a part
-of Israel.
-
-4. We turn now to the tribes of the mountain region, beginning, as
-before, at the north. As these northern regions are not alluded to in
-patriarchal history, and only very briefly named in the annals of the
-conquest, it is not easy to determine which of the tribes occupied them.
-But, from allusions in Josh. 1:4 and 11:3, and from frequent mention on
-the monuments of Egypt, we incline to the opinion that the =Hittites=
-were the possessors of this country. They have left their name in
-Hattin, the Caphar Hittai of the Talmud, near the Sea of Galilee.
-Another branch, more frequently mentioned, were in the south, at and
-around Hebron (Gen. 23), perhaps extending as far south as Beersheba.
-(Gen. 27:46.) With these people the relations of the patriarchs were
-ever peaceful, and of them Abraham purchased his family sepulchre.
-
-[Illustration: HEBRON.]
-
-5. The position of the =Girgashites= is uncertain, from the infrequent
-mention of them. But the slight indications point to the region west of
-the Sea of Galilee, where we locate them conjecturally. They may have
-been absorbed by the surrounding tribes.
-
-6. South of Mount Carmel, and extending to what was afterward the border
-of Benjamin, we find the =Hivites=, having Shechem as their principal
-city in the time of Jacob. (Gen. 34:2.) Afterward, they occupied several
-towns immediately north of Jerusalem, four of which formed the
-"Gibeonite league," and made a treaty of peace with Joshua. (Josh.
-9:3-15.) They were a quiet people, averse to war, and submitting readily
-to foreign domination.
-
-7. The =Perizzites=, "villagers" are always named in connection with the
-Canaanites. From the allusions in Gen. 34:30, Josh. 17:15, and other
-places, we locate them between the Hivites and the western Canaanites,
-in the northern portion of the Shefelah, or foot-hills, where villages
-would more readily cluster than among the mountains. They remained in
-the land as late as the time of the restoration from Babylonian
-captivity. (Ezra 9:1.)
-
-8. The =Jebusites= lived in the mountains around their city Jebus,
-afterward Jerusalem. They were of Canaanitish origin, a small but
-warlike tribe. Their king was slain by Joshua; but the city, though
-burned by the Israelites (Judges 1:8), was still held by its own people,
-and remained in their possession, a foreign fortress in the midst of the
-land, until finally taken by David, and made his capital. (2 Sam. 5.)
-South of the Jebusites were the southern branch of the Hittites, already
-referred to.
-
-9. One more nation of the Canaanite stock remains, perhaps the most
-powerful of all, the =Amorites=, or "mountaineers." They occupied,
-originally, the wilderness between Hebron and the Dead Sea, having
-Hazezon-tamar (afterward En-gedi) as their capital; were smitten by
-Chedorlaomer, but aided Abraham in his pursuit and battle. (Gen. 14.)
-Afterward they pushed northward, crossed the Jordan, and possessed all
-the eastern table-land north of the Dead Sea, dispossessing the
-Ammonites of its southern portion, and the Rephaim of its northern. This
-great country was the "land of the Amorites" at the time of the
-conquest, ruled by two kings, Sihon and Og.
-
-It is probable, that, during the patriarchal era, while Abraham and his
-family lived as wanderers in their Land of Promise, the lands east of
-the Jordan were occupied by their primeval inhabitants, the Rephaim in
-the north, the Zuzim between the Jabbok and the Arnon, and the Emim in
-the south.
-
-
-III. THE NATIONS AT THE TIME OF THE CONQUEST.
-
-What changes may have taken place among the tribes of Western Palestine
-during the four centuries while the Israelites were in Egypt, is not
-known; but, as the land became more thickly settled, the strifes of the
-Canaanite tribes and their roving traits would result in many
-alterations of boundary lines. But east of the Jordan the changes may be
-more distinctly marked.
-
-1. The =Amorites=, already named, probably conquered the eastern
-table-land, north of the Jabbok, during the period of the sojourn
-(_i. e._, the stay of the Israelites in Egypt), and dispossessed its
-early inhabitants. Many of these, however, remained among the conquerors,
-and one of this race, Og, the King of Bashan, ruled over the northern
-Amorites when the Israelites entered the land, and was slain by them.
-
-2. Two new tribes, closely related, made their appearance during this
-epoch, the =Moabites= and =Ammonites=. They were descended from Lot, the
-nephew of Abraham, and their origin is related in Gen. 19. They arose
-during the period of the sojourn, and conquered the primitive Emim and
-Zuzim (Deut. 2:19-23), probably as far north as the Jabbok. But the
-Amorites on the north wrested their conquests from them and drove them
-back south of the Arnon, which was thenceforward their northern
-boundary. The Moabites were the settled portion of the tribe, dwelling
-in cities; while the Ammonites were the predatory, wandering element,
-living mostly in the east, and without permanent dwelling places. During
-the period of the Judges they were among the oppressors of Israel
-(Judges 3 and 10), were defeated by Saul, (1 Sam. 11), and conquered by
-David. (2 Sam. 8:2.)
-
-
-IV. THE SURROUNDING NATIONS.
-
-The principal nations bordering upon the land of Canaan before the
-conquest were the following:
-
-1. On the north were the =Hivites=, "that dwelt in Mount Lebanon, from
-Mount Baal-hermon unto the entering in of Hamath." (Judges 3:3.) This is
-supposed to have been the original home of the race, from which they
-journeyed to their seat in Central Palestine. Still further north were
-the =Arkites=, the =Sinites=, the =Arvadites= and the =Hamathites=.
-
-2. On the northeast lay the desert, and on the southeast roamed the
-=Ammonites=, already mentioned.
-
-3. On the south were several tribes, not all of which can be located
-with certainty. In the west, south of the Philistine country, were the
-=Amalekites=, a people of unknown origin and predatory habits. South of
-Judah were the =Kenites=; and southeast of the Dead Sea, were, in early
-times, the Horim (already mentioned), succeeded during the time of the
-sojourn by the =Edomites=, a race descended from Esau, who will be
-described hereafter. (See explanations to map on page 44.)
-
-With regard to these early inhabitants of Palestine, the following facts
-may be noteworthy: 1. In respect to =race=, most of them belonged to the
-Hamitic stock; though the origin of the six earliest peoples remains
-unknown, and the two latest, the Moabites and Ammonites, were Semites,
-and closely related to Israel. 2. As to =language=, they probably spoke
-the Hebrew tongue, or one closely allied to it. In Isa. 19:18, the
-Hebrew is evidently "the language of Canaan," _i. e._, of the
-Canaanites. Whether this language was the one originally spoken by
-Abraham's ancestors or not, we have no means of knowing; but it is
-possible that it was gained, during the period of the journeyings, from
-the Canaanites. 3. In =government=, each village or tribe had its own
-ruler, who was called a "_king_"; but his authority was limited by the
-"_elders_," a body having influence partly from birth, and partly by
-force of character of its members. 4. Their =religion= was widely
-different from that of the Hebrews, who, from the age of Abraham,
-worshiped one invisible, self-existent, spiritual God. The Canaanites
-deified nature under various forms, especially as Baal, the giver of
-life, and Ashtoreth (Greek, Astarte), the corresponding female divinity.
-Their rites of worship were abominable, cruel and licentious. They
-sacrificed not only captured enemies, but their own children, to their
-idols, and performed acts of the grossest wickedness at their idolatrous
-service. 5. Their =history= is unwritten, save in its tragical close,
-the conquest of their land by the Israelites under Joshua, and the
-annihilation of many of their races. Still, many lived as a separate
-people through all Jewish history; and some of the best scholars are of
-opinion that the native population of Palestine at the present time
-mainly belongs to this old Canaanite stock.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-I. _Earliest Inhabitants._ Rephaim, Zuzim, Emim, Horim, Avim, Anakim.
-
-II. _Tribes of the Patriarchal Era._ 1. Maritime Plain: Zidonians,
-Canaanites, Philistines. 2. Mountain Region: Hittites (north),
-Girgashites, Hivites, Perizzites, Jebusites, Hittites (south), Amorites.
-3. Jordan Valley: Canaanites. 4. Eastern Table-Land: Rephaim, Zuzim,
-Emim.
-
-III. _Nations at the Time of the Conquest._ East of Jordan: Amorites,
-Moabites, Ammonites.
-
-IV. _Surrounding Nations._ 1. North: Hivites, Arkites, Sinites,
-Arvadites, Hamathites. 2. Southeast: Ammonites. 3. South: Amalekites,
-Kenites, Edomites.
-
-
-
-
-LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING.
-
-
-THE LAND OF EGYPT.
-
-I. =Names.= The present name, "Egypt," was given by the Greeks, and was
-never used by the inhabitants in ancient times. On the monuments it is
-generally called KEM. In the Old Testament the most frequent name is
-"Mizraim," in plural form. The poetical books of the Bible contain the
-name "Rahab," "the proud, or insolent," and "Land of Ham."
-
-[Illustration: AN EGYPTIAN TEMPLE.]
-
-II. =Boundaries and Dimensions.= On the north, Egypt is bounded by the
-Mediterranean Sea; on the east, by Palestine, the Arabian Desert, and
-the Red Sea; on the south, by Nubia; and on the west, by the great
-African Desert. Its limits have been the same in nearly all ages. In a
-geographical sense, it embraces 115,000 square miles; but of this more
-than nine-tenths consists of uninhabitable deserts. The true Egypt, the
-home of its people, is simply the Valley of the Nile and the space
-between its mouths, an area of 9,600 square miles, a little larger than
-the State of New Hampshire. Deducting from this the area covered by the
-Nile and its branches, the land of Egypt which may be occupied or
-cultivated includes about 5,600 square miles, or less than the united
-area of Connecticut and Rhode Island.
-
-III. =Divisions.= There have always been two Egypts, Northern and
-Southern. Northern or Lower Egypt comprises the Delta of the Nile,
-triangular in shape, a plain between the eastern or Pelusiac branch of
-the Nile and its western or Canopic branch. This is a vast garden, with
-soil the richest in the Old World, and the grain field of the Roman
-empire. Southeast of the Pelusiac branch lay the Land of Goshen (now
-_Esh Shurkiyeh_), the home of the Israelites during the Sojourn.
-Southern or Upper Egypt is a narrow valley, winding with the course of
-the Nile, varying in width from two to ten miles; a strip of fertile
-soil between two barren hills, beyond which the desert lies on either
-side. The two sections were always regarded as separate, and each was
-represented in the double crown worn by the kings. There was another
-division, made in very early times, into _nomes_, or provinces, each
-having its own ruler, and its own object of worship. Of these nomes
-there were from 36 to 50 at different times.
-
-IV. =The Nile.= This has been in every age the most important feature in
-the topography of the country, and the cause of its surpassing
-fertility. Its sources, long unknown, are in the great lakes of Central
-Africa, whence it flows in a northerly direction. The main stream,
-called the White Nile, receives in Nubia its principal tributary, the
-Blue Nile, which rises in Abyssinia. During the last 1,500 miles of its
-course it is not increased by any other stream, and flows through a
-torrid desert. Yet, as it enters the Mediterranean, its current is still
-that of a mighty river. Its mouths are at present three in number,
-though formerly seven; and, from their resemblance on the map to the
-Greek letter [Greek: D], that portion of Egypt is called the Delta. Its
-annual overflow begins, in Lower Egypt, about the 25th of June, attains
-its height in three months, and remains stationary twelve days, at a
-height of about 36 feet above its ordinary level at Thebes, 25 feet at
-Cairo, and 4 feet at its mouth. This overflow is due to the rains in
-Central Africa, and as it brings down new soil, keeps the land always
-fertile. But for the Nile, Egypt would only be a part of the Great
-Desert.
-
-V. =The People of Egypt= were of the Hamitic stock, a race of high
-capacity, forming the earliest civilization known in history. They were
-religious, but worshiping animals, and even the lowest forms of life;
-contemplative and studious, attaining to considerable knowledge, though
-on narrow lines of research; patriotic, but not fond of war, and
-therefore rarely conquerors of other nations. Their language was
-"agglutinative monosyllabic," with mingled Nigritic and Semitic
-characteristics. Their government was most thoroughly organized, and
-took cognizance of even the minute matters of life. Their art was
-massive and sombre, imposing from its vastness, but not varied, and
-therefore giving but little play to genius. The Egyptians were slender
-of frame, but strong. Their faces were oval and olive-colored; their
-hair long, crisp and jet-black. They are supposed to be represented at
-the present time by the Copts.
-
-[Illustration: AREA OF EGYPT.]
-
-[Illustration: THE KINGDOM OF EGYPT AT ITS GREATEST EXTENT UNDER RAMESES
-II.]
-
-VI. =The History of Egypt= begins at a time undated, but long after the
-flood. It is divided into three periods, those of the Old, Middle, and
-New Empires. The Old Empire was founded by Menes, and had its capital at
-Memphis. During the fourth dynasty of this period the Pyramids were
-built. The Middle Empire arose at Thebes, and lasted until 1570 B.C. The
-Twelfth dynasty was most powerful during this epoch, conquering Ethiopia
-and Arabia. About 2000 B.C. the land was conquered by foreign princes,
-who ruled 400 years, and were known as the Hyksos, or Shepherd Kings.
-The New Empire arose in 1570 B.C., after the expulsion of the Hyksos,
-and lasted for a thousand years. Its greatest monarch was Rameses II.,
-who has been supposed to be the "Pharaoh of the Oppression" (not of the
-Exodus), and ruled as far east as Chaldea and Assyria. The above dates
-are all uncertain. Concerning the chronology, see page 13. The land was
-conquered by the Persians, B.C. 527, and annexed to the Persian empire.
-
-VII. The principal =Places= were, in Lower Egypt, Memphis, the ancient
-capital; Heliopolis, called in the Bible On, near the eastern branch of
-the Delta; Rameses, in the Land of Goshen; Pelusium, at the eastern
-mouth of the Nile; and Alexandria, in later history the metropolis of
-Egypt, near the Canopic mouth of the Nile. In Upper Egypt, Thebes was
-the most important place, and long the capital.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-1. _Names._ Egypt, Kem, Mizraim, Rahab, Land of Ham.
-
-2. _Boundaries and Dimensions._ North (Mediterranean Sea); East
-(Palestine, Arabia, Red Sea); South (Nubia); West (African Desert).
-Area, 115,000 square miles. Inhabitable, 9,600 square miles. Land, 5,600
-square miles.
-
-3. _Divisions._ Lower (Delta); Upper (Valley).
-
-4. _Nile._ White Nile, Blue Nile; Sources; Delta; Overflow.
-
-5. _People._ Hamitic Origin; Civilization; Language; Art; Physical
-Traits.
-
-6. _History._ Old Empire (Memphis, Pyramids); Middle Empire (Thebes,
-Dynasty XII., Hyksos); New Empire (Rameses II., Persians).
-
-
-THE WILDERNESS OF THE WANDERING.
-
-I. =Situation.= This region lies between Egypt and Edom, a great
-triangle, having for its three points the border of _Lake Menzaleh_, the
-southern extremity of the Dead Sea, and _Ras Mohammed_, the southern end
-of the peninsula. Its northern boundary is the Mediterranean Sea, the
-land of the Philistines, and the _Negeb_, or South Country. Its
-southeastern line is the depression of the _Arabah_, and the Gulf of
-Akaba, or Ælanitic Gulf. Its southwestern line is the Isthmus of Suez
-and the Gulf of Suez. From Egypt, in a line due east, to the Dead Sea,
-is about 200 miles; from the Mediterranean, at the _Wady el Arish_ ("the
-River of Egypt"), to Ras Mohammed, a line a little east of south, is
-about 225 miles, thus making the entire area of the triangle about
-22,500 square miles, or less than the aggregate area of New Hampshire,
-Vermont and Massachusetts, though larger than any two of those States.
-
-[Illustration: RÂS ES SUFSAFEH (MOUNT SINAI).]
-
-II. =Natural Features.= This region has two general divisions, and three
-others closely connected with them. 1. The Table-Land. 2. The Sinaitic
-Mountains. 3. The narrow plain by the western arm of the Red Sea. 4. The
-Arabah, or valley between the Ælanitic Gulf and the Dead Sea. 5. The
-Negeb, or South Country.
-
-1. The northern and central portion of the triangle is a sterile
-table-land of limestone, from 2,000 to 2,500 feet high, and consisting
-of rolling plains with a gravelly surface; with few springs, and these
-mostly of impure water; and watered only by the streams of the _Wady el
-Arish_ ("the River of Egypt"), a torrent which is dry during most of the
-year.
-
-This was the Wilderness of Paran, "the great and terrible wilderness"
-(Deut. 1:19) in which the Israelites wandered for 38 years. It is now
-called _et Tih_, "the wandering," and is traversed from east to west by
-two caravan routes, marked by the bleached bones of camels that have
-perished by the way. On the north it slopes away to a plain of white
-sand reaching to the Mediterranean, which was generally called the
-Wilderness of Shur. On the other three sides it is bounded by a chain of
-mountains, 4,000 feet high, called _Jebel et Tih_. It was in this
-wilderness country that the children of Israel were doomed to wander
-until all the generation that came out of Egypt died, except Caleb and
-Joshua. Even Moses was not permitted to more than see the Promised Land
-from the top of Pisgah.
-
-2. Beyond the desert, and separated from it by the chain of mountains
-above named, and also by a narrow strip of sand south of the mountains,
-is the group of the Sinaitic Mountains. This group is triangular in
-form, and consists of ranges radiating from a centre. The names Horeb
-and Sinai seem to have been used interchangeably, though some consider
-the former the name of the group, and Sinai a single peak. There has
-been much discussion as to which is the "Mountain of the Law," from
-which the Ten Commandments were given. Three peaks have been most
-prominently presented by different explorers. _Jebel Musa_, "the
-Mountain of Moses," which is supported by local tradition, and by the
-authority of Ritter, Kurtz, Keil and Kalisch; _Jebel Serbal_, claimed by
-Lepsius; and _Râs es Sufsafeh_, supported by Robinson, Dean Stanley, and
-the most of recent travelers. This is a granite cliff standing above the
-plain so boldly that one may walk up and lay a hand upon its wall, which
-rises 1,500 feet above the plain, and 6,500 feet above the sea. The
-plain in front of it is called _er Rahah_, and is 2,300 yards long and
-900 yards wide, sufficiently large for the presence of all the
-Israelites before the mount, without including another plain on the
-northeast, branching from _er Rahah_, and called _Wady esh Sheikh_. It
-is situated in a vast and dreary desert, occupied for the most part by
-hordes of Arabs, who subsist by plunder, and render the journey to Sinai
-impossible except to large and well defended caravans.
-
-3. Between the mountains and the western arm of the Red Sea lies a
-narrow plain, following the line of the coast. On the northwestern
-section it was called the Wilderness of Etham; opposite the Sinaitic
-group of mountains, the Wilderness of Sin. This lower portion is now
-called _el Kaa_.
-
-[Illustration: LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING.
-
-VICINITY OF MOUNT SINAI.]
-
-4. From the head of the Gulf of Akaba (Ælanitic Gulf) a gorge extends
-nearly northward to the Dead Sea, an extension of the Jordan Valley, the
-Arabah, called in the history the Wilderness of Zin. It lies between the
-mountain chain on the east of the Wilderness of Paran (_et Tih_) and
-Mount Seir, the home of the Edomites. The opinion held by many early
-writers, that the Jordan once flowed through this depression into the
-Red Sea, may be correct as regards a past geologic period, but not as an
-historical fact; for it is evident that no great change has taken place
-in this region within the limit of historical time. Opposite the
-traditional Mount Hor the bed of the valley is about 500 feet above the
-sea-level; and from this point it slopes northward to the Dead Sea,
-1,300 feet below the sea-level, and southward to the Gulf of Akaba.
-
-5. The Negeb, or South Country, has already been described. (See p. 32.)
-The southern section of this region belongs to the Wilderness of the
-Wandering, from Mount Halak northward.
-
-III. =Inhabitants.= The only inhabitants of this region at the time of
-the Israelite Wandering were the Amalekites, who roamed throughout the
-desert of Paran. Their origin is uncertain; and they may have belonged
-to the same stock with the earliest inhabitants of Canaan, as they were
-a distinct tribe in the times of Abraham. (Gen. 14.) They were the
-bitter enemies of Israel during all the period of the Wandering,
-attacking their rear, and destroying detached companies of them on their
-march. (Deut. 25:18.) The only pitched battle with them took place at
-Rephidim, near Mount Sinai, when they were defeated by Israel; but they
-attacked the Israelites again at Hormah, and inflicted serious injury.
-Long afterward their power was broken by Saul (1 Sam. 15), and their
-destruction was completed by David. (1 Sam. 27 and 30.)
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-I. _Situation._ Triangle (Menzaleh, Dead Sea, Ras Mohammed). Boundaries.
-North (Mediterranean Sea, Philistines, Negeb); Southeast (Arabah,
-Akaba); Southwest (Isthmus and Gulf of Suez). 200 miles east and west;
-225 north and south.
-
-II. _Natural Features._ Table-Land (Paran, Shur); Sinaitic Mountains
-(Horeb and Sinai); Plain (Etham, Sin); Arabah (Zin); Negeb (Mount
-Halak).
-
-III. _Inhabitants._ Amalekites (Rephidim, Hormah).
-
-
-THE LAND OF EDOM.
-
-I. =Boundaries.= The country of Edom, or of the Edomites, lay south of
-that of the Moabites, the boundary between them being the brook Zered
-(_Wady el Ahsy_), which flows into the southern lagoon of the Dead Sea.
-On the east it extended to the great Arabian desert, in that section
-supposed to be the "land of the Temanites." On the south its border was
-the country of the Midianites, and the head of the Gulf of Akaba. The
-western boundary was the Arabah, or sunken ravine running northward
-between the Red Sea and the Dead Sea. There is, however, an opinion
-gaining ground, that "the field of Edom" extended somewhat to the west
-of the Arabah, and south of Palestine.
-
-II. =Names.= The earliest name of this country, and one often used
-throughout Bible history, was Mount Seir, "the rugged," from its rough,
-mountainous nature. This was the name of its earliest inhabitants, "the
-sons of Seir the Horite." (Gen. 36:20.) Afterward it was possessed by
-the descendants of Esau, and called Edom, "red," from the "red pottage"
-for which Esau sold his birthright. Probably the red color of its
-sandstone mountains also aided to fix the name. In the New Testament
-time the word received a Greek form, and became Idumea. Josephus called
-it Geballene, "mountainous." At present it is divided into two sections,
-each having a different name; north of Petra being called _Jebal_, and
-south, _esh Sherah_.
-
-III. =Natural Features.= Edom is emphatically a land of mountains. On
-the west, along the side of the Arabah, is a line of low limestone
-hills. Back of these rise higher, igneous rocks, surmounted by
-variegated sandstone, of peculiar color, 2,000 feet high. The eastern
-side of the mountains slopes gently away into the Arabian desert. But,
-though rough, the land is rich, and the terraced hill-sides have in all
-ages been bright with vegetation, and its people have been prosperous.
-So the blessing of Esau (Gen. 27:39, 40) has been fulfilled in a land of
-"the fatness of the earth, and of the dew of heaven." Its capital during
-the Old Testament period was Bozrah (now _Busireh_), near its northern
-border. Afterward, Sela, the _Petra_ of remarkable rock-hewn buildings,
-arose to prominence. Ezion-geber, at the head of the Gulf of Akaba, was
-its seaport.
-
-IV. =History.= Mount Seir was first settled by the Horites, or Horim,
-like the inhabitants of Palestine a people of unknown origin. During the
-later patriarchal age it was conquered and possessed by Esau, the
-brother of Jacob, and ever after occupied by his descendants, the
-Edomites. The refusal of this people to allow the Israelites to journey
-through their territory compelled them to make a long detour around Edom
-on the south and east, and enter Palestine by the land of the Moabites.
-During the period of the Judges the Edomites are not mentioned; but they
-were beaten by Saul, and thoroughly conquered by David, after a severe
-struggle. At the division of the kingdom, B.C. 935, Edom was held by
-Judah. Its people rebelled in the time of Jehoram, the son of
-Jehoshaphat, and, although defeated by Judah, were able to maintain
-their independence. They joined the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar in
-the destruction of Jerusalem, for which the later prophecies and psalms
-gave them bitter denunciations. About the time of the captivity, B.C.
-587-536, the Edomites gained possession of most of the country south of
-Judah, extending even to the confines of Egypt. But they lost their own
-land, Mount Seir, which became the possession of the Nabatheans. These
-were a race, perhaps allied to the Arabians, who laid aside their nomad
-habits, and founded a kingdom, whose people grew rich by the caravan
-trade. The Edomites, or Idumeans, south of Palestine, were conquered by
-the Maccabean princes and incorporated with the Jews, B.C. 130, and the
-Nabathean kingdom was annexed to the Roman empire, A.D. 105.
-
-V. =Peculiarities.= The Edomites, though descended from the stock of
-Abraham, adopted the idolatry of the Canaanites, with whom they had
-intermarried. But their most remarkable feature, as a nation, was that
-of dwelling in caves. The mountains of Idumea are of soft sandstone,
-easily wrought, and are penetrated with caves and grottoes, which were
-used, not like those of other nations, for burial places, but for
-residence. The rock-hewn temples, palaces and homes of Petra, so well
-known to travelers, are magnificent in appearance. The custom probably
-arose from the fear of robbers, and from the ease with which the caves
-could be excavated in the sandstone rock.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-1. _Boundaries._ Moab; Desert: Midianites; Arabah.
-
-2. _Names._ Seir, Edom, Idumea, Geballene, Jebal and esh Sherah.
-
-3. _Natural Features._ Mountains; Soil; Capitals (Bozrah, Petra).
-
-4. _History._ Horites; Esau; Edomites; Israelite Supremacy; Chaldeans;
-Nabatheans; Maccabeans; Romans.
-
-5. _Peculiarities._ Religion; Rock Houses.
-
-
-THE WANDERING IN THE WILDERNESS.
-
-There are great difficulties in fixing the location of the places and
-the order of events in the history of the forty years which intervened
-between the exodus, or "going out," from Egypt, and the entrance into
-the Promised Land (B.C. 1250-1210). These difficulties arise from
-various causes: the antiquity of the events, the fragmentary character
-of the history, the extent of the country, our scanty knowledge of the
-region, and especially the changes which have taken place in the
-sea-coast during the 3,000 years past. While the general course of the
-journey can be easily defined, the particular localities are, in many
-instances, exceedingly uncertain. For the convenience of the student, we
-divide the entire journey from Egypt to Canaan into sections.
-
-I. =From Rameses to the Red Sea.= (Exod. 12-14; Num. 33:5-8.) The
-sojourn of the Israelites was passed in the Land of Goshen, between the
-Nile and the Isthmus of Suez. The court of the reigning Pharaoh during
-the time while Moses was negotiating for the departure of the
-Israelites, was at Zoan, or Tanis (Psa. 78:12), the royal city of the
-Delta. Rameses, the place of meeting for the Israelites, was probably a
-district rather than a city (Gen. 47:8), but may have been at _Abu
-Kesheib_. Pithom (Exod. 1:11) has been discovered at _Tell Maskutor_,
-ten miles west of Lake Timsah. Succoth, "booths" or "tents," was
-probably not a city but a camp, and its location is unknown. Etham,
-"wall" (Exod. 13:20), may indicate a place near the great wall which
-extended across the isthmus. Pi-hahiroth may be at _Agrud_, near Suez.
-Baal-zephon may be the mountain _Jebel Alaka_. The Israelites crossed
-the sea at the narrow Strait of Suez, where the distance from shore to
-shore is about two-thirds of a mile. At that time the gulf probably
-extended several miles north of its present position. The northeast wind
-drove out the waters, leaving a path across the gulf, with pools on
-either side, as a "wall" or defense to the crossing Israelites.
-
-II. =From the Red Sea to Mount Sinai.= (Exod. 15-19; Num. 33:8-15.) The
-general direction can be traced with certainty, but the precise places
-of encampment are only conjectural. It is probable that so vast a body
-of people, about two millions, must have occupied a large extent of
-territory, and the "stations" were the various headquarters of the camp.
-This section of the journey was mostly spent in the two narrow plains
-along the coast, the Wilderness (or desert) of Etham, and that of Sin.
-At Marah (_Ain Hawârah_) the bitter waters were healed; at Elim (_Wady
-Ghurundel_) they were refreshed by the "twelve wells and three-score and
-ten palm trees." At the next station, No. 9, "the encampment at the Red
-Sea," they saw for the last time the waters of the western gulf, and the
-land of Egypt beyond them. Here they turned eastward, and, passing the
-mountain barrier, entered the Wilderness of Sin. (This is to be
-distinguished from the Wilderness of Zin, or the Arabah, on the eastern
-side of the peninsula.) In this wild and barren country, food failed
-them, and the manna began to be supplied (Exod. 16), to last for forty
-years. Their general course was now eastward, through the _wadies_, or
-dry beds of winter torrents. At Rephidim (station 13) two events are
-recorded as occurring. The want of water led to a miraculous supply from
-the smitten rock (Exod. 17:2-7); and the Israelites fought the first
-battle in their history, with the wandering Amalekites, who attacked the
-rear of the scattered host. Under Joshua, who here appears for the first
-time, they were defeated, and devoted to complete destruction. (Exod.
-17:8-16; Deut. 25:18.) The next station was Mount Sinai, in front of
-which they encamped, probably on the plain _er Rahah_. Their journey
-thus far had occupied two months and a half, and here they remained for
-a year. The principal events at Mount Sinai were: 1. The giving of the
-law. (Exod. 19-31.) 2. The worship of the golden calf, and its
-punishment. (Exod. 32.) 3. The building and consecration of the
-Tabernacle. (Exod. 35-40.) 4. The numbering and organization of the
-people. (Num. 1-2.)
-
-III. =From Mount Sinai to Kadesh-barnea.= After a year spent at and
-around Mount Sinai, the camp was taken up, and the host, led by the Ark
-of the Covenant, entered once more upon its march. The direction of the
-journey was northeast, and the route was probably through the _Wady
-Saal_. At Taberah (station 15), the "fire of the Lord" consumed some on
-the verge of the camp who murmured against God's commands. (Num.
-11:1-3.) At Kibroth-hattaavah (station 16), (perhaps the same place with
-the preceding), a dislike of the manna and a lust for flesh-meat seized
-the crowd of people, and for a month they fed upon quails, but were
-punished by a plague, which destroyed multitudes, and gave a name to the
-place, "the graves of lust." (Num. 11:4-35.) At Hazeroth (probably _Ain
-Hudherah_), Miriam instigated Aaron to a rebellion against Moses, but
-was smitten with leprosy, though healed at the prayer of Moses. (Num.
-12:1-16.) The Israelites followed the mountain chain by the Red Sea,
-keeping upon the western side of the hills, and, passing through the
-edge of the Wilderness of Paran and along the Arabah, followed up the
-line of the "Mount of the Amorites" (which appears to have been a
-general name for the mountains in the southern portion of the Negeb, or
-South Country), until they came to Kadesh-barnea. The location of this
-place is the great difficulty in the geography of the period. The name
-appears to be used with reference to a region, and more definitely
-referring to a place. Three localities have been claimed, all on the
-border of the "Mount of the Amorites," or the South Country. The most
-southerly location is that now known as _Ain esh Shehabeh_, on the _Wady
-Jerafeh_; the most westerly, at _Ain Gadis_, or _Quadis_, directly south
-of the land of Judah; the one farthest to the north and east, at _Ain el
-Weibeh_, in the edge of the Arabah, south of the Dead Sea. The latter
-has been regarded by most explorers since Dr. Robinson, as the correct
-site, and as it appears on the older maps. But the Rev. J. Rowlands, on
-a journey through the entire region, identified _Ain Quadis_ as the true
-Kadesh-barnea, and his conclusion was confirmed by Dr. H. C. Trumbull
-after a thorough investigation of all the three places. It is now
-accepted by most writers. We have therefore regarded _Ain Quadis_ as
-Kadesh-barnea, and have made it the center of Israelite journeying
-during the thirty-eight years of the wandering. The change in the
-location of Kadesh-barnea may necessitate a change in the location of
-Mount Hor, which Trumbull places at _Jebel Maderah_, but we have
-retained the old locality on the edge of Edom. Twice the Israelites were
-encamped at Kadesh, which marked the beginning and end of the
-thirty-eight years' wandering in the Wilderness of Paran. From Kadesh
-the twelve spies were sent northward into the Land of Canaan, and the
-adverse report of ten of them caused such terror and rebellion in the
-host, that God declared that they should not enter the Promised Land
-until all that generation should have passed away. (Num. 13, 14.) They
-were ordered to turn back into the wilderness, but disobeyed, and,
-against their leaders' advice, undertook to force a passage to Canaan,
-probably up the pass _es Sufa_. But the inhabitants of the mountains
-(Amorites, Canaanites, and Amalekites in alliance) attacked them to
-their utter defeat at Hormah, and effectually barred their entrance to
-the land through the South Country, as the warlike Philistines had
-closed it against them by the way of the plain by the sea. (Exod.
-13:17.) Discouraged and despairing, the host of Israel again turned
-their faces once more toward the terrible Wilderness of Paran.
-
-IV., V., VI. =From Kadesh-barnea to Mount Hor, Ezion-geber, and Return.=
-The period of the next thirty-eight years remains in shadow. Scarcely an
-event is named which certainly belongs to this division, the longest by
-far in the journey. In the history at Num. 14:45, there is a break in
-the record, and other topics are referred to until we find the people at
-Kadesh once more, at the end of the 38 years, in chapter 20; and the
-list of stations in Num. 33:18-36, is only a barren catalogue of 18
-places, in which not one is clearly recognized, and only two or three
-can be even guessed at. Some have thought that the entire period was
-spent in the Arabah, wandering up and down, as two of the stations
-plainly belong there. But it is more probable that the people wandered
-over the borders between the Negeb (South Country) and the Wilderness of
-Paran. For convenience we may subdivide this period of wandering into
-its three journeys. From Kadesh, through 12 unknown stations, to
-Moseroth, which is afterward named in the account of Aaron's death
-(Deut. 10:6), showing that it was near Mount Hor. This is indicated on
-the Map as Journey IV. Journey V. was from Mount Hor down the Arabah
-southward to Ezion-geber, at the head of the Ælanitic Gulf. Journey VI.
-was once more through the Arabah, northward to Kadesh-barnea, completing
-the period of the punishment for the rebellion of 38 years before. Here
-three events took place. 1. The rock was smitten by Moses, when God had
-bidden him speak to it, in order to bring forth water; and, as a
-penalty, he was not permitted to enter Canaan. (Num. 20:1-13.) 2. The
-Israelites asked of the Edomites (on whose western border they were
-encamped at Kadesh), the privilege of crossing their territory on their
-journey to Canaan, but their request was denied. 3. Soon after this, the
-king of the Canaanite city of Arad, in the Negeb, or South Country, 20
-miles south of Hebron, hearing of Israel's approach by the same route as
-that of the spies, 38 years before, went out to meet the invading host.
-He was repulsed near the same place where Israel had suffered a defeat
-before, and which was thenceforth called Hormah, "destruction." (Num.
-21:1-3.)
-
- +-------------+---------------------------------------+-------------+
- | | NORTH. | |
- | WEST. |+-----------++-----------++-----------+| EAST. |
- | || DAN, || ASHER, || NAPHTALI, || |
- |+-----------+|| 62,700. || 41,500. || 53,400. ||+-----------+|
- || BENJAMIN, ||+-----------++-----------++-----------+|| JUDAH, ||
- || 35,400. || CAMP OF DAN. || 74,600. ||
- |+-----------++---------------------------------------++-----------+|
- | | +---+ TRIBE OF LEVI. | |
- |+-----------+| | G | +--------------+ +---------+ |+-----------+|
- || MANASSEH, || | E | | MERARITES | | | || ISSACHAR, ||
- || 32,200. || | R | +--------------+ | | || 54,400. ||
- |+-----------+| | S | +--------------+ | AARON | |+-----------+|
- | | | H | | TABERNACLE | | | | |
- |+-----------+| | O | +--------------+ | MOSES | |+-----------+|
- || EPHRAIM, || | N | +--------------+ | | || ZEBULON, ||
- || 40,500. || | I | | KOHATHITES | | Priests | || 57,400. ||
- |+-----------+| | T | +--------------+ | | |+-----------+|
- | | | E | TRIBE OF LEVI. | | | |
- | CAMP OF | | S | +---------+ | CAMP OF |
- | | +---+ | |
- | EPHRAIM. +---------------------------------------+ JUDAH. |
- | | CAMP OF REUBEN. | |
- | |+-----------++-----------++-----------+| |
- | || GAD, || SIMEON, || REUBEN, || |
- | || 45,650. || 59,300. || 46,500. || |
- | |+-----------++-----------++-----------++ |
- | | SOUTH. | |
- +-------------+---------------------------------------+-------------+
-
-[Illustration: CAMP OF ISRAEL.]
-
-VII., VIII. =From Kadesh-barnea to Elath and Jordan.= The Israelites
-were now ready to enter their Land of Promise. But, as the entrance by
-the south was found impracticable, and the Edomites would not permit
-them to cross their mountains, a long detour became necessary; so for a
-third time they took their journey through the Arabah. This we have
-indicated on the map as No. VII. They paused before Mount Hor, while
-Aaron left them, to ascend the mountain and to die. The peak still bears
-his name, _Jebel Haroun_. So according to most travelers; but Trumbull
-locates Mount Hor in the Negeb. At Ezion-geber and Elath (stations 43
-and 44), they saw once more the Red Sea, at its eastern arm. On this
-journey, too, but whether before or after passing the Red Sea, is
-uncertain, they were plagued by serpents, and "the brazen serpent" was
-lifted up by Moses. (Num. 21:4-9.) At last the southern point of Mount
-Seir was reached and passed, and now for the last time (Journey VIII.)
-the Israelites turned their faces northward. They traveled through the
-land of Teman, between Edom and the Arabian desert. At the brook Zered
-(_Wady el Ahsy_), station 49, they entered the land of Moab, which they
-crossed in safety (Num. 21:11); and at the brook Arnon they came into
-the country of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who came against them,
-and was defeated and slain at Jahaz. (Num. 21:12-31.) The Amorites of
-Bashan on the north were ruled by the giant Og, a descendant of the
-ancient Rephaim. (See page 37.) His land was conquered and himself slain
-in a decisive battle at Edrei. From the heights of Abarim (station 57)
-they descended to the Jordan Valley, and encamped at their last station
-(No. 58) before entering the Land of Promise, on the eastern bank of the
-Jordan, opposite Jericho. Here occurred: 1. The episode of Balaam's
-prophecy. (Num. 22-24.) 2. The iniquity of Israel with the women of
-Moab, and the plague on the people as a result. (Num. 25:1-18.) 3. The
-numbering of Israel. (Num. 26.) 4. The campaigns against the Moabites
-and Midianites. (Num. 31.) 5. The allotment to the tribes of Reuben and
-Gad, and half the tribe of Manasseh. (Num. 32.) 6. The repetition of the
-law and the recapitulation of the journeys, in the book of Deuteronomy.
-7. Last of all, the ascent of Moses up the height of Nebo, his prophetic
-view of the Promised Land, and his lonely death. (Deut. 34.)
-
-[Illustration: KADESH-BARNEA AND VICINITY.
-
-(According to DR. TRUMBULL.)]
-
-
-STATIONS OF THE ISRAELITES DURING THEIR JOURNEY FROM EGYPT TO CANAAN.
-
-I. FROM RAMESES TO THE RED SEA.
-
- +============================+=================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. |EXOD. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +----------------------------+-----------------+------+------+------+
- |1. Rameses |Abu Kesheib |12:37 |33: 3 | |
- |2. Succoth |Unknown |12:37 |33: 5 | |
- |3. Etham |Unknown |13:20 |33: 6 | |
- |4. Pi-hahiroth |Bir Suweis |14: 2 |33: 7 | |
- |5. Red Sea | |14:22 |33: 8 | |
- +----------------------------+-----------------+------+------+------+
-
-
-II. FROM THE RED SEA TO MOUNT SINAI.
-
- +============================+=================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. |EXOD. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +----------------------------+-----------------+------+------+------+
- |6. Desert of Shur, |Shore of Red Sea |15:22 |33: 8 | |
- | or of Etham | | | | |
- |7. Marah |Ain Hawârah |15:23 |33: 8 | |
- |8. Elim |Wady Ghurundel |15:27 |33: 9 | |
- |9. Red Sea |Wady Taiyibeh | |33:10 | |
- |10. Desert of Sin |El Murkîyeh(?) |16: 1 |33:11 | |
- |11. Dophkah |Ain Markhâ(?) | |33:12 | |
- |12. Alush |Uncertain | |33:13 | |
- |13. Rephidim |Wady Feiran |17: 1 |33:14 | |
- |14. Sinai |Plain er Râhah |19: 1 |33:15 | |
- +----------------------------+-----------------+------+------+------+
-
-
-III. FROM MOUNT SINAI TO KADESH-BARNEA.
-
- +=============================+=================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. |NUM. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +-----------------------------+-----------------+------+------+------+
- |15. Taberah |Wady Sâal(?) |11: 3 | | 9:22 |
- |16. Kibroth-hattaavah |Erweis el Ebeirig|11:34 |33:16 | |
- |17. Hazeroth |Ain Hudherah |11:35 |33:17 | |
- |18. Mount of the Amorites |Jebel Magrah(?) | | | 1:19 |
- |19. Kadesh-barnea |Ain el Weibeh(?) |13:26 | | 1:19 |
- +-----------------------------+-----------------+------+------+------+
-
-
-IV. FROM KADESH-BARNEA TO MOUNT HOR.
-
- +=============================+================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. |NUM. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
- |20. Rithmah |Uncertain | |33:18 | |
- |21. Rimmon-parez |Uncertain | |33:19 | |
- |22. Libnah |Uncertain | |33:20 | |
- |23. Rissah |Uncertain | |33:21 | |
- |24. Kehelathah |Uncertain | |33:22 | |
- |25. Mount Shapher |Jebel Araif(?) | |33:23 | |
- |26. Haradah |Uncertain | |33:24 | |
- |27. Makheloth |Uncertain | |33:25 | |
- |28. Tahath |Uncertain | |33:26 | |
- |29. Tarah |Uncertain | |33:27 | |
- |30. Mithcah |Uncertain | |33:28 | |
- |31. Hashmonah |Uncertain | |33:29 | |
- |32. Moseroth |Mount Hor | |33:30 | |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
-
-
-V. FROM MOUNT HOR TO EZION-GEBER.
-
- +=============================+================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. |NUM. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
- |33. Bene-jaakan |Arabah | |33:31 | |
- |34. Hor-hagidgad |Wady Ghudhaghidh| |33:32 | |
- |35. Jotbathah |Emshâsh(?) | |33:33 | |
- |36. Ebronah |Uncertain | |33:34 | |
- |37. Ezion-geber |Gulf of Akabah | |33:35 | |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
-
-
-VI. FROM EZION-GEBER TO KADESH-BARNEA.
-
- +=============================+================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. | NUM. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
- |38. Kadesh-barnea |Ain Quadis |20: 1 |33:36 | |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
-
-
-VII. FROM KADESH-BARNEA TO ELATH.
-
- +=============================+================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. |NUM. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
- |39. Bene-jaakan |Arabah | | |10: 6 |
- |40. Mosera |Mount Hor |20:22 |33:37 |10: 6 |
- |41. Gudgodah |Wady Ghudhaghidh| | |10: 7 |
- |42. Jotbath |Uncertain | | |10: 7 |
- |43. Ezion-geber |Gulf of Akaba |21: 4 | | 2: 8 |
- |44. Elath |Akabah | | | 2: 8 |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
-
-
-VIII. FROM ELATH TO JORDAN.
-
- +=============================+================+======+======+======+
- | STATION. |IDENTIFICATION. | NUM. | NUM. |DEUT. |
- +-----------------------------+----------------+------+------+------+
- |45. Zalmonah |Wady Amran(?) | |33:41 | |
- |46. Punon |Uncertain | |33:42 | |
- |47. Oboth |Uncertain |21:10 |33:43 | |
- |48. Ije-abarim |Uncertain |21:11 |33:44 | |
- |49. Zered |Wady el Ahsy |21:12 | |10:13 |
- |50. Arnon |Wady Môjeb |21:13 | |10:24 |
- |51. Dibon-gad |Dhibân | |33:45 | |
- |52. Almon-diblathaim |Uncertain | |33:46 | |
- |53. Beer |Uncertain |21:16 | | |
- |54. Mattanah |Uncertain |21:18 | | |
- |55. Nahaliel |Uncertain |21:19 | | |
- |56. Bamoth |Uncertain |21:19 | | |
- |57. Abarim, Nebo, or Pisgah |Jebel Neba |21:20 |33:47 | |
- |58. Plains of Moab, or Jordan|Ghôr en Nimrîn |22: 1 |33:48 | |
- +=============================+================+======+======+======+
-
-[Illustration: GARDEN OF GETHSEMANE.]
-
-[Illustration: Beth-horon and Vicinity.
-
-CONQUEST OF CANAAN.]
-
-
-
-
-THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN.
-
-
-AFTER the forty years of the Wandering came the seven years of the
-Conquest. Yet it is true, that in the complete sense the conquest began
-before the Israelites crossed the Jordan under Joshua, and was not
-finished until long after the period of the Judges. As Dean Stanley
-says: "The conquest began from the passage of the brook Zered, under
-Moses; it was not finally closed till the capture of Jerusalem by David.
-But in a more limited sense it may be confined to the period during
-which the territory, afterward known by the name of Palestine, was
-definitively occupied as their own by the Israelites." The map on page
-36 shows us the territorial divisions of the land before the conquest;
-the one which we are now studying presents the campaigns by which it was
-won. These may be divided into three sections. 1. The conquest of the
-territory on the east of the Jordan, in three campaigns, during the rule
-of Moses. 2. The conquest of that on the west of the Jordan, under the
-leadership of Joshua, in three campaigns. 3. A series of supplementary
-conquests completing the work of subjugation.
-
-[Illustration: SHECHEM.]
-
-
-I. THE CONQUEST OF EASTERN PALESTINE.
-
-This region was occupied, at the time of the arrival of the Israelites,
-by the Moabites between the brooks Zered and Arnon, and by the Amorites
-north of the Arnon. The latter people were divided into two kingdoms.
-The land of Gilead was ruled by King Sihon, whose capital was at
-Heshbon; and the table-land of Bashan by Og, a remnant of the old race
-of the Rephaim. Tributary to Sihon, and on the border of the Arabian
-desert, were the Midianites (Josh. 13:21); and near the Moabites were
-their nomadic kinsmen, the Ammonites.
-
-1. =The Conquest of Gilead.= (Num. 21:21-31.) The Amorites, under Sihon,
-had wrested from the Moabites the land between the Arnon and the Jabbok,
-a short time before the coming of Israel. Moses sent messengers,
-requesting the privilege of journeying through their land; but they
-refused to permit the passage of such a vast host, and came out to meet
-the Israelites in battle at Jahaz, near their border, at the brook
-Arnon. They were defeated, and their whole land was conquered, including
-their own territory north of the Jabbok, as well as their Moabite
-possessions south of it. Thus the Israelites obtained, as their first
-foothold, the rich region of the eastern table-land, from the Arnon to
-the Hieromax.
-
-2. =The Conquest of Bashan.= (Num. 21:32-35.) The success of the war
-with one nation of the Amorites encouraged the Israelites to cross the
-Hieromax and undertake the conquest of the rich pasture fields of
-Bashan, the kingdom of Og, whose capital was at the ancient city of his
-race, Ashteroth Karnaim. There is some evidence to indicate that the
-leader in this campaign was Nobah, of the tribe of Manasseh. (Num.
-32:42.) A decisive battle was fought at Edrei, at the entrance to the
-_Ledja_, or mountainous district; and Og was slain, and his kingdom
-possessed by Israel. Its western portion, including Kenath and its
-vicinity, was given to Nobah, who named the region after himself. (Num.
-32:42; Judges 8:11.)
-
-3. =The Conquest of Midian.= (Num. 25 and 31.) While the Israelites were
-encamped on the plain of Jordan, opposite Jericho, their last station,
-called Shittim (Num. 25:1), a league was formed by the Moabites and
-Midianites to resist their advance. Balaam, the Mesopotamian seer, was
-summoned to aid them by his curses against Israel; but his words were
-turned to blessing. (Num. 22-24.) Fearing the result of open war, the
-allied nations now undertook to corrupt Israel by their friendship and
-the seductions of their women; and they succeeded to such an extent that
-multitudes of the people perished by a plague which fell upon the nation
-as a penalty. The Moabites were punished by exclusion for ten
-generations from the privileges of Israel (Deut. 23:3, 4), and by the
-loss of that portion of their territory already taken from the Amorites.
-The Midianites, evidently the guiltier nation, were doomed to utter
-destruction. The campaign against them was regarded as a sacred war, and
-Phinehas the priest took command of the army. The entire people were
-laid under the ban, and the portion of them east of the Jordan were
-thoroughly annihilated. This was, however, only a small section of the
-great tribe of Midian, whose principal home was on the eastern shore of
-the Red Sea, south of the Edomites; and their former home near Moab was
-again repopulated, and, some centuries afterward, gave new trouble to
-Israel.
-
-The entire country east of the Jordan and north of the brook Arnon was
-thus conquered by the Israelites before the death of Moses. It was
-assigned to the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half the tribe of
-Manasseh, as their home, upon condition that their warriors should
-accompany the rest of the tribes in the conquest of Western Palestine.
-(Num. 32.) Their boundaries will be noticed in connection with the map
-of Israel, as divided among the Twelve Tribes.
-
-
-II. THE CONQUEST OF WESTERN PALESTINE.
-
-This was undertaken by Joshua after the death of Moses, and, as far as
-can be ascertained from the record, was accomplished in three campaigns.
-The war began with the passage of the Jordan, B.C. 1210, and, so far as
-active hostilities were concerned, was finished in seven years. But the
-great mass of the native population remained upon the soil, to plague
-the Chosen People by the influence of their wickedness, so that the
-conquest was never thoroughly completed. Indeed, some writers think that
-the inhabitants of Palestine at the present time belong mainly to the
-old Canaanite stock, which has perpetuated itself under all the changes
-of government.
-
-1. =The Conquest of Central Palestine.= (Josh. 3-8.) According to the
-account in the book of Joshua, this was a brief campaign; but the
-Samaritan records relate a series of supplementary sieges and battles,
-which would indicate that the war may have been longer than appears.
-Still, there are evidences that the Hivites and Perizzites, who occupied
-most of this district, were peaceful peoples, readily yielding to the
-conquerors, so that the resistance was less stubborn than in other
-sections. The war began with the passage of the Jordan, an event ever
-kept in mind as the entrance of the people upon their own land. They
-pitched their camp at Gilgal, in the Jordan Valley, and fortified the
-place as a permanent headquarters during the entire period of conquest.
-(Josh. 5.) Jericho was first taken, by supernatural aid, and devoted to
-God as the first fruits of conquest. (Josh. 6.) An act of trespass
-against God by Achan, caused a defeat at Ai (near Bethel), the next
-place attacked; but the sin was punished, and, by a stratagem and
-ambush, Ai was taken. They then marched northward to Shechem, an ancient
-Hivite city, of which the last previous account is its destruction by
-the sons of Jacob. (Gen. 34.) It may not have been rebuilt, as we find
-at this time the Hivites occupying a number of towns at a distance from
-it (Gibeon and others, Josh. 9); or it may have submitted to the
-overwhelming power of Israel. In the Vale of Shechem, between the
-mountains Ebal and Gerizim, all the Israelites were assembled, the law
-was read in their hearing, and memorial stones were erected. After this,
-the Hivites of four villages, of which Gibeon was the most important, by
-means of a deception made a treaty of peace with the Israelites, and
-obtained a pledge of protection; being the only nation in all the land
-formally spared from destruction. Their deceit was soon discovered; but
-the word of Israel was kept, though the people of the four villages were
-reduced to the condition of "servants of the sanctuary," _i. e._,
-employed in the menial duties of the Tabernacle. The central portion of
-the land was now possessed by Israel, from Jericho and Gibeon northward
-to the Carmel range of mountains, and the army returned to the fortified
-camp at Gilgal. (Josh. 9.)
-
-2. =The Conquest of Southern Palestine.= (Josh. 10.) The conquest had
-thus far been easy; mainly because there was no union among the native
-tribes, but each city and village was ruled by its own "king," or
-sheikh, and all were jealous of one another, so that they were readily
-conquered in detail. Warned by the fate of Jericho and Ai, and alarmed
-at the defection of Gibeon, the kings of five cities formed a league to
-resist the invading host. The head of the confederation was Adoni-zedek,
-the king of Jerusalem, and associated with him were the rulers of
-Hebron, Jarmuth, Lachish and Eglon, and perhaps other subordinate
-chiefs. They began by an attack on the city of Gibeon, as a tributary of
-Israel. Joshua at once called forth his warriors, left the camp at
-Gilgal, made a swift night march through the mountain passes, and came
-suddenly upon the enemy near Beth-horon. Here was fought perhaps the
-most important battle in all human history, and one at which "the sun
-and moon" might well "stand still," since the religious destiny of all
-the world was at stake in its result. In this one battle the conquest of
-Canaan was made certain, though it was not fully accomplished until long
-afterward. The flying host were pursued to Makkedah, on the border of
-the plain, where the five kings were captured and slain. Then in
-succession, the strongholds of Libnah, Lachish, Eglon, Hebron, and, last
-of all, Debir, were taken by storm. From the list of the kings captured
-(Josh. 12:9-24), it would appear that Joshua carried his conquests
-through the South Country, as far as Arad and Hormah, places where the
-Israelites had suffered defeat during the period of the wandering (Num.
-21:1-3); though these kings may have been captured at Hebron or Debir.
-But, though all may not have been ravaged by the Israelites, all was
-certainly conquered, from Jerusalem to the great desert on the south.
-The conquest was afterward made complete by the aged Caleb, who with his
-nephew Othniel took possession of the very cities of which the name had
-filled the Israelites with terror a generation before. (Num. 13.)
-
-[Illustration: PALESTINE AS PROMISED AND POSSESSED.]
-
-3. =The Conquest of Northern Palestine.= (Josh. 11.) This region was
-also occupied by a number of independent chiefs, of whom the most
-powerful was Jabin, the king of Hazor, a title which afterward reappears
-in the history. (Judges 4, 2.) They ruled over small tribes of various
-races, from Mount Hermon to Mount Carmel, especially on the Plain of
-Esdraelon. The king of Hazor called together the associated tribes, and
-their camp was pitched near Lake Merom. Joshua made one of his
-characteristic swift marches, up the Jordan Valley, attacked them
-suddenly, and utterly defeated and scattered them. He burned the many
-war chariots, and so cut the sinews of their horses as to make them
-useless; since these animals were never used by the Israelites. After
-the battle he marched through the northern regions, capturing the cities
-and slaying their rulers, a number of whom are mentioned in the
-catalogue of Josh. 12:9-24. This campaign closed the active operations,
-so that "the land rested from war" (Josh. 11:23); but for many years the
-strife was feebly continued, and it was not entirely finished until the
-reign of David.
-
-
-III. SUPPLEMENTARY CONQUESTS.
-
-Although the struggle of the conquest was over, yet in most of the land
-the task of expulsion or destruction was yet to be accomplished, and in
-many places was never entirely wrought. The entire section of the
-maritime plain remained in the hands of the Philistines; in almost every
-tribe were fortresses, which long resisted the Israelites, and formed
-centres of rebellion, and sometimes of oppression. And many of the
-cities taken by Joshua were soon reoccupied by their original
-inhabitants, and once more fortified. The book of the Judges relates
-briefly three campaigns after the conquest.
-
-1. =The Campaign of the Judaites and Simeonites.= (Judges 1:1-8.) This
-was undertaken against Adoni-bezek, the king of Bezek, a place in or
-near the tribe of Judah, not positively identified. Adoni-bezek was a
-petty chieftain, who had cruelly mutilated no less than 70 local chiefs
-whom he had taken in battle. He was surprised by the allied forces of
-Judah and Simeon, and ten thousand of his warriors were slain. He was
-taken prisoner, and treated as he had treated other captive kings; his
-thumbs and great toes being cut off, thus making him helpless. After
-this, the allied tribes marched down upon the maritime plain, and took
-the Philistine cities of Gaza, Ashkelon and Ekron. But their conquests
-were not permanent; they withdrew to the mountains, and the Philistines
-were soon in possession of their cities, which long stood as a menace to
-Israel. Another campaign was directed against the cities of the Negeb,
-or South Country, and resulted in the destruction of Zephath and Hormah,
-both south of Hebron.
-
-2. =The Campaign of Caleb and Othniel.= Caleb was the oldest man in
-Israel, having accompanied Joshua and the other spies, thirty-eight
-years before the entrance of Israel into the Promised Land. (Num.
-13-14.) For his faithfulness when so many were overcome with terror, he
-received a promise of inheritance in the land. At least 45 years
-afterward, Hebron, in the south of Judah, was allotted to him. It had
-been taken by Joshua (Josh. 10:36, 37), but afterward reoccupied by the
-Anakim (see page 38), and the Amorites, its original possessors. Caleb
-led an army against it, once more won the city, and made it his own. He
-promised his daughter, Achsah, to the warrior who should take Debir, or
-Kirjath-sepher, south of Hebron, which had also been reoccupied by the
-enemy. His younger brother (perhaps nephew) Othniel, won the city and
-his bride. (Josh. 14:1-15; 15:13-19; Judges 1:10-15.) This campaign was
-probably about the same time with the one narrated above, and may have
-been in connection with it.
-
-3. =The Danite Campaign.= (Judges 18.) The tribe of Dan found themselves
-unable to overcome their Philistine neighbors, and were straitened for
-room in their narrow possessions. They sent out a body of men to search
-for a new home. These spies traversed the country as far to the north as
-Laish, or Leshem, a Phoenician city, near one of the sources of the
-Jordan. The Danite spies returned to their people at Zorah and Eshtaol,
-and made their report. A part of the tribe agreed to migrate to this
-northern region. Their first encampment on the journey, near
-Kirjath-jearim, in Judah, long bore the name of "the camp of Dan." At a
-village in Mount Ephraim they plundered Micah of his idols and carried
-away their priest, who was a degenerate grandson of Moses the prophet.
-At Laish they fell suddenly upon the defenseless Phoenicians, destroyed
-their city, and built in its place one which they called Dan. It was the
-northern landmark of the land, as Beersheba was its southern, giving
-rise to the term "from Dan to Beersheba." Dan remained an idol
-sanctuary, and a place of corrupting influence during all the after
-history of Israel.
-
-Upon the map are noted: 1. The six campaigns of the conquest, three on
-each side of the Jordan. The precise route of travel cannot be
-identified, but the general direction is shown by a red line. The
-"supplementary conquests" are not indicated, in order to avoid
-confusion, but can be easily traced. 2. The important battle-fields are
-indicated by flags. These were at (1) Jahaz, (2) Edrei, (3) the land of
-Midian, (4) Jericho, (5) Ai, (6) Beth-horon, (7) Hazor. Besides these
-were many cities captured by Joshua during his campaign in Southern
-Canaan. 3. The royal cities captured by Moses and Joshua are each
-indicated on the map by a crown. These were, on the east of Jordan:
-Heshbon, the capital of Sihon's kingdom, and Ashtaroth, the capital of
-Og's kingdom; and on the west of Jordan, 31 cities, whose kings were
-taken and slain by Joshua. (Josh. 12:9-24.) The places identified are
-the only ones marked upon the map. 4. The four cities of the Hivite
-league, which alone made a treaty with Israel, are shown by clasped
-hands, the token of peace. 5. At the close of the conquest a large part
-of the country was left in the possession of the native races. This
-region is indicated by the yellow color. 6. Many towns remained in the
-hands of the Canaanite and Philistine races. Some were taken by Israel,
-but afterward reoccupied by their original inhabitants; others held out
-against the Israelites, and were a constant source of danger, both by
-their opposition, and still more by their friendship. The ceasing of the
-war before the native races were either utterly exterminated or driven
-away, was a mistaken mercy, which cost Israel centuries of strife, the
-infection from their idolatry, and the corrupt influence of their
-morals. The sparing of the Canaanites imperiled and well nigh thwarted
-the destiny of Israel as the depositary of religious truth for all the
-world.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-I. _Conquest of Eastern Palestine._ 1. Gilead. (Amorites, Sihon, Jahaz.)
-2. Bashan. (Amorites, Og, Edrei; Nobah, Kenath.) 3. Midian. (Phinehas.)
-
-II. _Conquest of Western Palestine._ 1. Central. (Gilgal, Jericho, Ai,
-Shechem, Gibeon.) 2. Southern. (Beth-horon, Makkedah, Libnah, Lachish,
-Eglon, Hebron, Debir.) 3. Northern. (Hazor.)
-
-III. _Supplementary Conquests._ 1. Judah and Simeon. (Adoni-bezek,
-Bezek; Gaza, Ashkelon, Ekron; Zephath, Hormah.) 2. Caleb and Othniel.
-(Hebron, Debir.) 3. Dan. (Laish.)
-
-[Illustration: CHURCH OF THE ASCENSION.]
-
-
-
-
-PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TRIBES.
-
-
-THE division of the land among the Twelve Tribes took place in three
-stages. 1. After the conquest of Eastern Palestine, during the lifetime
-of Moses, the two tribes of Reuben and Gad and half the tribe of
-Manasseh received their portion, on condition that their warriors should
-aid their kinsmen in the war for the rest of the land. (Num. 32.) 2.
-After the campaigns in Western Palestine (see last map and
-explanations), the two leading tribes of Judah and Ephraim and the
-remaining half of Manasseh received their inheritance, and took
-possession of it, as far as conquered: Judah in the south, Ephraim a
-small but choice portion in the centre, and Manasseh immediately north
-of it. (Josh. 15-17.) 3. The remaining seven tribes delayed long in
-obtaining their portions in the land, but at last, after a rebuke from
-the aged Joshua for their slowness, made the division by lot, and
-entered upon their inheritance. (Josh. 18, 19.) The cities of refuge,
-and those for the priests and Levites, were last of all appointed, late
-in the life of Joshua, and then "the land had rest from war," and Israel
-entered upon its history in its own land.
-
-It is not easy to fix the tribal boundary lines, since some tribes
-possessed cities within the domain of other tribes, and the boundaries,
-if not entirely indeterminate, varied greatly in different ages.
-Geographers are agreed upon the general position, but not upon the
-precise boundary lines. We follow the map of Dr. James Strong, in
-McClintock and Strong's Cyclopedia.
-
-[Illustration: VIEW IN THE EASTERN TABLE-LAND--BASHAN.]
-
-I. =The Tribe of Reuben= (Num. 32:1-38; Josh. 13:15-23) had the river
-Arnon for its southern border, this river separating it from Moab. It
-was bounded on the east by the Syrian desert, and on the west by the
-Dead Sea and the lower end of the Jordan. Its northern line began at
-Beth-jeshimoth, and extended northeasterly to near Rabbath Ammon. Its
-territory consisted of a low region by the sea and the river, a
-precipitous mountain range, and a rolling plateau eastward, well adapted
-for pasture. Among its prominent localities were: Heshbon, the capital
-of the Amorite king, Sihon; Dibon, where recently the Moabite stone was
-discovered; Mount Nebo, where Moses died; Bezer, a city of refuge;
-Aroer, Ataroth, Medeba, Kiriathaim, and Kedemoth.
-
-II. =The Tribe of Gad= (Num. 32:34-36; Josh. 13:24-28) was located north
-of Reuben. Its boundary on the west was the river Jordan, from the Sea
-of Chinnereth (Galilee) almost to its mouth. Its eastern border was the
-desert, from Rabbath Ammon to Mahanaim, from which point its line ran
-northwest to the Sea of Chinnereth. Like the land of Reuben, its
-territory embraced portions of the Jordan Valley; the eastern
-mountains, divided by the torrent Jabbok; and the table-land, a rich
-and well-watered district. The part in the Jordan Valley was, however,
-never possessed by the Israelites, but remained in the hands of the
-native Canaanites. In the valley, its cities were Beth-nimrah and
-Succoth. Among the mountains the places were: Jazer, near the border of
-Reuben; Ramoth-gilead, a famous fortress, often the scene of war;
-Penuel, the place of Jacob's wrestling with the angel (Gen. 32:24-32);
-Jabesh-gilead, whose warriors rescued the bodies of Saul and Jonathan (1
-Sam. 31:11-13); Mahanaim, a place of refuge both for the son of Saul,
-and afterward for David (2 Sam. 2:8; 2 Sam. 17:24); and Gadara, a
-foreign city, on the northern frontier.
-
- +-----------------------------------------------------------+
- |+---------------------------------------------------------+|
- || Manasseh, (East) 2,590 Sq. M. ||
- || (_Partly Desert_) ||
- |+---------------------------------------------------------+|
- || Judah, 1,400 Sq. M. | |
- ||(_Exclusive of Philistia and | |
- || Desert by Dead Sea_) | |
- |+-------------------------------+ |
- || Gad, | |
- ||1,300 Sq. Miles. | |
- |+----------------------------+ |
- ||Simeon, 1,000 Sq. M.| |
- ||(_Partly Desert_) | |
- |+--------------------+ |
- ||Manasseh, (West) | |
- || 800 Sq. M. | |
- |+-----------------+ |
- || Naphtali, | |
- || 800 Sq. M. | |
- |+-----------------+ |
- || Reuben, | |
- || 700 Sq. M. | |
- |+--------------+ |
- || Ephraim, | |
- || 600 Sq. M.| COMPARATIVE SIZE |
- |+------------+ |
- || Dan, | |
- ||500 Sq. M.| OF |
- |+----------+ |
- || |Issachar, |
- || |400 Sq. M. TERRITORY OF THE TRIBES. |
- |+------+ |
- || |Zebulon, |
- || |300 Sq. M. |
- |+---+ |
- || |Asher, |
- || |300 Sq. M. |
- |+---+ |
- || |Benjamin, |
- || |300 Sq. M. |
- |+---+ |
- +-----------------------------------------------------------+
-
-
-III. =The Half Tribe of Manasseh, East= (Num. 32:39-42; Josh. 13:29-31),
-occupied the northern portion of Eastern Palestine, generally known in
-the Old Testament as Bashan, larger than the portion assigned to any one
-tribe. It extended from Mahanaim northward to Mount Hermon, and from the
-river Jordan and its two northern lakes eastward to the desert. Though
-some of this land is a desert, yet most of it is fertile, and even now
-it is called "the granary of Palestine." It consists of undulating
-plains between two masses of mountains; the one on the east, now known
-as _el Ledja_, and the other on the side of the Jordan Valley. On its
-western hills were Aphek, and Golan, a city of refuge; near its centre
-were Ashtaroth, the former capital of Og, who reigned over Bashan before
-the conquest, and Edrei. Kenath, taken by Nobah, was at the foot of _el
-Ledja_, east of the line of the map. Its people never conquered the
-Geshurites on the east, and were separated from their brethren by the
-Canaanites in the Jordan Valley (see map on page 50), so that they were
-not closely identified with the history of Israel, and were the first to
-be carried away captive. (2 Kings 10:32, 33.)
-
-IV. =The Tribe of Simeon= (Josh. 19:1-9) received a portion of the land
-previously given to Judah. Its location was on the extreme south, and
-its boundaries were indeterminate, being indicated only by the list of
-eighteen towns belonging to it. It was the strip of grazing land between
-the mountains and the desert of the wandering, where Abraham and Isaac
-spent most of their lives. Its most important place was the historic
-Beersheba; but it included also Gerar, on the Philistine border; Arad,
-whose king twice resisted the Israelites' progress during the wandering;
-Hormah, in the South Country; and Ziklag, at one time the home of David.
-Nothing is known of this tribe's history. From its frontier position it
-probably lost its individuality, a part of its people becoming merged
-with the wandering races of the desert, and a part with its more
-powerful neighbor, Judah. Most of its cities were held by the
-Philistines until the reign of David.
-
-V. =The Tribe of Judah= (Josh. 15:1-63) occupied the most valuable
-portion of the land, and for three centuries was the rival of Ephraim in
-the leadership of the nation. Its boundary line on the north is
-described with great minuteness, but was changed after the building of
-the Temple to include a part of the city of Jerusalem. It ran from the
-northern end of the Dead Sea, south of Jerusalem, in a direction
-generally east, though with many turnings, from the Jordan to the
-Mediterranean. The region embraced five sections. 1. The Philistine
-plain, by the sea, never conquered. 2. The Shefelah, or low hills, a
-boundary disputed with the Philistines. 3. The "hill country," the home
-of the tribe. 4. The Negeb, or South Country, extending from Hebron
-southward. 5. The wild, uninhabitable Jeshimon, called in later history
-"the wilderness of Judæa," on the western shore of the Dead Sea.
-Omitting the Philistine cities by the Mediterranean, its most important
-cities were: Hebron, the inheritance of Caleb; Debir, the conquest of
-Othniel; Bethlehem, the birthplace of David, and, in after ages, of his
-greater Son; Maon, Carmel; En-gedi, a haunt of David during his exile;
-Lachish and Libnah, on the Shefelah; and Kirjath-jearim, at one time the
-abode of the ark.
-
-VI. =The Tribe of Benjamin= (Josh. 18:11-28) was located between Judah
-and Ephraim, having the Jordan on the east, and Dan on the west. It was
-a small country, 25 miles long by 12 wide, yet rich in natural
-advantages; and many events of Bible history took place within its
-borders. It included 26 cities, of which the most important were:
-Gilgal, the military capital during the conquest; Jericho, the first
-town taken on the west of the Jordan; Jerusalem, long held by the
-Jebusites, but from the time of David the capital of the country;
-Bethel, connected with many events; Ramah, the home of Samuel; Gibeah,
-the residence of King Saul; Michmash, Gibeon and Mizpeh, the places of
-famous battles. No portion of the land contains more of Jewish history
-than Benjamin, the smallest of all the tribes of Israel.
-
-[Illustration: COMPARATIVE POPULATION OF THE TWELVE TRIBES AT THE
-ENTRANCE INTO CANAAN.]
-
- Judah, 306,000.
- Dan, 257,600.
- Issachar, 257,200.
- Zebulon, 242,000.
- Asher, 213,600.
- Manasseh, 210,800.
- Benjamin, 182,400.
- Naphtali, 181,600.
- Reuben, 174,920.
- Gad, 162,000.
- Ephraim, 130,000.
- Simeon, 88,800.
- Levi, 46,000.
-
-VII. =The Tribe of Dan= (Josh. 19:40-48; Judges 18) was situated between
-Benjamin and the sea, and, though apparently large, was in reality very
-small, since nearly all its territory was held by the original
-inhabitants, the Canaanites. Its southernmost town was Timnath, a small
-village not on the map, but two miles west of Beth-shemesh; its northern
-limit was a brook just north of Joppa. The original inhabitants proved
-too strong for the Danites, who were compelled to maintain a sort of
-fortified camp in and between the villages of Zorah and Eshtaol, called
-"the camp of Dan." (Judges 13:25.) A part of the tribe migrated
-northward, as related in the interesting account in Judges 17, 18; and,
-by a surprise, seized the Phoenician village of Laish, or Leshem, in the
-far north of Palestine, changed its name to Dan, and made it a new
-rallying centre for the tribe. This place, with Beersheba on the south,
-was named, in the expression "from Dan to Beersheba," as one of the
-limits of the land. It remained for centuries the place of an idolatrous
-worship, perpetuated under all the changes of government, down to the
-final captivity of the land.
-
-VIII. =The Tribe of Ephraim= (Josh. 16) was located on the north of
-Benjamin and Dan, and extended from the Jordan to the Mediterranean, in
-the centre of the country. But inasmuch as the Canaanites were able to
-resist the power of the Ephraimites on both sides of the mountain,
-toward the river Jordan and toward the sea, the haughty tribe deemed its
-possession too small for its needs, and asked a larger space of Joshua.
-They were answered in a half-jesting, half-rebuking manner by the
-leader, and urged to drive out the enemy and make for themselves more
-room, a counsel which they followed only in part. (Josh. 17:14-18;
-Judges 1:22-26.) The principal places in "Mount Ephraim" (as the
-district of this tribe was generally called) were: Shechem, between the
-twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim; Shiloh, the place of the ark, and
-the religious centre of the land; Beth-horon, the field where the
-decisive victory of the conquest was won; Timnath, the burial place of
-Joshua; and Samaria, built during the kingdom as the capital of the Ten
-Tribes.
-
-IX. =The Half Tribe of Manasseh, West= (Josh. 17), was located north of
-Ephraim, and extended from the Jordan to the Mediterranean. Its boundary
-followed the northern slope of Mount Carmel, except by the sea, where
-the mountain was given to Asher. The lowlands on the Jordan, the Plain
-of Esdraelon, and the Mediterranean, were held by the Canaanites, in the
-cities of Dor, Megiddo, Taanach and Beth-shean, a chain of fortresses
-which gave control of the larger portion of the province, so that the
-Manassites were restricted to the mountains, where they occupied Geba,
-Dothan and Jarmuth.
-
-X. =The Tribe of Issachar= (Josh. 19:17-23) was allotted the Plain of
-Esdraelon (which it was never able to possess), and the mountains of
-Tabor and Little Hermon ("Hill of Moreh"), extending to the Jordan south
-of the Sea of Chinnereth (Galilee). Both the plain and the Jordan Valley
-were held by the Canaanites, but the tribe occupied the mountains. Its
-cities were En-gannim, Shunem, Haphraim, Daberath, and Beth-shemesh. The
-towns of Cana, Nain and Nazareth, in New Testament history, were located
-in this tribe.
-
-XI. =The Tribe of Asher= (Josh. 19:24-31) lay along the sea-coast, and
-extended from Mount Carmel to Zidon. Nearly all its cities were
-controlled by the Canaanites and Phoenicians, and the people soon
-entered into friendly relations with them, and lost their power. A part
-of the tribe, however, occupied the mountain range, and retained their
-relationship with the rest of the Israelites.
-
-XII. =The Tribe of Zebulon= (Josh. 19:10-16) occupied a triangle between
-Mount Carmel, the Sea of Chinnereth (afterward the Sea of Galilee), and
-the village of Aijalon; having as its base the mountain border north of
-the Plain of Esdraelon, and its western line the mountain chain
-following the Mediterranean. As this belonged to the mountain region, it
-was controlled mainly by the Israelites, though the Canaanites held two
-towns, Kitron and Nahalol. (Judges 1:30.) Its principal places were:
-Gath-hepher, the home of the prophet Jonah; Bethlehem (to be
-distinguished from the town of the same name in Judah); and, in later
-times, most of the cities of Galilee visited by our Lord.
-
-[Illustration: PALESTINE AMONG THE TRIBES.]
-
-XIII. =The Tribe of Naphtali= (Josh. 19:32-39) was the farthest to the
-north in all Israel. It occupied a section running north and south,
-between the Jordan and the Sea of Chinnereth on one side, and the
-Phoenician border on the other. Its central city was Kedesh, a city of
-refuge. Other towns were Hazor, Abel-beth-maachah, Beth-rehob (the
-extreme point visited by the spies, Num. 13:21) and Beth-shemesh. Dan
-(see on Tribe of Dan) was also in the limits of this tribe.
-
-XIV. =The Tribe of Levi= was the priestly caste, and received no
-separate province in the land, but was allotted certain cities
-throughout the tribes. These cities were given up to the Levites, either
-wholly or in part; though it is evident that they were not the only
-places occupied by the priests, and that others besides the Levites
-dwelt in them. These "Levitical cities" were divided into two classes:
-those for the priests proper, or descendants of Aaron, thirteen in
-number, and all in the tribes of Judah, Simeon and Benjamin (a
-remarkable arrangement, since the altar and the Tabernacle were in the
-tribe of Ephraim); and those for the Levites, or subordinate priests,
-thirty-five in number, divided among the other tribes. Thus there were
-in all forty-eight Levitical cities. These were so arranged that in each
-tribe four cities were assigned to the priests, except in Judah (which
-had more), and Simeon and Naphtali, the frontier tribes, which had less.
-As far as they have been identified and located, they are indicated upon
-the map: the priests' cities by the _tiara_, or head-dress, worn by the
-priests; the Levites' cities by a _trumpet_, as they formed the choral
-bands in the worship of the Temple. Six of these cities were assigned as
-"cities of refuge" for the innocent man-slayer. (Josh. 20.) Three cities
-were chosen on each side of the Jordan; in the south, the centre and the
-north of the land. These were: Bezer, in Reuben; Ramoth-gilead, in Gad;
-Golan, in Manasseh, East; Hebron, in Judah; Shechem, in Ephraim; and
-Kedesh, in Naphtali. Each of these is indicated on the map by a tower.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-
-SUGGESTIONS FOR TEACHING.
-
-Draw a rough map of Palestine, omitting mountains and all other lines
-except the river and the seas. Do not attempt to make it accurate. In
-presence of the class, draw the boundary lines of the tribes, not
-attempting an accurate copy, but roughly indicating them. With each
-tribe indicate the most important places by their initial letters.
-Review all the places before beginning another tribe, and occasionally
-go back to the beginning and review all the work done. Let the class, on
-slate or paper, also draw the map, and locate the places. At the close,
-call upon the scholars to give the location and name the places of the
-tribes.
-
-
-REVIEW.
-
-I. _Reuben._ Heshbon, Dibon, Mount Nebo, Bezer, Aroer, Ataroth, Medeba,
-Kiriathaim, Kedemoth.
-
-II. _Gad._ Beth-nimrah, Succoth, Jazer, Ramoth-gilead, Penuel,
-Jabesh-gilead, Mahanaim, Gadara.
-
-III. _Manasseh, East._ Aphek, Golan, Ashtaroth, Edrei, Kenath.
-
-IV. _Simeon._ Beersheba, Gerar, Arad, Hormah, Ziklag.
-
-V. _Judah_ (5 sections). Hebron, Debir, Bethlehem, Maon, Carmel,
-En-gedi, Lachish, Libnah, Kirjath-jearim.
-
-VI. _Benjamin._ Gilgal, Jericho, Jerusalem, Bethel, Ramah, Gibeah,
-Michmash, Gibeon, Mizpeh.
-
-VII. _Dan._ Zorah, Eshtaol, Dan.
-
-VIII. _Ephraim._ Shechem, Shiloh, Beth-horon, Timnath, Samaria.
-
-IX. _Manasseh, West._ Dor, Megiddo, Taanach, Beth-shean, Geba, Dothan,
-Jarmuth.
-
-X. _Issachar._ En-gannim, Shunem, Haphraim, Daberath, Beth-shemesh,
-Cana, Nain, Nazareth (in New Testament History).
-
-XI. _Asher._
-
-XII. _Zebulon._ Gath-hepher, Bethlehem.
-
-XIII. _Naphtali._ Kedesh, Hazor, Abel-beth-maachah, Beth-rehob,
-Beth-shemesh.
-
-XIV. _Levi._ Forty-eight Levitical cities in all. Six of these were
-cities of refuge, as follows: Bezer, Ramoth-gilead, Golan, Hebron,
-Shechem, Kedesh.
-
-[Illustration: ROUND ABOUT JERUSALEM.]
-
-[Illustration: PALESTINE UNDER THE JUDGES.
-
-THE PLAIN OF ESDRAELON.]
-
-
-
-
-PALESTINE UNDER THE JUDGES.
-
-
-THE map on page 60 is intended to illustrate the history of Palestine
-from the division of the land (about 1170 B.C.) to the accession of
-David (B.C. 1010.) This period may be noticed under three topics. 1. The
-movements among the tribes supplementary to the conquest. 2. The
-oppressions and the Judges. 3. The reign of the first king, Saul. (See
-The Kingdom of Saul, page 64.)
-
-
-I. SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE CONQUEST.
-
-1. =The Conquests of Judah and Simeon.= (Judges 1.) These were made by
-the two southern tribes in alliance, and were accompanied by decisive
-victories at Bezek, Hebron, Debir, and Zephath (afterward known as
-_Hormah_, "destruction"). These places are marked with flags upon the
-map. Jerusalem, Gaza, Ashkelon, and Ekron were also attacked and taken;
-but the conquest was not permanent, since these places were soon
-reoccupied by the native races.
-
-2. =The Danite Migration=, related in Judges 17, 18, took place about
-the same time. The tribe of Dan was crowded by the Philistines into two
-towns, Zorah and Eshtaol. A part of the warriors went upon an expedition
-northward, and finding Laish, at one of the sources of the Jordan,
-undefended, slew its Zidonian inhabitants, and made it their home and a
-sanctuary of idols, under a new name, Dan. This formed the northern
-outpost of the land of Israel.
-
-3. =The Civil War.= (Judges 19-21.) This was caused by a crime among the
-people of one city, Gibeah, whose part was taken by the entire tribe,
-according to the Oriental view of honor among members of a clan. It led
-to a war between Benjamin and the rest of the tribes, at the end of
-which, by the battle of Gibeah, the one tribe was almost annihilated.
-
-[Illustration: MOUNT TABOR.]
-
-
-II. THE OPPRESSIONS AND THE JUDGES.
-
-From the times of Joshua to those of Saul, the Israelites were ruled by
-men raised up to meet the needs of the hour, not by succession or
-appointment, but by personal character and influence. Most of them ruled
-over a limited region, and more than one doubtless was in authority at
-the same time, in different parts of the land. They were called forth by
-a series of _oppressions_, which were sometimes invasions by foreign
-tribes, and sometimes the uprising of the native peoples against their
-Israelite conquerors, reversing the relation for a time. The judges
-were, in most instances, men who led the Israelites in throwing off the
-yoke of these foreign races. The oppressions are generally reckoned as
-seven, though the third was rather an invasion than an oppression; and
-the judges, as fifteen in number, though several were not judges, in the
-strict sense of the word.
-
-1. =The Mesopotamian Oppression= (Judges 3:1-11) was the first,
-occurring soon after the death of Joshua. It resulted from the conquests
-of a king named Chushan-rishathaim, who reigned in Mesopotamia. From the
-two facts, that at this period the kings of Edom had Aramean names (Gen.
-36), and that the deliverer of Israel was Othniel, of the tribe of
-Judah, the first judge, it has been concluded that the region of this
-oppression was the territory of that tribe, in the southern portion of
-Palestine.
-
-2. =The Moabite Oppression.= (Judges 3:12-30.) The Moabites lived south
-of the torrent Arnon, on the east of the Dead Sea. In alliance with the
-wandering Ammonites, further eastward, and the Amalekites of the desert,
-under their king, Eglon, they took possession of Jericho (which stood as
-an unwalled town), and made it the centre of rule over the central
-portion of the land, chiefly Benjamin and Judah. Ehud, the second
-judge, assassinated Eglon, and then called upon his countrymen to
-assemble at Mount Ephraim. A decisive battle was fought at the "Fords of
-Moab" (where the Israelites had crossed the Jordan on their first
-entrance to the land), resulting in the defeat of the Moabites and the
-freedom of Israel.
-
-3. =The Early Philistine Oppression= (Judges 3:31) was perhaps no more
-than a raid of these people upon the mountain region of Judah. It was
-repelled by Shamgar, the third judge, whose army of farmers, hastily
-gathered, had no other weapons than their formidable ox-goads. The
-precise place of the victory is unknown, but it was on the frontier
-between Judah and Philistia.
-
-4. =The Canaanite Oppression= (Judges 4, 5) was an uprising of the
-native people against the Israelite conquerors. They changed the
-relations of the two races, by becoming the dominant people in all the
-region north of the Carmel range of mountains. Their capital was at
-Hazor, and their chief military post at Harosheth, near the Plain of
-Esdraelon. A woman, Deborah, living between Ramah and Bethel, was then
-recognized as the fourth judge. She called upon Barak, of Naphtali, who
-aided her in gathering a little army, chiefly from the tribes of
-Issachar, Zebulon and Naphtali. They met at Mount Tabor, from which they
-poured down upon the Canaanites, who were encamped upon the plain. In
-the rout that followed, the Israelites were aided by a sudden storm,
-and a rise in the torrent Kishon, which swept away many of their
-enemies. The power of the Canaanites was broken, and thenceforward the
-race made no attempt to regain its independence.
-
-5. =The Midianite Oppression= (Judges 6-8) was the most severe, thus
-far, in the history of the judges. The Midianites, a migratory tribe on
-the east of Palestine, joined with the Amalekite Bedouins in an invasion
-which overran all the central portion of the land, plundering the
-inhabitants, and destroying the fruits of the field. So low were the
-Israelites reduced, that they were compelled to hide their crops, and
-themselves also, in the caves of the mountains. The deliverer of Israel
-at this period was Gideon, the fifth judge. At God's call he summoned
-his countrymen, and gathered an army on Mount Gilboa, while their
-enemies were encamped at the foot of the Hill Moreh (Little Hermon), an
-innumerable host. With three hundred chosen men Gideon made a night
-attack upon the Midianite host. They were defeated, and fled down the
-ravine to the Jordan Valley, past Beth-shean, Abel-meholah and Tabbath.
-Beth-barah, where they were intercepted by the men of Ephraim, was not
-the same with the Bethabara of the New Testament, but probably in the
-Jordan Valley, north of the Jabbok. At Succoth, near the junction of the
-Jabbok and the Jordan, and at Penuel, in the valley of the Jabbok, the
-pursuing Israelites under Gideon were inhospitably treated by the
-inhabitants, but avenged themselves on their return. The remains of the
-routed Midianite army were found by Gideon at Karkor, a place not
-precisely known. He made a circuit, attacked them on the east, and
-utterly destroyed them. After this victory Gideon bore rule over Israel
-from his home in Ophrah, until his death.
-
-After the death of Gideon arose his son Abimelech, the sixth judge, "the
-bramble king," who reigned over a small district around Shechem. (Judges
-9.) He was not one of the divinely chosen deliverers, and strictly
-should not be reckoned in the list of judges. He was slain ignobly at
-Thebez, north of Shechem. The seventh judge was Tola, who ruled from
-Shamir, in Mount Ephraim. (Judges 10:1, 2.) The eighth was Jair, whose
-home was at Camon, in Mount Gilead, east of the Jordan. (Judges 10:3-5.)
-
-6. =The Ammonite Oppression= (Judges 10:6-18; 11:1-40) was perhaps
-contemporaneous with the early part of the one named after it, the
-Philistine. It embraced the land of the tribes on the east of the
-Jordan, and lasted eighteen years. The Israelites rallied at Mizpeh of
-Gilead (the place where Jacob and Laban made their covenant, Gen.
-31:49), and called to the command Jephthah, the ninth judge, who was
-living as a freebooter in the land of Tob, north of Gilead. He marched
-against the Ammonites, and fought them at Aroer, on the border of the
-torrent Arnon. He drove them in flight northward, and wasted their
-territory as far as Minnith, near Heshbon. On his return took place the
-fulfillment of his vow upon his daughter (Judges 11:40); and a civil
-strife with the haughty tribe of Ephraim (Judges 12:1-6), which attacked
-Gilead, but was beaten and put to flight. At the fords of Jordan many
-thousand Ephraimites were slain in attempting to cross. Probably this
-was the same place referred to already as Beth-barah. (Judges 7:24.)
-
-After Jephthah, the tenth judge was Ibzan of Bethlehem, north of Mount
-Carmel; the eleventh, Elon of Aijalon, in the tribe of Zebulon; the
-twelfth, Abdon of Pirathon, in Ephraim. (Judges 12:8-15.)
-
-7. =The Philistine Oppression= (Judges 13-16) began about the same time
-with the Ammonite, but lasted far longer. During all the judgeships of
-Eli, the thirteenth judge, of Samson the fourteenth, of Samuel the
-fifteenth and last, and the forty years of Saul's reign, Israel remained
-more or less under Philistine domination. In the reign of Saul we read
-of Philistine garrisons throughout the land, as at Bethel (1 Sam.
-10:3-5) and at Geba (1 Sam. 13:3), and not until all Israel was
-consolidated under the strong sceptre of David, was the Philistine yoke
-entirely thrown off.
-
-Eli, the thirteenth judge, was also high-priest, and ruled from Shiloh,
-the place of the ark. The history relates only the events at the close
-of his judgeship, when, by the loss of the ark at Ebenezer, and the
-death of Eli, on the same day, the Israelites were reduced to the lowest
-condition of trouble.
-
-The exploits of Samson were all personal, and in a narrow district. He
-led no army, but wrought brave deeds singlehanded, in the "camp of Dan"
-and the country of the Philistines. Had he added the administrative
-powers of a Samuel to his courage and strength, the triumphs of David
-would have been anticipated by a century. He was born at Zorah, in the
-tribe of Dan (Judges 13:2), and won victories at Timnath (Judges
-15:1-8); at Lehi ("the jaw," from the weapon used), a place whose
-precise location is uncertain (Judges 15:9-20); and in his death, at
-Gaza. (Judges 16.)
-
-Samuel, the fifteenth judge, was born at Ramah (also called
-Ramathaim-zophim) (1 Sam. 1:1), and ruled from the same place during his
-period of government, from the loss of the ark to the Anointing of Saul.
-The great event of his rule was the victory at Ebenezer (1 Sam. 7),
-which gave a name to the place of the former defeat. Other places
-connected with this period are Kirjath-jearim, where the ark was long
-kept; Mizpeh, the place where the active rule of Samuel both began and
-ended; Bethel and Gilgal, where also he exercised the functions of
-judge; and Beersheba, in the south of Judah, where his sons ruled for a
-time as deputies in his name.
-
-Upon the map the names of the towns which remained during this period
-under the control of the native races, are printed in red. Some of these
-were Philistine, others Canaanite. Those on the maritime plain, west of
-Judah and Benjamin, were mainly Philistine, as Gaza, Ashkelon, Ashdod,
-Ekron and Gath. Those in the interior, as Aijalon and Jebus; around the
-Plain of Esdraelon, as Harosheth, Megiddo, Taanach and Hadad-rimmon; and
-in the Jordan Valley, as Beth-shean and Jericho, were under the control
-of the Canaanite races.
-
-We give the names of the fifteen judges, and their various centers of
-authority, as indicated in the books of Judges and First Samuel. Some of
-the locations are uncertain; but the places cannot be far from those
-assigned upon the map. The names and locations are: 1. Othniel, tribe of
-Judah. 2. Ehud, tribe of Benjamin. 3. Shamgar, tribe of Judah. 4.
-Deborah, between Ramah and Bethel, in Ephraim. 5. Gideon, Ophrah, in
-Manasseh, West. 6. Abimelech, "the bramble king," at Shechem, in
-Ephraim. 7. Tola, in Shamir, of Manasseh, East. 8. Jair, in Manasseh,
-East. 9. Jephthah, in the tribe of Gad. 10. Ibzan, in Bethlehem, north
-of Mount Carmel. 11. Elon, at Aijalon, of Zebulon. 12. Abdon, at
-Pirathon, in Ephraim. 13. Eli, at Shiloh, in Ephraim. 14. Samson, at
-Zorah, in Dan. 15. Samuel, at Ramah, in Benjamin.
-
-The battles of this period are indicated upon the map by flags, and are
-as follows: 1. Bezek. 2. Hebron. 3. Debir. 4. Zephath. All these in the
-campaign of Judah and Simeon. (Judges 1.) 5. Laish (Dan), in the north,
-the Danite conquest. (Judges 18.) 6. Gibeah, the extermination of
-Benjamin. (Judges 20.) 7. Fords of Moab, Ehud's victory over the
-Moabites. (Judges 3.) 8. Mount Tabor, Deborah's victory over the
-Canaanites. (Judges 4.) 9. The Hill Moreh (Little Hermon), Gideon's
-victory over the Midianites. (Judges 7.) 10. Karkor, the capture of the
-chiefs of Midian. (Judges 8.) 11. Shechem, Abimelech's conquest. (Judges
-9.) 12. Thebez, Abimelech's death. (Judges 9.) 13. Aroer, Jephthah's
-victory over the Ammonites. (Judges 11.) 14. Beth-barah, Jephthah's
-victory over Ephraim. (Judges 12.) 15. Timnath. 16. Lehi. 17. Gaza,
-Samson's three slaughters of the Philistines. (Judges 14-16.) 18.
-Ebenezer, the loss of the ark. (1 Sam. 4.) 19. Ebenezer, the victory of
-Samuel. (1 Sam. 7.)
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-
-I. SUPPLEMENTARY TO CONQUEST.
-
-1. _Judah and Simeon._ Bezek, Hebron, Debir, Zephath.
-
-2. _Danite Migration._ Zorah, Eshtaol; Laish (Dan).
-
-3. _Civil War._ Benjamin, Gibeah.
-
-
-II. OPPRESSIONS AND JUDGES.
-
-1. _Mesopotamian._ (South.) Othniel, 1st Judge.
-
-2. _Moabite._ (Central.) Jericho. Ehud, 2d Judge; Fords of Moab.
-
-3. _Early Philistine._ (South.) Shamgar, 3d Judge.
-
-4. _Canaanite._ (North.) Hazor, Harosheth. Mount Tabor; Deborah, 4th
-Judge, Ramah.
-
-5. _Midianite._ (Central and North.) Hill Moreh, Karkor; Gideon, 5th
-Judge, Ophrah. Abimelech, 6th Judge; Shechem, Thebez. Tola, 7th Judge,
-Shamir. Jair, 8th Judge, Camon.
-
-6. _Ammonite._ (East.) Aroer; Jephthah, 9th Judge; "Fords of Jordan."
-Ibzan, 10th Judge, Bethlehem. Elon, 11th Judge, Aijalon. Abdon, 12th
-Judge, Pirathon.
-
-7. _Philistine._ (South and Central.) Eli, 13th Judge, Shiloh; Ebenezer.
-Samson, 14th Judge; Timnath, Lehi, Gaza. Samuel, 15th Judge, Ramah;
-Ebenezer.
-
- * * * * *
-
-_Battles of the Period._ 1. Bezek. 2. Hebron. 3. Debir. 4. Zephath. 5.
-Laish (Dan). 6. Gibeah. 7. Fords of Moab. 8. Mount Tabor. 9. Hill Moreh.
-10. Karkor. 11. Shechem. 12. Thebez. 13. Aroer. 14. Fords of Jordan
-(Beth-barah?). 15. Timnath. 16. Lehi. 17. Gaza. 18, 19. Ebenezer.
-
-[Illustration: KINGDOM OF SAUL.
-
-Saul's Last Battle.]
-
-
-
-
-THE KINGDOM OF SAUL.
-
-
-DURING the last century of the Judges, there was a growing tendency
-toward a more settled form of government; and the wise rule of Samuel
-inspired a still stronger desire for a better organization of the state.
-The rival tribes of Ephraim and Judah were conciliated by the choice of
-a king from the weak tribe of Benjamin, equally dependent upon both; and
-Saul, an obscure farmer of Gibeah, was called to the throne. The events
-of his reign are here related only so far as is necessary to present the
-localities referred to, which may be grouped under the following heads:
-1. His Appointment. 2. His Wars. 3. His Pursuit of David. 4. His Death.
-
-I. =Saul's Appointment as King.= (1 Sam. 9-12.) This is connected with
-four places. Ramah, the residence of Samuel (probably _Neby Samwil_,
-3-1/2 miles nearly north of Jerusalem), where Saul was privately
-crowned; Mizpeh, an unknown place, near by, and also north of Jerusalem,
-where he was introduced to the people as king; Gibeah (_Tuleil el Ful_,
-4 miles north of Jerusalem), his home and capital; and Gilgal, in the
-Jordan Valley, where he was formally recognized as king, after his
-victory at Jabesh-gilead. The places named in the account of Saul's
-search for his father's stray asses, which led him to Samuel, are not
-known with certainty; but Shalisha may be _Sirisia_, 13 miles north of
-Lydda, and Zuph may be another name for Zophim, or Ramah, of which the
-name in full was Ramathaim-zophim.
-
-II. =The Wars of Saul.= (1 Sam. 11-18.) These were as follows:
-
-1. _The Ammonite War._ (1 Sam. 11.) The Ammonites were a roving,
-predatory, cruel people, ancient enemies of Israel, living east of the
-Moabites. Under their king, Nahash, they invaded the territory east of
-the Jordan, and besieged Jabesh-gilead (_ed Deir_). Word came to Saul,
-who instantly summoned the warriors of Israel. They met at Bezek (not
-the same with the Bezek of Judges 1:4, but probably the ruin _Ibzik_, a
-little north of Tirzah), marched against the Ammonites, and, under
-Saul's vigorous leadership, utterly discomfited them. The relief of
-Jabesh-gilead, Saul's first victory, greatly strengthened his authority
-as king, over the tribes.
-
-2. _The First Philistine War._ (1 Sam. 13, 14.) At the time of Saul's
-accession, the Philistine outposts held Geba, Bethel, and other places
-in the mountain region. Saul undertook to free the land, and summoned
-the Israelites, who came tremblingly, being thoroughly cowed under their
-oppressors. Saul's son Jonathan struck the first blow, by attacking the
-Philistines at Geba (_Jeba_), near Gibeah, Saul's capital; and soon
-followed it up by a great victory at Michmash, across the valley from
-Geba. The Israelites now gained courage, and pursued the Philistines,
-even to their own borders. Nevertheless, the Philistines continued to
-hold their fortresses in Israel through all the reign of Saul, and wars
-were constant between the two races.
-
-Three other wars of Saul are named in a single verse (1 Sam. 14:47),
-without mention of particular events. These are as follows:
-
-3. _The Moabite War._ These people lived south of the brook Arnon, and
-east of the Dead Sea. The war with them may have taken place in
-connection with the Ammonite campaign, already referred to. No
-battle-fields are named, so that the places of the war cannot be given.
-It resulted in the defeat of the Moabites, but not in their subjection
-to Israel.
-
-4. _The Edomite War_ perhaps occurred at the same time, and may have
-been caused by an alliance of Edom, Moab and Ammon against Israel, as
-all these tribes lived near each other, the Edomites south of the Dead
-Sea. Probably after the victory at Jabesh-gilead, Saul pursued the
-flying Ammonites, ravaged their territory, and then entered the lands of
-Moab and of Edom.
-
-5. _The Syrian War._ This was against "the kings of Zobah." (1 Sam.
-14:47.) Zobah was situated near Damascus, northeast of Palestine, and
-was the head of a kingdom until subjected in the reign of David. It is
-likely that Saul's campaign was a defensive one, protecting his border
-against a Syrian inroad, but no places or particulars are named.
-
-6. _The Amalekite War._ (1 Sam. 14:48; 15:1-35.) This marked the turning
-point in Saul's career; for, though a signal victory, it was the
-occasion of his alienation from Samuel, the priests and the prophetic
-order, and the beginning of his decline. The Amalekites were wild
-Bedouins of the desert, whose presence made the southern border unsafe,
-and against whom an ancient ban had been pronounced. They were to be
-utterly destroyed, not merely conquered or despoiled. Saul assembled his
-army at Telaim, on the southern border (probably _el Kuseir_, between
-Beersheba and the Dead Sea), and marched into the land of the
-Amalekites, destroyed their principal city, laid waste their country,
-and brought away their king a prisoner. But the command had been, not to
-plunder, but to destroy; as the safety of Israel (and, we may add, the
-salvation of the world through Israel) was endangered by these nomad
-hordes; and Saul, after leading his host with their plunder over the
-mountains of Judah, met Samuel at Gilgal, and received a rebuke for his
-disobedience, and the warning of his own rejection as the theocratic
-king.
-
-7. _The Second Philistine War._ (1 Sam. 17, 18.) War was the normal
-condition between the Israelites and the Philistines, and there were
-doubtless many battles and campaigns of which no mention is made. But
-this was notable for the first appearance of DAVID, the destined king,
-who had been privately anointed by Samuel at Bethlehem. The Philistines
-were encamped at a place called Ephes-dammim, or Shochoh, and the
-Israelites across the Valley of Elah, where between the two hosts David
-met the gigantic Goliath of Gath, and killed him, in a deed of mingled
-skill and courage. As a result the Philistines fled, and were pursued by
-Israel even to the gates of Ekron and Gath. David was now brought
-prominently into notice, and became one of Saul's household at Gibeah,
-though soon an object of suspicion by the jealous king.
-
-III. =Saul's Pursuit of David= (1 Sam. 19-28) is the principal subject
-of the history during the close of his reign. We have indicated upon the
-map, by a red line, the wanderings of David during this period, as
-nearly as the localities have been identified, and have marked each
-place by a number.
-
-1. At _Gibeah_, the capital, David was more than once threatened with
-death, until at last he fled from Saul's wrath to Ramah.
-
-2. At _Ramah_, David was with Samuel and the "sons of the prophets," in
-a neighborhood called Naioth, "pastures," or "dwellings." Here Saul came
-to slay him, but was overcome by the ardent worship of the prophetic
-band, and, forgetting his errand, joined in their devotions, while David
-escaped once more to Gibeah. (1 Sam. 19:18-24.)
-
-3. At _Gibeah_, David found a place of hiding for a few days, and then
-met his friend Jonathan, in the farewell interview, when "the arrows"
-were shot as tokens. (1 Sam. 20.)
-
-4. David's first stopping place, in his permanent exile, was at _Nob_,
-where stood the Tabernacle. Here he received food, and took the sword of
-Goliath, which he carried as his weapon during his wanderings. This act
-of hospitality afterward cost the high-priest and many of his order
-their lives, at the hand of Saul. (1 Sam. 21:1-9; 22:6-23.) Nob was
-probably about two miles north of Jerusalem.
-
-5. From Nob, David made his way down the mountains to _Gath_, at that
-time the head of the Philistine league. Here he was suspected by the
-Philistines, and compelled to escape by a stratagem. (1 Sam. 21:10-15.)
-
-6. He found a hiding place in the _Cave of Adullam_. This was in the
-Shefelah, or low country, perhaps at _Beit-jibrin_, where immense
-caverns are found. Here a force of men gathered around him, and his aged
-parents and brothers joined him, probably from a well-grounded fear,
-that Saul, who about this time slaughtered the priests for an act of
-kindness to David, would not scruple to kill the members of his family.
-(1 Sam. 22:1, 2.)
-
-7. To find a safe refuge for his parents, David left Judah, and went
-into the land of Moab. Here he placed his parents in the care of the
-king of Moab, while David and his men took up their abode at _Mizpeh of
-Moab_, in a place called "the hold." This may have been at _Kerak_. (1
-Sam. 22:3-5.)
-
-8. By the advice of the prophet Gad, who probably had been one of his
-companions at Samuel's "school of the prophets," in Ramah, David led his
-little army back to the land of Judah, and made his headquarters in the
-_Forest of Hareth_ (perhaps _Kharas_, in the mountains near Hebron).
-Here he received news of the massacre of the priests, and was joined by
-Abiathar, bearing the ephod of the high-priest. (1 Sam. 22:5, 20-23.)
-
-9. Next, he led his men to _Keilah_ (_Kilah_, in the mountains northwest
-of Hebron), to repel an attack of the Philistines. But, learning that
-the ungrateful people were about to betray him to Saul, he removed in
-haste to the wilderness between Hebron and the Dead Sea, called
-Jeshimon, "waste." (1 Sam. 23:1-13.)
-
-10. In this wilderness David remained for a time, at _Ziph_ (_Tell Zif_,
-south of Hebron). Here he met his friend Jonathan for the last time. His
-followers scattered, and David was alone, except for the presence of a
-few faithful companions. The Ziphites were willing to betray him to
-Saul, and he was again compelled to flee. (1 Sam. 23:14-24.)
-
-11. His next hiding place was a mountain in the wilderness of _Maon_, 7
-miles south of Hebron. Here he was again in great danger from Saul, but
-was saved by an opportune foray of the Philistines, which called the
-king and his troops away. (1 Sam. 25:24-28.)
-
-12. From Ziph he took refuge in the almost inaccessible mountains of
-_En-gedi_ (_Ain-jedy_), overlooking the Dead Sea. Here David showed his
-generosity in sparing Saul, when it was in his power to slay him. (1
-Sam. 24.)
-
-13. About the time of Samuel's death, David returned into the south of
-Judah, to the neighborhood of _Maon_, 7 miles south of Hebron. (See
-above, Nos. 10, 11. The likeness of the account in the two visits, has
-suggested that but one event may be related in both.) Here the
-narrow-minded Nabal was saved from David's wrath by the wisdom and
-generosity of his wife, Abigail, who, after Nabal's death, became
-David's wife. (1 Sam. 25.) About this time, and while David was in or
-near this locality, occurred David's act of mercy in sparing Saul's life
-a second time, when by moonlight he penetrated to the very centre of
-Saul's camp. (1 Sam. 26.)
-
-14. Despairing of safety in Saul's realm during his reign, David finally
-took refuge in _Gath_ (_Tell es Safieh_), on the Shefelah, the capital
-of the Philistines. Here he was more kindly received than before (see
-No. 5), as his relations with Saul were better understood, and he was
-able to obtain from Achish, the king of Gath, the grant of a city as his
-home. (1 Sam. 27:1-4.)
-
-15. The place allotted to David, was _Ziklag_, on the south of Judah,
-which was at that time recognized as a possession of the Philistines.
-Its location is unknown, but we have followed Conder in placing it at
-_Zuheilikah_, 11 miles south of east from Gaza. Here David remained
-during the closing years of Saul's reign. He accompanied the
-Philistines as far as Aphek, in Mount Ephraim, but was sent back, from a
-fear lest he might desert to the Israelites. Returning, he found his
-home plundered by a roving band of Amalekites, pursued them, rescued his
-family and possessions, and also took a great quantity of booty, which
-he judiciously used in making presents to the leading people of various
-places in Judah, after the death of Saul. (1 Sam. 27, 29, 30.) These
-places are located upon the map as far as they are known.
-
-16. From Ziklag David went up into the mountain region at _Hebron_, soon
-after the death of Saul. Here he was made king, first of the tribe of
-Judah, and afterward of all Israel. (2 Sam. 2:1-3.)
-
-IV. =Saul's Death.= This took place B.C. 1010, when Saul had reigned 40
-years. We have noticed two wars with the Philistines as prominent in the
-history of Saul's reign. We call the last campaign of Saul the _third_
-Philistine war, as no others are related, though their existence may be
-inferred. This marked the flood tide of Philistine power; for it left
-them at Saul's death in command not only of the Plain of Esdraelon and
-the Jordan Valley, but of all the centre of the country. Their armies
-met at Aphek, in the tribe of Benjamin (their old rallying place, 1 Sam.
-4:1), and thence marched northward to the Plain of Esdraelon, at the
-foot of Mount Gilboa, on which the Israelites were encamped. Saul, full
-of fear, went around the Philistine camp to the village of Endor, where
-he sought the counsel of a "woman having a familiar spirit," and met the
-spirit of Samuel, which gave him warning that on the morrow he should
-die. The battle was fought on the next day. Saul and three of his sons,
-including the princely Jonathan, were slain; and Israel experienced the
-heaviest defeat thus far in its history. All the middle section of the
-land of Palestine was conquered by the Philistines, cutting the tribes
-in sunder in each direction, from north to south and from east to west.
-At such a low ebb were the fortunes of the Chosen People, when David
-ascended the throne. Saul's body was fastened up on the wall of the
-Canaanite city of Beth-shean, but was rescued by the warriors of
-Jabesh-gilead, in grateful remembrance of Saul's brave deed in behalf of
-their city, early in his reign. (1 Sam. 31.)
-
-Upon the map the following are indicated: 1. The portions of the land
-under Philistine and Canaanite control are given in yellow, while the
-territory governed by Saul is shown in pink. The mountain region was
-held by Israel, and the lowlands, both by the sea and the Jordan, by the
-Philistines. 2. The names of Philistine cities are printed in red. Some
-of these were their own hereditary possessions; others (as Aphek, Geba
-and Bethel) were fortresses in the mountain region, garrisoned to hold
-Israel in subjection. 3. The battle-fields and wars of Saul are
-indicated by flags, and numbered. (1.) Jabesh-gilead, over the
-Ammonites. (1 Sam. 11.) (2.) Michmash, over the Philistines. (1 Sam.
-14.) (3.) In Moab, at some unknown place. (1 Sam. 14:47.) (4.) In Edom,
-at a place also unknown. (1 Sam. 14:47.) (5.) Over the Syrians of Zobah.
-(1 Sam. 14:47.) This we have indicated as taking place in the half tribe
-of Manasseh, East; but its precise location is unknown. (6.) "A city of
-Amalek," place unknown. (1 Sam. 15:5.) (7.) Valley of Elah, over the
-Philistines. (1 Sam. 17:2.) (8.) Mount Gilboa. (1 Sam. 31.) 4. The
-various places named in Saul's pursuit of David are shown upon the map,
-with their most probable identifications. These places are: (1.) Gibeah.
-(2.) Ramah. (3.) Gibeah. (4.) Nob. (5.) Gath. (6.) Adullam. (7.) Mizpeh
-of Moab. (8.) Hareth. (9.) Keilah. (10.) Ziph. (11.) Maon. (12.)
-En-gedi. (13.) Maon. (14.) Gath. (15.) Ziklag. (16.) Hebron.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
-I. _Saul's Appointment._ Ramah, Gibeah, Gilgal, Shalisha, Zuph.
-
-II. _Wars of Saul._ 1. Ammonite. (Jabesh-gilead, Bezek.) 2. First
-Philistine. (Geba, Michmash.) 3. Moabite. 4. Edomite. 5. Syrian. 6.
-Amalekite. (Telaim, Gilgal.) 7. Second Philistine. (Valley of Elah.)
-
-III. _Pursuit of David._ 1. Gibeah. 2. Ramah. 3. Gibeah. 4. Nob. 5.
-Gath. 6. Adullam. 7. Mizpeh of Moab. 8. Hareth. 9. Keilah. 10. Ziph. 11.
-Maon. 12. En-gedi. 13. Maon. 14. Gath. 15. Ziklag. 16. Hebron.
-
-IV. _Saul's Death._ Aphek, Gilboa, Beth-shean, Jabesh-gilead.
-
-[Illustration: JERICHO.]
-
-[Illustration: THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON.]
-
-
-
-
-THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON.
-
-
-[Illustration: TOWER OF DAVID.]
-
-THE greatness of David may be shown by a comparison of our last map with
-the present one, keeping in mind the difference of scale between them.
-David succeeded to the throne of Israel when it represented about 6,000
-square miles of territory, more or less, under control; he left to his
-successor, Solomon, an empire embracing an area of 60,000 square miles.
-See the comparative diagram on page 70. The map now before us being upon
-a scale greatly reduced from that of Saul's kingdom, it will be
-impossible to represent upon it all the localities mentioned in the
-history of David and Solomon. Those in the neighborhood of Jerusalem
-will be found on the map of the Environs of Jerusalem, page 83, and
-those of minor importance in the land of Israel may be found on the map
-of Palestine Among the Tribes, page 58.
-
-We present the events and localities under the following outline: 1.
-David's Reign over Judah. 2. The Union of Palestine. 3. David's Foreign
-Conquests. 4. David's Calamities. 5. The Closing Events. 6. The Reign of
-Solomon.
-
-I. =David's Reign over Judah.= (2 Sam. 1-4.) After the death of Saul,
-David went from Ziklag to Hebron, and was there accepted as king over
-the tribe of Judah. His reign lasted for seven years, from 1010 to 1003
-B.C. During a part of this time, Ishbosheth, the only remaining son of
-Saul, was also nominally reigning over a large part of the land, the
-real power being held by Abner, Saul's general, and the ablest man of
-his time. War naturally arose, and many battles were doubtless fought,
-of which but one, at Gibeon, is related. At last, Abner and Ishbosheth
-were both murdered, though not by David's desire nor with his
-approbation; and, with one consent, David was accepted as king over all
-the Twelve Tribes.
-
-II. =The Union of Palestine.= (2 Sam. 5-7.) David was now ruler over the
-mountain region only, as Saul had been before him, and in various places
-were garrisons of the Philistines, and cities held by the Canaanite
-races. He began by a siege of Jebus, or Jebusi, a fortress of the
-Jebusites, on the border of Judah and Benjamin. Though deemed
-impregnable by the natives, it was taken by storm, and, under its new
-name, JERUSALEM, became the capital of the kingdom. The Philistines had
-been friendly with David in the past, and were perhaps recognized as the
-"lords paramount" during his reign over Judah; but now they were jealous
-of his growing power, and, as of old, entered the mountain region with
-their armies. But in David they met an enemy of a different character
-from either Samson or Saul. Two battles were fought, both near
-Jerusalem, at a place called "the Valley [or plain] of the Rephaim"; and
-in each the Philistines were utterly routed.
-
-David followed up his advantage, after the second victory, by marching
-down upon the Shefelah and the plain. He took Gath (called Methegammah,
-"the bridle of the metropolis," in 2 Sam. 8:1), and subjugated the
-entire Philistine confederacy so completely that thenceforward they
-ceased to trouble Israel for centuries.
-
-The land was now united, and David turned his attention to the religious
-reformation of the people, brought the ark from Baale, or
-Kirjath-jearim, to Jerusalem, planned for the Temple to be built by his
-successor, and organized the worship on a magnificent scale. (2 Sam. 6,
-7.)
-
-III. =David's Foreign Conquests.= These were not altogether inspired by
-ambition, but were necessary for the safety of Israel, and to keep its
-people from the contamination of the idolatry of the surrounding
-nations. These conquests are indicated by flags on the map, though the
-precise locations of the battles are not known in all cases. The lands
-conquered by David were as follows:
-
-1. _Moab._ (2 Sam. 8:2.) It is stated by Josephus, that the cruel
-treatment of the Moabites (though fully in accord with the customs of
-Oriental war in that day) was in revenge for the slaughter of David's
-parents by the king of Moab, an event not mentioned in the Bible.
-
-2. _Zobah_ (2 Sam. 8:3, 4), at that time the principal state between
-Damascus and the Euphrates.
-
-3. _Damascus_ (2 Sam. 8:5-12), in alliance with Zobah, and the largest
-city in Syria.
-
-4. _Edom_ (2 Sam. 8:13, 14), south of the Dead Sea. The word "Syrians,"
-in verse 13, should undoubtedly be "Edomites." The battle was fought at
-the "valley of salt," an unknown place, but probably near Sela, or
-Petra, the capital of Edom.
-
-5. _Ammon._ (2 Sam. 10-13.) This was the longest of David's wars, and
-was waged not against the Ammonites only, but against the allied forces
-of several small Syrian kingdoms, as Zobah (already conquered, but not
-subjugated), Maachah, Rehob and Tob, districts on the north and east of
-Israel. Three great battles were fought; the first near Medeba; the
-second at Helam, an uncertain locality (if it be the name of a place,
-which is questioned, as the word means "host," or "army"); and the
-third, the siege and capture of Rabbah, the capital of the Ammonites,
-which ended the war. During this war occurred the crime of David with
-Bathsheba, and the murder of Uriah. (2 Sam. 11.) This completed the
-series of conquests, and made the throne of David supreme from the Red
-Sea to the Euphrates. One fact which made these conquests possible was
-that the tribes around Israel were not united into strong nations, as
-afterward in the cases of Syria and Assyria, but were independent
-principalities, easily overcome in turn by the trained warriors of
-David.
-
-As a result of these wars the kingdom of David, which he transmitted to
-his son Solomon, was the largest in the Oriental world at that time. The
-Assyrian empire had not arisen, the great kings of Egypt had passed
-away, and the East was broken up into small principalities, among which
-Israel easily rose to power.
-
- COMPARATIVE AREA OF PALESTINE
- AT DIFFERENT PERIODS.
-
- +------------------+
- | |
- | |
- | |
- | Solomon, | +-------+
- +-------+ | | +-------+ |
- | | | B.C. 1000, +-------+Judah |Macca- | Herod |
- |Joshua,+------+ | Ten | B.C. | bees, | the |
- | B.C. |Saul, | 60,000 Sq. M. |Tribes,| 975, | B.C. | Great,|
- | 1443, |B.C. | | B.C. +------+ 100, |B.C. 6,|
- | |1095, | | 975, | | | |
- |11,000 |6,000 | | 9,400 |3,400 |11,000 |12,000 |
- |Sq. M. |Sq. M.| |Sq. M. |Sq. M.|Sq. M. |Sq. M. |
- +-------+------+------------------+-------+------+-------+-------+
-
-[Illustration: THE ORIENTAL WORLD IN THE TIME OF DAVID.]
-
-IV. =The Calamities of David's Reign.= (2 Sam. 12-20, 24.) Three great
-troubles befell David and his kingdom as the result of his sins.
-
-1. The first and greatest was the _Rebellion of Absalom_. We can only
-mention the places referred to in the history, not relate its events.
-Geshur, where Absalom was in exile, was a small kingdom under the rule
-of Absalom's maternal grandfather. Tekoa, whence came the "wise woman,"
-was near Bethlehem. The places near Jerusalem named in David's flight,
-may be seen on the map of the Environs of Jerusalem, page 83. David's
-resting place was at Mahanaim, east of the Jordan, and south of the
-Hieromax. Absalom was defeated and killed at "the wood of Ephraim," a
-locality not in the tribe of that name, but east of the Jordan, perhaps
-where the Ephraimites sustained a great defeat from Jephthah. (Judges
-12.)
-
-2. The second calamity was the _Rebellion of Sheba_, following soon
-after Absalom's, and arising from the same disaffection. It was ended at
-Abel-beth-maachah, in the extreme north, by the death of Sheba. (2 Sam.
-20.)
-
-3. The third calamity was the _Pestilence_, after the numbering of the
-people, an enumeration with a view either to heavy levies of assessment,
-or to foreign conquest; either of which was contrary to the spirit of
-the Hebrew constitution. (2 Sam. 24.) The places named will be found
-upon the map, except the inexplicable Tahtim-hodshi, which may mean "the
-land newly inhabited," but whose location is unknown. The sacrifice of
-David at Araunah's threshing-floor gave the location to the great altar
-of the Temple, probably the rude rock which now rises from the floor of
-the Mosque of Omar, in Jerusalem.
-
-V. =The Close of David's Reign= (1 Kings 1, 2; 1 Chron. 22-29) was
-occupied in the organization of his empire, and in preparation for the
-building of the Temple. There are but few localities named with this
-period, and they may be easily found upon the maps, those near Jerusalem
-being upon the map of its Environs.
-
-VI. =The Reign of Solomon= was a period of peace, with few incidents to
-mark its even tenor. Its principal event was the building of the Temple.
-We insert here a plan of Solomon's Temple, largely conjectural, as
-neither of the descriptions is sufficiently exact for a complete
-knowledge. The Temple, as it afterward stood in the time of Christ, may
-be found described on page 139.
-
-[Illustration: PLAN OF SOLOMON'S TEMPLE.]
-
-Upon the map are noted most of the battle-fields, which may be
-enumerated as follows: 1. At Gibeon, the victory over Abner and the
-adherents of Ishbosheth. 2. At Jerusalem, its capture from the
-Jebusites. 3, 4. Near Jerusalem, not indicated upon the map; two
-decisive victories over the Philistines. 5. Gath, the capture of the
-Philistine capital. 6. The victory over the Moabites, probably near Ar.
-7. The conquest of Zobah, north of Damascus. 8. The conquest of Damascus
-and its dependent places. 9. The conquest of Edom, near Sela. 10. The
-victory at Medeba, over the Ammonites. 11. The victory at Helam, near
-the Euphrates, over the Syrian allies of the Ammonites. 12. The siege
-and capture of Rabbah. 13. The defeat of Absalom's army in the wood of
-Ephraim, east of the Jordan.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-I. Draw a rough map of the country from the Red Sea to the Euphrates, as
-in the map of the kingdom of David and Solomon, and locate upon it the
-land of Israel proper, showing the dominion of Saul.
-
-II. Draw the boundary line to show the kingdom of David at Hebron, and
-that of Ishbosheth at Mahanaim; mention and locate the battle of Gibeon.
-
-III. Show in order the conquests of David, writing upon the board the
-names of the lands conquered in order, and indicating the battles by
-flags.
-
-IV. Show the dimensions of David's kingdom, by another map of the
-Oriental World in the time of David. Locate and drill upon the leading
-lands and capitals.
-
-V. Give an account of the calamities in David's reign, show the flight
-of David, and locate the battle with Absalom.
-
-[Illustration: CHURCH OF NATIVITY, BETHLEHEM.]
-
-[Illustration: ANCIENT JERUSALEM, IN THE NEW TESTAMENT PERIOD.]
-
-
-
-
-ANCIENT JERUSALEM.
-
-
-I. =Names.= The city of Jerusalem has been known by a different name
-during each of the most important periods of its varied history. 1. In
-the patriarchal age it was the seat of Melchizedek's priestly kingdom,
-and was known as SALEM, properly pronounced _Shalem_. (Gen. 14:18; Psa.
-76:2.) 2. During the Jebusite period it was known as JEBUS. (Judges
-19:10.) Probably at this time the full name was _Jebus-shalem_. 3. After
-the capture by David it received the name JERUSALEM, properly
-_Jeru-shalaim_. The earliest instance of this name is in Judges 1:7, 8,
-where it may have been used by anticipation; or there may have been a
-change, for euphony, from Jebus-shalem to _Jeru-shalem_. The word means
-"possession of peace." The Greek form of this word is Hierosolyma. 4. It
-is called by the prophets by the poetical name of ARIEL, "the lion of
-God." (Isa. 29:1.) 5. More than once in the Bible it is called "the holy
-city." (Matt. 4:5; 27:53.) 6. After its destruction by Titus, it was
-rebuilt by the emperor Ælius Hadrianus, A.D. 135, and named ÆLIA, or, in
-full, ÆLIA CAPITOLINA, a name that it held until the year 536 A.D.,
-when the ancient name Jerusalem again became prevalent. 7. It is now
-known to the Arabs as EL KHUDS, "the holy."
-
-[Illustration: DAVID'S TOMB.]
-
-II. =Location.= The city of Jerusalem stands in latitude 31° 46Ž 45ŽŽ
-north, and longitude 35° 13Ž 25ŽŽ east of Greenwich, the observations
-being taken from the dome of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. This may
-have been outside the ancient wall, but was certainly near it. The city
-is 32 miles from the Mediterranean, 18 from the Dead Sea, 20 from
-Hebron, and 36 from Samaria; and its general elevation is about 2,500
-feet above the level of the ocean.
-
-III. =Geologic Formation.= "The vicinity of Jerusalem consists of strata
-of the Eocene and chalk formations, having a general dip down the
-watershed of about 10° east-southeast. The action of denudation has left
-patches of the various strata; but, generally speaking, the oldest are
-on the west. The upper part of the Olivet chain consists of a soft white
-limestone, with fossils and flint bands belonging to the Upper Chalk;
-beneath this are, first, a hard silicious chalk, with flint bands;
-second, a soft white limestone, much used in the ancient buildings of
-the city; third, a hard chalk, often pink and white in color, and then
-known as Santa Croce marble. The underlying beds belonging to the period
-of the Greensand are not visible, the lowest strata in the Kedron
-precipices belonging to the Lower Chalk epoch." (_Encyclo. Britan._)
-
-IV. =Valleys.= The peculiar natural features of Jerusalem, and much of
-its history, are due to the arrangement of its three valleys. These
-unite near the southeastern corner of the city. 1. _The Valley of the
-Kedron_, called also "the Valley of Jehoshaphat" (perhaps referred to in
-Joel 3:2, 12); and "the king's dale" (Gen. 14:17; 2 Sam. 18:18). This
-lies on the east of the city, between Mount Moriah and the Mount of
-Olives. During the summer it is dry; but in the rainy season it is the
-bed of a brook, from which it receives its name. 2. _The Valley of the
-Tyropoeon_ (a word supposed to mean "cheesemongers," though the meaning
-and derivation are questioned) branches from the Kedron Valley at the
-southern end of Mount Moriah, and extends in a northwesterly direction.
-The principal ravine curves in crescent form around Mount Zion, but a
-shallower and less noticeable branch extends further to the north. This
-valley is now almost obliterated by the accumulation of debris, but its
-ancient course has been established by recent soundings. 3. _The Valley
-of Hinnom_, called also, "the valley of the son of Hinnom" (Josh. 15:8),
-forms the western and southern border of the city, and unites with the
-Kedron Valley near its junction with the Tyropoeon. Its lower portion,
-near the Kedron, was called Tophet, or "place of fire" (Jer. 7:31), and
-Gehenna (Ge-Hinnom). It was at one time the seat of idolatrous worship
-to Molech, and afterward became a cesspool, and place where the offal of
-the city was burned. Gihon (1 Kings 1:33) is located by most in the
-upper portion of this valley; but, by Conder and a few others, in the
-lower portion of the Kedron Valley, at the spring en Rogel.
-
-V. =Mountains.= Jerusalem is and has ever been emphatically a place of
-mountains; as it stood anciently upon four distinct hills, with others
-around its walls on every side. The names of these hills are well known,
-but the identification of them is neither easy nor unanimous among
-investigators. We name the locations as given by the largest number of
-leading scholars.
-
-1. _Mount Zion_ is the largest and highest of the four hills within the
-city. It lies on the southwestern section, between the Valleys of the
-Tyropoeon on the east and north, and Hinnom on the south and west. Its
-crown is 2,540 feet high. Upon it, probably, stood the Jebusite fortress
-which so long defied the Israelites, but was finally taken by David.
-
-2. _Acra_ is a little east of north from Zion, and is an irregularly
-shaped eminence, now 2,490 feet high, but anciently higher, as its crest
-was cut down by the Maccabean princes, in order to bring it nearer to
-the level of the Temple-hill. It is surrounded upon the south, east and
-north by the two arms of the Tyropoeon Valley. On this may have stood
-the castle, or Millo. (2 Sam. 5:9.)
-
-3. On the eastern side of the city is _Mount Moriah_, the place once
-occupied by the Temple, and now by the Dome of the Rock, mistakenly
-called the Mosque of Omar. It lies between the two valleys of the Kedron
-on the east and the Tyropoeon on the west, and is 2,432 feet high. Its
-southern end is a steep declivity, called Ophel (in Josephus, Ophlas),
-running southward to the junction of the valleys.
-
-4. _Bezetha_ is a little west of north from Mount Moriah, and separated
-from it by a slight depression. It lies between the Kedron Valley and
-the northern branch of the Tyropoeon. Only in the later age of New
-Testament history was it within the walls of the city. Its height is a
-little over 2,500 feet.
-
-These four mountains are all that are named as within the ancient walls.
-Calvary was not a mountain, but merely a place outside the city where
-the crucifixion of Jesus took place; so that it is not to be counted in
-the list. But we must notice, in addition, the most important of the
-"mountains round about Jerusalem."
-
-5. _The Mount of Olives_ lies east of the Kedron Valley, and is a range
-of hills having several summits, which are a little under 3,000 feet in
-height. (1.) The northern peak, called _Scopus_, lies northeast of the
-wall, and is supposed to be the point from which Titus obtained his
-first view of the doomed city. (2.) The second is called _Viri Galilæi_,
-"men of Galilee," from a tradition that the angels, at the time of
-Christ's ascension, appeared upon it. (Acts 1:11.) (3.) The central
-summit is the _Mount of Ascension_, 2,665 feet high, and directly east
-of the Temple. It is probable that the true place of the ascension is to
-be found on the eastern slope of this hill, near Bethany, and not in
-sight of Jerusalem. (4.) The next peak southward is called "_The
-Prophets_," from a tradition that some of the prophets were buried upon
-its side near the Kedron. (5.) The southern peak is called the _Mount of
-Offense_, from the idol worship which Solomon established upon it. (1
-Kings 11:7.)
-
-6. South of the Valley of Hinnom, and directly opposite to Mount Zion,
-is an eminence known as the _Hill of Evil Counsel_, where Judas is said
-to have bargained for the betrayal of his Lord. Upon the slope of this
-hill is the traditional Aceldama, "the field of blood." (Matt. 27:7, 8.)
-
-VI. =Walls.= Of these, three are named by the early historians and
-mentioned in the Bible. 1. The first wall was built by David and
-Solomon, and surrounded what was known as "the city of David." It
-included Zion, Moriah, Ophel, and the southern portion of the Tyropoeon
-Valley. The lines of this wall may still be traced and the ancient
-foundations shown in various places. 2. The second wall, including Acra,
-extended in a curved line from the tower Antonia, north of the Temple,
-to a point not yet marked with certainty, on the northern border of
-Mount Zion. The location of Calvary and the place of the Saviour's
-burial depend upon the question, whether this wall ran outside or inside
-of the place where now stands the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. For, as
-these were "outside the gate," if the wall include the traditional
-localities, they are wrongly located, and the true places must be sought
-elsewhere, perhaps near the so-called Grotto of Jeremiah, north of the
-city. We indicate both localities, but regard the northern as
-preferable. 3. The third wall was not built until after the time of
-Christ, but was begun by Herod Agrippa, and was completed not long
-before the Roman siege. This section was called "the new city," and
-included Mount Bezetha, and the region north and northwest of Mount
-Zion. Only a small portion of the wall can be located with certainty.
-
-VII. =History of Jerusalem.= This may be briefly noticed under seven
-periods.
-
-1. _The Patriarchal Period_ (B.C. 2000-1300). The earliest mention of
-Jerusalem is that in Gen. 14:18, which, taken with Psa. 76:2, seems to
-indicate the place, though the identity is questioned by some scholars.
-In the time of Abraham, B.C. 1918, according to the common chronology,
-Jerusalem was the seat of a kingdom under the priest Melchizedek, who
-received homage and tithes, as God's representative, from the patriarch.
-At that time it was a centre, not only of political power, but of a
-religious worship which was recognized by Abraham as divine and
-spiritual.
-
-2. _The Jebusite Period_ (B.C. 1300-1003). The next reference to
-Jerusalem (and the earliest certain account) is at the time of the
-conquest, B.C. 1210. At that period it was held by the Jebusites, a
-race of Canaanite origin, small in numbers, but of indomitable courage
-and resolution, since they were able to hold their city for four
-centuries against all the power of Israel. Their king, Adoni-zedek
-(Josh. 10:1), may have been a descendant of the pious Melchi-zedek, as
-the names are similar; but the ancient purity of the people's worship
-had been lost in the idolatry of the surrounding races. The little city
-of Jebus, as it was then called, formed a confederation with the other
-clans of the south to resist Joshua's invading host. But in the decisive
-battle of Beth-horon the Canaanites were routed, their five kings were
-slain (among them the king of Jerusalem), and the alliance was broken
-up. For the present, Jerusalem was not attacked, but its territory was
-assigned to the tribe of Benjamin. (Josh. 18:28.) Soon after the death
-of Joshua, however, it was besieged by the united tribes of Judah and
-Simeon, as dangerous to the northern frontier of the former. From Judges
-1:8, and the history of Josephus, we learn that the lower city (perhaps
-on Acra) was taken and burned; but the fortress was found impregnable
-"by reason of its walls and also of the nature of the place."
-(Josephus.) The city was soon rebuilt (Judges 19:11), and remained in
-Jebusite hands through all the age of the Judges and the reign of Saul.
-
-3. _The Royal Period_ (B.C. 1003-587). With the accession of David a new
-era began in Israel, and every part of the kingdom soon felt the strong
-hand of its new master. He was not one to brook a foreign fortress in
-the centre of his realm, and in the first year of his reign over united
-Israel he marched against it, and demanded its surrender. Trusting to
-their strong situation, the Jebusites refused, and, as an insult, placed
-"the blind and the lame" on its walls in mockery of his attempt. But,
-under the valiant Joab, the height was scaled, the fortress was taken,
-and Jerusalem was thenceforth "the city of David." (2 Sam. 5.) David
-made it his capital, brought thither the ark of the covenant, and
-surrounded it with a new wall. Solomon enriched it with treasures, and
-with its greatest glory, the Temple on Mount Moriah. After the division
-it remained the capital of Judah, though close to the border of the Ten
-Tribes. It was taken without resistance from Rehoboam, by Shishak, the
-king of Egypt, and robbed of its wealth, 930 B.C. In the reign of
-Jehoshaphat it was restored to something like its former prosperity; but
-under his son Jehoram, B.C. 840, it was taken by a sudden attack of the
-Philistines and Arabians, and again plundered. Under Athaliah it became
-a shrine of abominable Baal worship, but was reformed by Jehoiada in the
-earlier days of the reign of Joash. Joash, however, in his later years
-allowed the people to relapse into idolatry, with the usual result; for,
-about B.C. 800, the powerful Hazael, king of Syria, overran the
-Shefelah, defeated the Judaites, and was only kept from entering the
-city by a gift of its treasures. Amaziah, the next king, elated by a
-victory, offered battle at Beth-shemesh to Joash, king of Israel, then
-the most powerful state between Egypt and Assyria. He was defeated; and,
-as a result, Jerusalem was entered by the Israelites, its wall was
-thrown down, and it was again plundered. The city suffered during the
-wicked reign of Ahaz, but was restored and divinely protected from its
-Assyrian besiegers in the good reign of Hezekiah. After the death of
-Josiah it was entered by the Egyptians under Necho; but its final
-destruction was wrought by Nebuchadnezzar, of the Babylonian empire.
-Twice he visited it with a heavy hand, setting up one king after
-another; and, when his vassal Zedekiah again rebelled, he besieged it
-for more than a year, with some intermissions, and at last, in B.C. 587,
-made a breach in its walls and took it by storm. Then, for the first
-time, the city was absolutely destroyed, and made a heap of ruins, while
-its people were carried into captivity.
-
-[Illustration: NATURAL FEATURES OF JERUSALEM.]
-
-4. _The Period of Restoration_ (B.C. 587-70 A.D.). After lying desolate
-for 50 years, the city was again occupied under Zerubbabel, by the
-decree of Cyrus, B.C. 536. For nearly a century it remained unwalled and
-was thinly inhabited, until its wall was rebuilt by Nehemiah, B.C. 445.
-Thenceforward it grew rapidly, and soon became again the metropolis as
-well as the capital of the Jewish state. Alexander the Great visited it,
-B.C. 332, and gave the Jews certain privileges in his empire. The city
-was taken by Ptolemy Soter, king of Egypt, B.C. 320, because the Jews
-would not fight on the Sabbath. In B.C. 203 it was taken by Antiochus,
-the king of Syria, and, after a revolt, again by his son, Antiochus
-Epiphanes, in B.C. 170 and B.C. 168. The latter capture was followed by
-a bitter persecution of the Jewish religion, in which thousands of
-lives were sacrificed. But a deliverer arose, in the family of the
-priest Mattathias, whose son, Judas Maccabeus, rescued the city and
-restored the worship in the Temple. Under the Maccabean princes
-Jerusalem was generally prosperous, though with occasional reverses. The
-Romans first besieged and took the city under Pompey, B.C. 65. Herod the
-Great beautified the city, erected many buildings, and rebuilt the
-Temple throughout. But the most terrible of all scenes in Jerusalem's
-annals, were those which took place in the revolt of the Jews against
-the Roman empire, and the destruction of the city by Titus, A.D. 70. For
-years it was the arena of riot, of the bloody strife of factions, and of
-massacre, which scarcely ceased during the final siege. At last the city
-and Temple were taken by Titus, demolished and burned, and for a second
-time Jerusalem was left an utter desolation.
-
-5. _The Roman Period_ (A.D. 70-637). For fifty years after its
-destruction Jerusalem is not mentioned, and probably remained
-uninhabited. But, after the attempt of the false Messiah Bar-cocheba to
-rebuild the city and Temple, and restore the independence of the
-Jews,--an attempt which was only quelled by calling forth all the power
-of the empire,--the emperor Hadrian resolved to establish a heathen city
-upon its site. He named it Ælia Capitolina, built on Moriah a temple to
-Jupiter, and allowed no Jews to enter the walls, a prohibition which
-remained until the empire became Christian. Constantine, the first
-Christian emperor, restored the ancient name; and his mother, Helena,
-made a pilgrimage to the city, A.D. 326, which now began to be regarded
-as a sacred place by Christians. At this time the first Church of the
-Holy Sepulchre was built, over the place where Helena discovered the
-tomb of Jesus. The emperor Julian, A.D. 362, out of hatred to the
-Christians, undertook to rebuild the Temple, and make it once more a
-Jewish centre; but was defeated in his plans by earthquakes and the
-leaping forth of subterranean fires, as is related by Ammianus
-Marcellinus, himself a heathen, the friend and companion in arms of the
-emperor. He states: "Horrible balls of fire, breaking out near the
-foundations, with frequent and reiterated attacks, rendered the place
-from time to time inaccessible to the scorched and blasted workmen; and,
-the victorious element continuing in this, obstinately and resolutely
-bent, as it were, to drive them to a distance, the undertaking was
-abandoned." In 529 A.D. the emperor Justinian founded a church upon the
-site where now is the Mosque el Aksa, and a tide of pilgrims, increasing
-with each generation, began to pour upon the holy places. In 614 A.D.
-the city was taken by the Persian king, Chosroes II., the churches were
-destroyed, and multitudes of priests and monks were slain; but 14 years
-afterward it was retaken by the emperor Heraclius, and held, though but
-for a short time, by the Christians.
-
-6. _The Mediæval Period_ (A.D. 637-1517). In 637 Palestine and Jerusalem
-passed under the dominion of the Moslems, then ruled by the Caliph Omar;
-but the holy places were respected, and the Christians were allowed to
-retain their churches. Under the Fatimite caliphs of Cairo the
-Christians were persecuted, and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre was
-several times destroyed and rebuilt. The pilgrims from Europe brought
-trade and tribute, so that the city flourished, in spite of frequent
-pillagings and captures by various Arab and Turkish hordes. On July 15,
-1099, it was taken by the Crusaders, after a terrible assault, and for
-88 years was the seat of a Christian kingdom. Saladin reconquered it in
-1187; and various changes in its government and several sieges followed,
-until 1517, when it finally passed under the rule of the Turks, who have
-since been its masters.
-
-7. _The Modern Period_, from A.D. 1517 until the present, has witnessed
-comparatively few changes in the city's condition. The present wall was
-built by the sultan Suleiman in 1542. In 1832 it was seized by Mohammed
-Ali, Pasha of Egypt, but was again restored to the sultan, through the
-interference of the European powers. It is now a city of a population
-variously estimated at from twenty to fifty thousand.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-Have two blackboards (or a large one), and use one for the outline of
-the lesson, the other for the map.
-
-I. Teach the _Names_. Salem, Jebus, Jerusalem, Ariel, Ælia Capitolina,
-El Khuds.
-
-II. _Location._ 1. Latitude. 2. Longitude. 3. Distances. 4. Elevation.
-
-III. _Geologic Formation._
-
-IV. _Valleys._ Draw a rough map showing the valleys, and name them,
-indicating them by initial letters on the map. 1. Kedron. 2. Tyropoeon.
-3. Hinnom.
-
-V. _Mountains._ Describe each, and indicate by initial letter. 1. Zion.
-2. Acra. 3. Moriah. 4. Bezetha. 5. Olives. Peaks: (1.) Scopus. (2.)
-"Viri Galilæi." (3.) Ascension. (4.) Prophets. (5.) Offense. (6.) Evil
-Counsel.
-
-VI. _Walls._ Draw them on the board, describe and name. First. (David.)
-Second. Third. (Agrippa.)
-
-VII. _History._ 1. Patriarchal. (Melchizedek.) 2. Jebusite.
-(Adoni-zedek.) 3. Royal. (David, Jehoshaphat, etc.) 4. Restoration.
-(Zerubbabel, Alexander, Ptolemy, Antiochus, Judas Maccabeus, Pompey,
-Herod, Titus.) 5. Roman. (Bar-cocheba, Hadrian, Constantine, Julian,
-Justinian, Chosroes.) 6. Mediæval. (Omar, Crusaders, Saladin.) 7.
-Modern. (Suleiman, Mohammed Ali, etc.)
-
-[Illustration: PANORAMA OF JERUSALEM, FROM THE MOUNT OF OLIVES.]
-
- Rosel Minaret A 44
- El Kala'a (Citadel) A 45
- Hippicus (Tower of David) A 46
- Greek Monastery A 57
- Russian Colony A 75-87
- Hospital A 77
- Church A 81-82
- Talitha Kumi A 85
- German Hospital for Children A 92
- Watchtower on the Road to Yafa A 97
- Wely Rimr Monument A 98
- Mosque and Tombs of David B 23
- Buildings and Gardens of the Armenian Monastery B 27-36
- Armenian Seminary B 28
- St. James Church of the Armenians B 35
- English Protestant Church B 42
- Girl's School of the English Mission B 43
- Muristan B 47
- Mar Hanna (Greek Church) B 47
- Yafa Gate B 48
- Latin Patriarchate B 56
- Church of the Sepulchre B 57
- Kaukab Minaret B 60
- Latin Monastery of St. Salvador B 65-66
- Hospice of St. John, and German School B 62
- Mulawieh Minaret B 78
- Russian Consulate B 81
- Pilgrims' Houses B 84
- Arabian Protestant Church B 91
- Jebel Abu Tôr (Hill of Evil Counsel) C 7-9
- Tree of Judas C 8
- Road to Bethlehem C 13
- Mount Zion C 19-29
- Suburb of Neby Daud C 20-24
- Gate of Zion C 25
- Synagogues of the Ashkenasim C 28 and B 32
- Hamra Minaret C 72
- Damascus Gate C 79
- Hill of the Grotto of Jeremiah C 95
- Place where Peter Wept D 17
- Dwellings for Pilgrims of the Ashkenasim D 21
- Gate of Herod D 89
- Mosque el Aksa E 16-22
- Dung Gate E 19
- Moghreb Minaret E 20
- Rothschilds' Hospital E 22
- Kubbet es Sakhra (Dome of the Rock) E 31-36
- New Convent of the Roman Catholic Sisters of Zion E 62-63
- Barracks (Castle of Antonia) F 55-56
- Haram esh Sherif (Site of the Temple) G 15-39
- Former Serai G 52
- Valley of Hinnom (Wady er Rababi) I 1-E 14
- Golden Gate I 30-31
- Gate of St. Stephen (Bab Sitti Mariam) I 56
- Moslem Tombs J 27 and J 70
- Road to Gethsemane J 55 to N 53
- Road from the Valley of Kedron to the Gate of Zion K 2 to N 4
- Slope toward the Wady Sitti Mariam
- (Valley of Kedron or Jehoshaphat) Foreground
-
-
-DESCRIPTION OF MODERN JERUSALEM.
-
-I. =Location.= The modern city of Jerusalem stands upon the ruins of the
-ancient, but does not include much of Mount Zion, which was the most
-important part in Bible history. It occupies the northern part of Zion,
-the hills Acra, Moriah, and part of Bezetha, embracing within its walls
-an area of about 210 acres. Its population has been variously estimated,
-but is supposed to number about 22,000, of which 12,000 are Jews, 5,000
-Moslems, and 5,000 Christians. The view represents it from the eastern
-side, having in the foreground the Valley of the Kedron, or of
-Jehoshaphat, called by Mohammedans _Wady Sitti Mariam_, "The Valley of
-our Lady Mary." On the south, or left of the picture, is the Valley of
-Hinnom (_Wady er Rababi_), and beyond it the Hill of Evil Counsel
-(_Jebel Abu Tôr_), the traditional place where Judas made the agreement
-to betray his Lord. On the northwest, outside the wall, is the extensive
-Russian establishment for pilgrims of the Greek Church, containing the
-consulate, houses, and a large church. Near it is a Protestant mission
-church. North of the wall, on the right of the picture, is a cave called
-the Grotto of Jeremiah, supposed by some to represent the place of the
-crucifixion and burial of Jesus. The roads running out of the city, and
-the places adjoining them, will be described in connection with the map
-of the Environs of Jerusalem, page 82.
-
-II. =Walls.= The present walls were built by the Sultan Suleiman, in
-1542, on the site of a mediæval wall. Though imposing in appearance,
-affording a fine view of the city, and sufficiently strong to protect it
-from marauders of the desert, they would be of little avail against
-modern methods of warfare. They are in most places 38 feet high, and
-contain 34 towers. They form an irregular quadrangle, which may be
-roughly described as 3,930 feet long on the north, 2,754 feet on the
-east (the front of the engraving), 3,245 feet on the south, and 2,086
-feet on the west, making the entire wall 12,015 feet, or 2.292 miles
-long.
-
-III. =Gates.= Of these there are seven, two of which are closed. 1. The
-Jaffa or Yafa Gate, called by Moslems, _Bab el Khalil_, "Hebron Gate,"
-is in the western wall, near the Citadel of David. Through this gate
-most travelers enter the city. 2. The Damascus Gate (_Bab el Amud_,
-"Gate of the Column,") is in the middle of the northern wall (right of
-the picture), and leads to the northward road, over Scopus, past the
-(so-called) Tombs of the Kings, to Samaria and Damascus. 3. The Gate of
-Herod (_Bab es Zahireh_) is in the northern wall (right of the picture),
-but is kept closed during most of the year. 4. The Gate of St. Stephen
-(_Bab es Sitti Mariam_, "Gate of our Lady Mary,") is in the eastern wall
-(foreground of the picture), and is supposed by some to be the place of
-Stephen's martyrdom. The road leads from it past the Garden of
-Gethsemane, over Mount Olivet, and through Bethany. 5. The Golden Gate,
-walled up, is in the eastern wall, and is shown in the picture in front
-of the Dome of the Rock. Its Moslem names are _Bab el Taubeh_, "Gate of
-Repentance," and _Bab ed Dahariyeh_, "Eternal Gate." 6. The Dung Gate,
-called also the Moorish Gate (_Bab ed Mugharibeh_), is a small portal in
-the southern wall, leading to the village of Siloam, but usually closed.
-It is shown on the left of the picture. 7. The Zion Gate (_Bab en Neby
-Daud_, "Gate of the Prophet David,") is in the southern wall, opening on
-Mount Zion, indicated on the picture in the background on the left.
-
-IV. =Quarters.= These are four in number, given to the different
-religions; but to them may be added the Temple Enclosure, which forms a
-separate section of the city. Their boundaries cannot be traced upon the
-picture, but may be seen on the map of Modern Jerusalem, page 81. Two
-important streets, crossing each other nearly at right angles, divide
-the city into the four unequal sections called quarters. The streets are
-David Street, running eastward from the Jaffa (Yafa) Gate, and Damascus
-Street, southward from the Damascus Gate; though both have different
-names in some places.
-
-1. The Mohammedan Quarter occupies the northeastern half of the city,
-and is the foreground of our view. Its principal objects of interest
-are, the Church of St. Mary Magdalene, the Church of St. Anne, two
-convents, two mosques, a building known as Pilate's Hall, and the narrow
-and crooked street known as the Via Dolorosa, "The Sorrowful Way,"
-through which Christ is (traditionally) said to have carried his cross;
-a street crowded with places commemorating different events in the
-passion of our Lord.
-
-2. The Temple Enclosure, called by Moslems _Haram esh Sherif_, "The
-Noble Sanctuary," is in the southeastern part of the Mohammedan Quarter
-(on the left foreground of the picture). It occupies the site of the
-Temple, and probably a part also of the Tower of Antonia. (See map and
-description of Ancient Jerusalem, page 72.) It is now a quadrangle of
-1,042 feet on the north, 1,530 east (along the front wall in the
-picture), 922 south, and 1,601 west, embracing about 35 acres. Its most
-prominent building is the _Kubbet es Sakhra_, "The Dome of the Rock,"
-often called, but incorrectly, the Mosque of Omar. This is an octagonal
-building, each of its sides being 67 feet long, 170 in height, and
-surmounted by a dome. Directly under the dome rises a rough native rock,
-standing at present nearly 5 feet above the pavement. Some regard this
-as the place where the Ark of the Covenant rested in Solomon's Temple;
-but most authorities consider it the site of the Altar of Burnt
-Offering, and of Araunah's threshing-floor. (2 Sam. 24:18.) In the
-southeast corner of the Enclosure stands the Mosque el Aksa (left of the
-picture), adjoining the southern wall.
-
-3. The Jewish Quarter is west of the Temple Enclosure. In the picture,
-beyond the trees in the Enclosure, may be seen the steep side of the
-Tyropoeon Valley. The Jews' Wailing Place, adjoining the Temple
-Enclosure, is hidden in the picture by the Mosque el Aksa, but may be
-located upon the map. Here the wall contains large blocks of stone,
-which may have belonged to the foundations of the court of the ancient
-Temple; and at this place a Jewish service of lamentation is held every
-week, over the destruction of the Temple and the city. Two domed
-buildings may be noticed on the hill beyond the Tyropoeon Valley, the
-two synagogues of the Ashkenasim Jews. This quarter, once filthy and
-mean, has been greatly improved by the liberality of Sir Moses
-Montefiore.
-
-4. The Armenian Quarter is west of the Jewish, in the southwestern
-corner of the city. Its most prominent building is the Citadel of David
-(_el Kabaa_), an irregular, castellated edifice, containing a lofty
-tower. This _may_ occupy the site of the castle built by David, where a
-Jebusite fortress had stood before, but the identification is not
-certain. Two other buildings in this quarter are named upon the
-panoramic view, the Church of St. James, and a seminary.
-
-5. The Christian Quarter is in the northwestern part of the city,
-between the Jaffa and Damascus Gates, in the picture. Its most important
-locality is the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, where tradition has fixed
-the scenes of the crucifixion and resurrection. The church is a group of
-buildings, crowned with a dome, and erected at various periods. The Holy
-Sepulchre itself is a marble shrine within the cathedral, 26 feet long,
-by 18 broad, and 20 feet high. If the ancient wall can be certainly
-shown not to have been _outside_ of this place, then the identity of the
-holy places may be deemed measurably sure, since the cross and the
-sepulchre were undoubtedly near the wall, but without it. Another place
-of interest is the Muristan, a ruined castle, which was the headquarters
-of the Knights Hospitallers during the Crusades.
-
-V. =Fountains and Pools.= Most of these are without the walls, and only
-one is shown in the picture. The identification of the ancient pools is
-not easy, and explorers are not agreed with regard to their position and
-modern name. 1. The _Birket Mamilla_, supposed by many to represent the
-Upper Pool of Gihon (2 Kings 18:17; Isa. 7:3), lies 2,000 feet west of
-the Jaffa Gate, and is now 240 feet long by 144 wide, but anciently much
-larger. 2. The _Birket es Sultan_, supposed to be the Lower Pool of
-Gihon, where Solomon was crowned (1 Kings 1:38), lies just outside the
-southwestern corner of the wall, in the Valley of Hinnom. It is narrow,
-but 500 feet long. 3. The _Birket es Silwan_, or Pool of Siloam (John
-9:7), is in the Tyropoeon Valley, near its junction with the Kedron
-Valley, just outside the limit of the picture, on the left. It is 52
-feet long, and 18 wide. 4. The _Birket el Hamra_ ("red pond") lies south
-of the Pool of Siloam, still further outside of the picture, and is
-larger, but now nearly filled up, and without water. Some think that
-this is the pool dug by Hezekiah. (2 Chron. 32:30.) 5. The spring
-_En-rogel_, called by Christians the Fountain of the Virgin, and by
-Moslems _'Ain Umm ed Deraj_ ("the spring the mother of steps," from the
-28 steps leading down to it), is the only natural fountain near the
-city. It lies in the narrowest part of the Kedron Valley, opposite the
-stone Zoheleth. (1 Kings 1:9.) Its action is intermittent, rising and
-falling suddenly, sometimes oftener than once a day. From this fact,
-some have thought it to be the Pool of Bethesda. (John 5:2-9.) 6. But
-most of the explorers regard the Pool of Bethesda as identical with
-the _Birket Israel_, which may be found on the picture just within the
-eastern (foreground) wall, between the gate of St. Stephen and the
-northern wall of the Temple Enclosure, just behind the little domed
-building by the wall, to the left of St. Stephen's Gate. This is 360
-feet long, by 120 feet wide, and 80 feet deep, but half filled with
-rubbish. 7. The _Birket Hamman_ ("Pool of the Bath"), generally known as
-the Pool of Hezekiah, is within the wall, adjoining the Muristan on the
-west, and hidden by it in the picture. It is supplied with water by an
-underground conduit, from the _Birket Mamilla_. 8. To this list we might
-add the vast covered reservoirs under the Temple, on Mount Moriah. These
-aggregated in their capacity five million gallons, and furnished an
-abundant supply of water for the Temple services.
-
-VI. =Outside the Walls.= Some of the important places without the wall
-have been already noticed. The Tomb of David (traditional) is on Mount
-Zion, near the Gate of Zion; and just a little to the left of it, where
-several small domes are seen, is the Coenaculum, or traditional place
-where the Last Supper was held. Mount Zion is now, fulfilling prophecy,
-"a plowed field," and has but few buildings. On nearly all sides of the
-city, outside the wall, are Moslem graves. Northwest of the city, toward
-the Russian Colony, is the place where the Assyrian messengers encamped
-in the time of Hezekiah. (2 Kings 18.)
-
-[Illustration: MODERN JERUSALEM.]
-
-[Illustration: ENVIRONS OF JERUSALEM.]
-
-
-
-
-THE ENVIRONS OF JERUSALEM.
-
-
-THE city of Jerusalem occupies a prominent place, not only in the
-history but also in the topography of the Holy Land. It is one of the
-most elevated sites in a land whose important places were among the
-mountains. There are many peaks higher than Mount Zion, on which the
-city stands; but few cities in Palestine are built upon a site so lofty.
-This fact explains many of the allusions in the Psalms. "Beautiful for
-situation," "I will look unto the hills," etc.
-
-There are six roads leading to Jerusalem from different parts of the
-land. Starting from the city by each one of these roads, let us notice
-the important places upon either side of it.
-
-[Illustration: DEFILE BETWEEN JERUSALEM AND JERICHO.]
-
-I. =The Northern Road.= This starts from the Damascus Gate and leads
-almost due north through the centre of the mountain region, toward
-Shechem and Damascus, passing more of the historic localities than any
-other. Explorers, however, are not agreed upon the identification of all
-the places; and our space permits us only to give conclusions without
-naming reasons or authorities for the opinion in all cases.
-
-1. About a mile north of Jerusalem, on the west of the path, we find
-_Scopus_, the eminence from which Titus, the Roman conqueror, obtained
-his first view of the doomed city. According to some authorities this
-was also the location of _Mizpeh_, the place of assembly for Israel
-during the time of the Judges. But later investigators place Mizpeh at
-_Neby Samwil_, on the northwestern road, and we have accepted their
-conclusions. (See next page.) Both the location of Mizpeh and that of
-Ramah are uncertain. One word means "watch-tower," the other "height,"
-so they may be identical, though the references seem to point to
-different localities.
-
-2. A mile further, and on the west of the path, is _Nob_ (_el
-Isawiyeh_), named as a city of the priests. At this place the Tabernacle
-was kept during the reign of Saul; David visited the high-priest and
-received the sword of Goliath; and the priest and 70 of his associates
-were slain by command of Saul. (1 Sam. 21:1-9; 22:9-19.)
-
-3. _Gibeah_ (_Tuleil el Ful_), "hill of beans," lies on the east of the
-road, 2-1/2 miles from the city. The place is first mentioned in the
-painful story of the Levite (Judges 19); but its principal interest is
-in the fact that it was the home and court of King Saul. "It is now
-dreary and desolate, with scarce any ruins save a confused mass of
-stones, which form a sort of cairn on the top."--_Tristram._
-
-4. _Anathoth_ (_Anata_), the birthplace of the prophet Jeremiah, and a
-priestly city, is 3 miles northeast of Jerusalem, upon a path branching
-out of the main road. It is now a village of about 20 houses.
-
-5. Some locate _Ramah_, the home of Samuel, at _Er Ram_, on the east of
-the road; but others favor the place at _Neby Samwil_, to be noticed
-below.
-
-6. _Michmash_, the scene of Jonathan's daring exploit, lies on a hill
-adjoining a ravine, 7 miles northeast of the city; and a mile away, in
-plain sight, lies _Geba_, the camping place of Saul's army at the time
-of the battle. (1 Sam. 13.) It is now called _Mukmas_.
-
-7. _Ai_--the place where Joshua's army was repulsed by the Canaanites,
-on account of the crime of Achan (Josh. 7), and which, after his
-punishment, was taken and destroyed by the Israelites--is 9 miles from
-the city; a desolate heap, known as _el Tell_.
-
-8. _Beeroth_ (wells), now _el Bireh_, 10 miles north, was one of the
-Gibeonite cities which made peace with Israel. (Josh. 9:17.) According
-to tradition, this is the place where Joseph and Mary, returning from
-Jerusalem, first missed the boy Jesus (Luke 2:44); and it is now the
-halting place of caravans going north.
-
-9. _Bethel_, "the house of God" (now _Beitin_), 10 miles north, is a
-place of many Scriptural associations. Here Abraham pitched his tent and
-built his altar, on his entrance upon the Land of Promise (Gen 12:8);
-here Jacob lay down to rest and saw the glorious vision of the heavenly
-ladder (Gen. 28:11-22), and on his return from Syria again consecrated
-the place to God's service. (Gen. 35:6-15.) During the period of the Ten
-Tribes it was a sanctuary of idols, but also the seat of a prophetic
-school. (1 Kings 12:29-33; 2 Kings 2:2, 3.) It is now an uninhabited
-ruin.
-
-10. East of Bethel, and 11 miles north of Jerusalem, is the rock
-_Rimmon_ (now _Rummon_), where the remnant of the tribe of Benjamin
-found a refuge after the civil war. (Judges 20, 21.)
-
-11. Two miles north of Rimmon is the site of _Ophrah_, in the New
-Testament _Ephraim_, the retreat of Jesus after the raising of Lazarus.
-(John 11:54.) It is in a wilderness, on the edge of the Jordan Valley,
-and outside the line of travel; now called _et Taiyibeh_.
-
-[Illustration: SOLOMON'S POOLS.]
-
-II. =The Eastern Road= from Jerusalem leads through a barren region of
-crags and ravines, almost without inhabitants, except the robbers who
-have haunted it since the days when "a certain man went down from
-Jerusalem to Jericho, and fell among thieves." (Luke 10:30.) The road is
-a continual descent from a height of 2,700 feet above the sea to 1,300
-feet below it, in 20 miles.
-
-The only place passed on the route is _Bethany_ (now _el Azariyeh_), the
-home of Mary and Martha, the place where Lazarus was raised from death,
-and near which Jesus ascended. (Luke 24:50.) It is on the eastern slope
-of the Mount of Olives, and about a mile and a quarter from Jerusalem.
-Beyond this place the road grows more steep, descending toward the
-Jordan Valley.
-
-III. =The Southern Road=, leading along the crest of the hill country
-toward Hebron, also passes few places of historical interest.
-
-1. Just south of the city is the _Plain of the Rephaim_, where, after
-the capture of Jerusalem, David twice met and vanquished the
-Philistines. (2 Sam. 5:18-25.) The name may be a reminiscence of the
-most ancient people who inhabited the mountain region of Palestine,
-before the Amorites were in the land.
-
-2. Four miles from the city the traveler passes _Rachel's Tomb_. This
-may represent the place where Jacob, while journeying southward, lost
-his beloved wife Rachel, the mother of Joseph and Benjamin. (Gen.
-35:16-20.) The monument now standing is of comparatively recent date;
-but it may occupy the site of one more ancient.
-
-3. Six miles southeast of the city we come to _Bethlehem_, a small town,
-yet having the deepest interest as the birthplace of David, and of
-David's greatest descendant, the Saviour of the world. It lies upon the
-side and summit of a steep hill, and contains now about 2,000
-inhabitants. Many places connected with the birth of Jesus are shown;
-but there is no authority for their precise location except tradition.
-In a cave near this village Jerome wrote most of his translation of the
-Bible, the Vulgate version, recognized as the standard Bible by the
-Roman Catholic Church.
-
-4. A little beyond Bethlehem is the head of the _Valley of Elah_, in
-which, but at a distance to the west, David fought with Goliath, and
-gained his earliest honors before Israel. (1 Sam. 17.)
-
-5. There are no more places of interest to the Bible reader until we
-reach _Hebron_, 18 miles from Jerusalem. This is one of the most ancient
-towns in the world, occupied before the time of Abraham; the burial
-place of the Patriarchs, the capital of David's kingdom of Judah, and
-the place where Absalom's rebellion was begun. It is still a large town,
-inhabited by intolerant Mohammedans, who closely guard the sanctity of
-the Mosque which covers the graves of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. It is
-now called _el Khalil_, "the Friend," _i. e._, Abraham, "the friend of
-God."
-
-6. The region between Hebron and the Dead Sea is wild and desolate, with
-but few inhabitants. It was called _Jeshimon_, "the waste," and is the
-place generally recognized as "the wilderness of Judæa," where David
-wandered during his exile when he was persecuted by Saul, and in
-constant danger of his life, and where Christ was tempted after his long
-fast of forty days.
-
-IV. =The Southwestern Road= is that "that goeth down from Jerusalem unto
-Gaza, which is desert." (Acts 8:26.) It passes through ravines and among
-mountains, descending through successive plateaus, from the mountain
-region to the Shefelah, or low hills, and thence to the plain by the
-Mediterranean. It is "desert," in the sense that no towns lie along the
-route. The fountain where Philip baptized the Ethiopian treasurer is
-shown at _Ain Haniyeh_, 4 miles southwest of Jerusalem; but it has only
-tradition in support of its claim.
-
-V. =The Western Road= leads to Joppa, descending from the mountains to
-the sea.
-
-1. Four miles from Jerusalem it passes _Emmaus_ (_Kuloniyeh_), the place
-to which the two disciples were walking when they were joined by the
-risen Christ. (Luke 24:13.) The place, however, is disputed. Dr. Thomson
-locates it at _Kuriet el Enab_, further from Jerusalem; and others at
-_el Kubeibeh_, 7 miles northwest of the city.
-
-2. _Kirjath-jearim_, or _Baalah_, is 7 miles from Jerusalem, at _Kuriet
-el Enab_, named above. Here the Ark of the Covenant was brought from
-Beth-shemesh, after its return from the Philistines, and remained until
-it was removed by David to Jerusalem. (1 Sam. 6:21; 2 Sam. 6:2.) It is
-now a small village, with ruins and a church.
-
-VI. =The Northwestern Road= branches from the Northern Road just beyond
-Gibeah, and winds down the mountains to the sea-shore at Joppa. Among
-its places of interest are the following:
-
-1. _Mizpeh_, "watch-tower," is probably the hill known as _Neby Samwil_,
-4 miles northwest of Jerusalem. Here Samuel gathered the people for
-reformation, and won his great victory over the Philistines. This may
-also have been _Ramah_, the birthplace and burial-place of Samuel.
-
-2. _Gibeon_ is at _el Jib_, a hill 6 miles from Jerusalem. This was the
-head of the Hivite league of cities which made peace with Israel and
-were spared by Joshua at the time of the conquest (Josh. 9:17); which
-led to the battle of Beth-horon, the decisive event of the war. Here a
-skirmish took place between the soldiers of David and of Abner (while
-David was reigning over Judah), and Asahel, the brother of Joab, was
-killed. (2 Sam. 2:12-24.) At this place the Tabernacle was standing
-during David's reign, while the ark was at Zion; here was "the great
-high place" where Solomon offered sacrifice at the opening of his reign;
-and here Solomon had a vision, and made his choice of wisdom. (1 Kings
-3:4-14.)
-
-3. Five miles beyond Gibeon is _Beth-horon_, celebrated as the place
-where was fought the great battle of the conquest, which, measured by
-its results, was the most important battle in the history of the world,
-since upon it was staked the world's religion. If ever the sun might
-stand still, it was then, when earth's destiny was in the balance.
-(Josh. 10:9-14.) The "upper Beth-horon" is at _Beit ur el Foka_, and the
-lower at _Beit ur et Tahta_, two miles beyond it.
-
-In this brief view we have compassed the most important places upon the
-map within 15 miles around the city of Jerusalem.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-
-SUGGESTIONS FOR TEACHING.
-
-1. Locate upon the blackboard Jerusalem as a centre, and in presence of
-the class draw the general direction of the roads leading from it. It is
-scarcely necessary to draw the valleys and mountains, as they are but
-rarely referred to by name. The teacher may mark the line of the road in
-French chalk or common slate-pencil upon the blackboard, in advance of
-the lesson, making a faint line, which can be followed with the crayon
-afterward.
-
-2. Then take each road in order, going out from Jerusalem, and indicate
-the places near it, stating the events of Bible History in connection
-with each place.
-
-3. It would be a good plan to write on slips of paper the references to
-texts, distribute them among the class, and have each text read by a
-student as its event is named.
-
-
-REVIEW.
-
-I. _Northern Road._ 1. Scopus. (Titus.) 2. Nob. (Slaughter of priests.)
-3. Gibeah. (Saul's court.) 4. Anathoth. (Jeremiah.) 5. Ramah.(?)
-(Samuel.) 6. Michmash. (Jonathan's exploit.) 7. Ai. (Achan.) 8. Beeroth.
-(Gibeonites; Jesus lost in Temple.) 9. Bethel. (Jacob's ladder.) 10.
-Rimmon. (Benjamin.) 11. Ephraim. (Christ's retirement.)
-
-II. _Eastern Road._ 1. Bethany. (Lazarus.) 2. Steep descent. 3. Jericho.
-
-III. _Southern Road._ 1. Plain of Rephaim. (David's victory.) 2.
-Rachel's Tomb. 3. Bethlehem. (David, Jesus.) 4. Valley of Elah. (David
-and Goliath.) 5. Hebron. (Abraham's sepulchre.) 6. Jeshimon
-(Wilderness).
-
-IV. _Southwestern Road._ "Jerusalem to Gaza." (Philip.)
-
-V. _Western Road._ 1. Emmaus. (Risen Christ.) 2. Kirjath-jearim.
-(Removal of ark.)
-
-VI. _Northwestern Road._ 1. Mizpeh. (Samuel.) 2. Gibeon. (Solomon's
-choice.) 3. Beth-horon. (Joshua's victory.)
-
-[Illustration: GETHSEMANE.]
-
-[Illustration: THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON'S EMPIRE.]
-
-
-
-
-THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON'S EMPIRE.
-
-
-ON the death of Solomon, B.C. 935, the empire which had been won by the
-sword and consolidated by the statesmanship of David, fell asunder, and
-five kingdoms took the place of one. These were:
-
-1. The portion of Solomon's empire north of Mount Hermon and extending
-to the Euphrates revolted, and formed the =Kingdom of Syria=, having
-Damascus for its capital. This kingdom, at first small, soon rose to
-power, and at its height, under Hazael, was the leading nation in Asia,
-west of the Euphrates. It fell, about B.C. 750, under the power of
-Assyria.
-
-[Illustration: CHRONOLOGICAL CHART OF KINGS OF ISRAEL AND JUDAH.]
-
-2. South of Syria was the =Kingdom of Israel=, or the Ten Tribes,
-founded by Jeroboam, B.C. 935, soon after the death of Solomon. This
-included by far the larger portion of Palestine Proper, having 9,400
-square miles, while the rival kingdom of Judah had but 3,400. It
-received the allegiance of all the tribes on the east of the Jordan. The
-boundary line between the two kingdoms ran south of Jericho, Bethel and
-Joppa. This line was, however, very variable, being moved northward or
-southward, according to the relative power of the kingdoms. Over this
-kingdom reigned nineteen kings, representing several dynasties, with
-intervals of anarchy and frequent change. Its capital was at first
-Shechem, then Tirzah, until Omri, the founder of the third dynasty,
-chose a permanent location at SAMARIA, which soon became to Israel all
-that Jerusalem was to Judah, and in time gave its name to the entire
-province. Its two religious sanctuaries were at Dan on the north, and at
-Bethel on the south, where the national worship to Jehovah, was
-maintained under the form of a calf or young ox.
-
-3. =The Kingdom of Judah= included the tribe of that name, a portion of
-Benjamin, and perhaps of Simeon also, though the southern boundary was
-always uncertain. The Shefelah, or low hills, and the sea-coast, were
-probably controlled by the Philistines, though nominally belonging to
-Judah. This kingdom remained loyal to the house of David during all its
-history, and was ruled by twenty-one kings, all of one family. It was
-destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, B.C. 587.
-
-4. =Moab= lay east of the Dead Sea, between the brooks Arnon and Zered.
-It was nominally subject to Israel (the northern kingdom); but, from the
-indications of the history and of the Moabite Stone (a monument of
-Mesha, the king of Moab, erected in the time of Elisha the prophet), it
-may be inferred that it had its own government, and only occasionally
-paid tribute to the Ten Tribes. Strong kings, like Omri, Ahab and
-Jeroboam II., may have held power over it; but during most of the time
-it was practically independent.
-
-5. =Edom=, south of the Dead Sea, had been conquered by David, and
-remained subject during the reign of Solomon. After the disruption it
-held to Judah about the same relation that Moab held to Israel,
-dependent and tributary, but not annexed as a part of the realm. There
-was a king of Edom during the reign of Jehoshaphat (2 Kings 3:9), but
-evidently subject to Judah. The Edomites finally gained their
-independence during the reign of Jehoram, the son of Jehoshaphat (2
-Kings 8:16-22), despite a defeat which they suffered at Zair (probably
-Seir, or Sela). Like all the kingdoms around it, this kingdom fell under
-the rule of Nebuchadnezzar.
-
-These five provinces or kingdoms are represented upon the map according
-to their general boundaries during most of the time from the age of
-Solomon to that of Nebuchadnezzar, when all the East was united under
-one mighty sceptre. Historically, the epoch requires the consideration
-of several periods, as follows:
-
-1. =The Period of Division= (B.C. 935-842), during which three
-kingdoms--Syria, Israel and Judah--strove for supremacy. This extends
-from the reign of Jeroboam to that of Jehu in the north; and from
-Rehoboam to Joash in Judah. During the first half-century of this
-period, wars were constant between Israel and Judah. During the latter
-half-century the growing power of Syria compelled an alliance between
-the rival kingdoms, and nearly all the battles were between Israel and
-Syria. The leading events of this period were: (1.) The accession of
-Rehoboam, followed by the disruption of the kingdom, and the breaking up
-of Solomon's empire. (2.) The invasion of Judah by Shishak, king of
-Egypt, and the loss of all the treasures of David and Solomon (2 Chron.
-12), which permanently crippled the kingdom. (3.) The wars of Jeroboam
-with Judah, culminating in the battle of Zemaraim, near Bethel, a signal
-defeat for Israel. (2 Chron. 13.) (4.) The invasion of Judah by the
-Ethiopians under Zerah, and the victory of Asa at Mareshah. (2 Chron.
-14.) (5.) The introduction of the worship of Baal into Israel, by Ahab,
-and with it the appearance of the prophet Elijah. (1 Kings 16-19.) (6.)
-The wars with Syria, with the victory of Israel at Aphek, and the defeat
-at Ramoth-gilead. (1 Kings 20-22.) (7.) The invasion of Judah, in the
-reign of Jehoshaphat, by the allied forces of Ammon, Moab and Edom, and
-their slaughter at Berachah. (2 Chron. 20.) (8.) The allied war of
-Israel and Judah with Moab, and the battle of Kir-haraseth, commemorated
-by the Moabite Stone, recently discovered. (2 Kings 3.) (9.) The revolt
-of Edom from Judah, in the reign of Jehoram. Jehoram gained a victory at
-Zair (probably Sela, or Petra), but could not retain supremacy over the
-Edomites.
-
-[Illustration: MOABITE STONE.]
-
-[Illustration: THE SYRIAN PERIOD, B.C. 884-840.]
-
-2. =The Syrian Period=, B.C. 842-799, began with revolutions in the same
-year in Damascus, Samaria, and Jerusalem; by which Hazael mounted the
-throne of Syria, Jehu of Israel, and Athaliah, the queen-mother, usurped
-the throne of Judah. Hazael established a powerful kingdom. (2 Kings
-8:7-15.) He conquered all of Israel east of the Jordan (2 Kings 10:32,
-33), reduced Israel under Jehoahaz to a condition of vassalage (2 Kings
-13:1-8), took Gath from Judah, and was only withheld from besieging
-Jerusalem by the payment of a heavy tribute. (2 Kings 12:17, 18; 2
-Chron. 24:23, 24.) We insert an outline map of his kingdom and
-conquests.
-
-The principal events of this period were as follows: (1.) The accession
-of Hazael in Syria, Jehu in Israel, and Athaliah in Judah, B.C. 842.
-(2.) The destruction of Baal worship in Israel. (2 Kings 10.) (3.) The
-conquests of Hazael on the east of Jordan. (2 Kings 10:32, 33.) (4.) The
-slaughter of Athaliah, and accession of Jehoash in Judah. (2 Kings 11.)
-(5.) The repairs of the Temple by Jehoiada. (2 Kings 12.) (6.) The
-prophecies of Jonah and Joel. (7.) The subjection of Israel under
-Hazael. (8.) Hazael's campaign against Judah, and capture of Gath. (9.)
-The death of Hazael.
-
-3. =The Restoration of Israel=, B.C. 779-742. The Syrian conqueror,
-Hazael, left as his successor a weak prince, Ben-hadad III., who was
-unable to hold his dominions against the ability of the third king of
-the house of Jehu in Israel, Jehoash, or Joash, and his greater son,
-Jeroboam II. Under these two able rulers the kingdom of the Ten Tribes
-arose to its culmination, the territory lost was regained, nearly all
-Syria was conquered, Judah was made tributary, and Samaria gave laws to
-a large part of Solomon's empire. This period was marked as the era of
-two great prophets, Jonah and Joel; and, from its brilliant but brief
-prosperity, has been called "the Indian Summer of Israel." At the
-opening of this epoch, Amaziah reigned in Judah. He won a victory in
-Edom, but, venturing to attack Israel, was routed at Beth-shemesh; and,
-for the only time in Judah's history, the army of the Ten Tribes entered
-Jerusalem as victors. (2 Kings 14.) Uzziah, his successor, was more
-successful, and held his kingdom in security both against Israel and the
-enemies on the south. The outline map represents the kingdoms during the
-reign of Jeroboam II., about B.C. 800.
-
-4. =The Fall of Israel=, B.C. 742-721. The decline of Israel after the
-reign of Jeroboam II. was rapid. A succession of usurpers seized the
-throne, the foreign conquests melted away, and anarchy prevailed. The
-cause of these sudden changes was the growth of the Assyrian power under
-a succession of warlike kings, who made Nineveh the capital of the
-Eastern world. Syria fell before their arms, and Israel soon followed.
-In the reign of Menahem, Israel became tributary to Assyria; and in that
-of Pekah, B.C. 735, the portion of Israel on the north, including the
-tribe of Naphtali, was carried into captivity by Tiglath-pileser. (2
-Kings 15:29.) In the reign of Hoshea, Samaria itself was taken (B.C.
-721) by Sargon (having been besieged by Shalmaneser); and the Ten Tribes
-were finally carried into captivity to Halah and Habor. (2 Kings 17.)
-This period belongs to the map of the Assyrian Empire.
-
-5. =The Fall of Judah=, B.C. 721-587. The kingdom of Judah lasted more
-than a hundred years after that of Israel, though most of the time as a
-subject-nation to the "great king" of Assyria, to whom Ahaz and most of
-the kings of Judah after him paid tribute. The most important events of
-this period were: (1.) The reforms of King Hezekiah, and the deliverance
-of Jerusalem from the Assyrians under Sennacherib. (2 Chron. 30-32.)
-(2.) The captivity of King Manasseh among the Assyrians, and his return.
-(2 Chron. 33.) (3.) The attempt at reformation by King Josiah, and his
-death at the battle of Megiddo. (2 Chron. 34, 35.) (4.) The rise of the
-power of Babylon, and Nebuchadnezzar's first invasion of Judah, in the
-reign of Jehoiakim, B.C. 606. From this date Judah was subject to
-Babylon, and the "seventy years' captivity" began. (5.) The rebellion of
-Zedekiah, the last king, against Nebuchadnezzar, the siege of Jerusalem,
-the destruction of the kingdom, and the final carrying of Judah into
-captivity to Babylon, B.C. 587.
-
-[Illustration: THE RESTORATION OF ISRAEL, B.C. 800.]
-
-We notice the most important wars, sieges and battles of this period,
-indicated upon the map of the Division of Solomon's Empire, by flags.
-
-1. The battle of =Zemaraim=, near Bethel, fought between Jeroboam and
-Abijah, the second king of Judah, B.C. 917, and resulting in the defeat
-of Israel, and the ruin of Jeroboam's plans of ambition. (2 Chron. 13.)
-
-2. The battle of =Mareshah=, in Judah, on the border of the mountain
-region, in which King Asa defeated Zerah, the Ethiopian king of Egypt,
-and an immense host, B.C. 900. (2 Chron. 14.)
-
-3. The siege of =Samaria=, by Ben-hadad, king of Syria, in the reign of
-Ahab, who was able to repel the invaders. (1 Kings 20.) We notice, that
-from this time, for a century, the principal wars of Israel are with
-Syria.
-
-4. The victory at =Aphek=, won by Ahab over Ben-hadad and the Syrians.
-Ahab, however, allowed the fruits of the victory to be lost, when he
-might have made it decisive in its results. (1 Kings 20:26-43.)
-
-5. The battle of =Ramoth-gilead=, in which the Syrians, under Ben-hadad,
-were victorious over allied Israel and Judah, and Ahab was slain. (1
-Kings 22.)
-
-6. The slaughter of the allied Moabites, Ammonites and Edomites, at
-=Berachah=, "the valley of blessing," in the reign of Jehoshaphat, king
-of Judah. (2 Chron. 20.)
-
-7. The war of Israel, Judah and Edom, against the Moabites, in which a
-great battle took place at =Kir-haraseth=, in the land of Moab, when the
-king of Moab offered his own son as a sacrifice in presence of the
-contending armies. (2 Kings 3.) This was during the reign of Jehoshaphat
-in Judah, and of Jehoram in Israel.
-
-8. A second siege of =Samaria=, by the Syrians, under Ben-hadad, in the
-reign of Jehoram; and a miraculous deliverance. (2 Kings 6, 7.)
-
-9. A battle at =Zair= (probably Sela, or Petra), in Edom, in which
-Jehoram was surrounded by the revolting Edomites, and won a victory, yet
-could not prevent the Edomites from gaining their liberty. (2 Kings
-8:21, 22.)
-
-10. The capture of =Gath=, by the Syrians, under Hazael, in the reign of
-Jehoash, king of Judah. (2 Kings 12:17.)
-
-11. The victory of King Jehoash, of Israel, over the Syrians, at
-=Aphek=, foretold by Elisha. (2 Kings 13:17-25.)
-
-12. The battle of =Beth-shemesh=, a victory of Israel over Judah,
-resulting in an Israelite army entering Jerusalem, in the reign of
-Amaziah. (2 Kings 14.)
-
-13. The final capture of =Samaria= by the Assyrians, and the extinction
-of the kingdom of the Ten Tribes. (2 Kings 17:1-6.)
-
-14. The battle of =Megiddo=, in which King Josiah, of Judah, lost his
-life while resisting the invasion of Pharaoh-necho, the king of Egypt.
-(2 Kings 23:29.)
-
-15. Two battles at =Carchemish=, near the Euphrates, in the first of
-which, Pharaoh-necho, of Egypt, was victorious (B.C. 608) over the
-Assyrians, and in the second (B.C. 606) was thoroughly defeated by
-Nebuchadnezzar, and compelled to relinquish all his conquests in Asia.
-(2 Chron. 35:20.)
-
-16. The destruction of =Jerusalem= by Nebuchadnezzar, and the extinction
-of the kingdom of Judah. (2 Kings 25.)
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING.
-
-1. Draw on the blackboard the map of _Solomon's Empire_, as already
-given, showing its boundaries, and placing on it the city of Jerusalem,
-the river Jordan, etc.
-
-2. Divide the map into the _five kingdoms_ of _Syria_, _Israel_,
-_Judah_, _Moab_ and _Edom_, and show their capitals and political
-relations.
-
-3. Drill the class upon the leading events of the _five historical
-periods_ named in the above description, placing upon the map the
-localities named in the history.
-
-4. Name the _battles_ of the periods, and state the circumstances of
-each battle, placing them upon the map in their historical order.
-
-5. Through all the work let the class draw their own maps, following
-that upon the board, and at the close carefully review all the work.
-This subject might require several lessons in a normal class.
-
-[Illustration: MOSQUE EL AKSA.]
-
-
-
-
-THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES.
-
-
-THE history of the Bible is so interwoven with that of the East, that a
-view of its great empires is necessary. All the lands between the
-Persian Gulf and the Mediterranean were united at different periods
-under one government, and formed an empire which was constantly changing
-according to the power or weakness of its dominant state; for in the
-Oriental world there never has existed anything like a confederation of
-states on an equality. At different periods Ur, Babylon or Nineveh
-conquered all the surrounding lands; or at other periods a single race,
-as the Medes and Persians, obtained supremacy. The empire thus arose and
-fell, to be succeeded by a similar empire with another centre. During
-the Old Testament history, between the days of Abraham and of Ezra, more
-than 1,500 years, four successive empires appeared in the East. These
-were:
-
-I. The Early Babylonian Empire. B.C. 2280-1120.
-
-II. The Assyrian Empire. B.C. 1120-626.
-
-III. The Babylonian Empire. B.C. 606-538.
-
-IV. The Persian Empire. B.C. 538-330.
-
-I. =The Early Babylonian Empire= began about 3000 B.C., with several
-states, each having a city as its capital. Among these were Ur
-(_Mugheir_), Lagesh (Shirpurta), and Isin. These separate kingdoms were
-united in an empire, of which Babylon was the capital, in the reign of
-Hammurabi (the Amraphel of Gen. 14:1), about 2280 B.C. It lasted, with
-varying fortunes, for 1,000 years. A map of this empire, in the time of
-Abraham, is given on page 34.
-
-[Illustration: AN ASSYRIAN PALACE.]
-
-II. =The Assyrian Empire= arose from the small country Asshur, about 25
-square miles in extent, lying east of the Tigris and north of the lower
-Zab. Its capital was the city Asshur, now called _Kileh Sherghat_, 60
-miles south of Nineveh. The city rose to power in the 14th century B.C.,
-when, under Tukulti-ninib, Babylon was captured and the Babylonian
-empire became the Assyrian. Afterward _Nimrud_, 20 miles south of
-Nineveh, became the capital. Not until 702 was NINEVEH made by
-Sennacherib the royal residence. It soon surpassed the earlier capitals
-in size and magnificence, and became one of the largest cities of the
-East. It then included four cities, surrounded by one wall, and forming
-a parallelogram, as shown on the plan on page 96. The greatest kings of
-this empire were: Shalmaneser, who made war on Samaria, and erected the
-"Black Obelisk," which now stands in the British Museum, and by its
-inscriptions furnishes the best record of the kingdom down to its own
-age; Sargon, who completed the conquest of Samaria, and otherwise added
-to the empire; Sennacherib, who enlarged and beautified Nineveh, warred
-from Babylon to Egypt, and extorted tribute from Hezekiah, king of
-Judah; and Esar-haddon, son of the preceding, who saw the empire at its
-height, embracing, besides Assyria, Armenia, Media, Babylonia, Elam,
-Mesopotamia, Syria, Israel, Judah, and the northern portion of Egypt.
-These lands, however, for the most part retained their own rulers,
-customs and government, but recognized themselves as vassals to the
-"Great King," as he is styled in the inscriptions. Esar-haddon took
-Manasseh, king of Judah, captive to Babylon, and repopulated Samaria
-with colonists from other lands. His son, Asshur-bani-pal, witnessed his
-kingdom declining, and was the last of the great kings, though he built
-a vast palace at Nineveh. There was no coherence or unity in the empire,
-whose provinces were held together only by the strong arm of the king;
-and, on the death of Asshur-bani-pal, a general revolt took place among
-the subject nations, his son perished, and Nineveh was utterly
-destroyed, never again to appear in history.
-
-The boundaries of the Assyrian empire are given upon the map according
-to the best authorities. On the north they were the Armenian Mountains,
-the river Cyrus (now called the _Kur_), north of the Araxes, and the
-northern range of Mount Taurus; on the east, the Caspian Sea and the
-great salt desert; on the south, the Persian Gulf, the Arabian desert
-and Upper Egypt; on the west, the Mediterranean and the river Halys.
-
-[Illustration: THE ASSYRIAN EMPIRE.]
-
-[Illustration: THE BABYLONIAN EMPIRE AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.]
-
-III. =The Babylonian Empire=, B.C. 606-538. This period has been more
-correctly termed that of the "four kingdoms," since the East was not
-then, as during the Assyrian period, under one government. The
-destruction of Nineveh had been wrought by the union of the Medes and
-Babylonians, under their kings, Cyaxares and Nabopolassar, and these
-peoples succeeded to most, but not all, of the conquests of Assyria.
-
-1. Media won its own independence, and obtained possession of Armenia,
-Assyria Proper (north of the Tigris), and Elam. Persia had already been
-conquered, so that the largest, though less important, portion of the
-Assyrian empire now belonged to Media.
-
-2. Babylonia obtained Chaldea, Mesopotamia, Syria and Palestine. Most of
-these countries had claimed their independence on the fall of Assyria;
-and their conquest occupied the reign of Nabopolassar, and his greater
-son, Nebuchadnezzar. Thus the important parts of the Bible world were
-nearly all under the rule of Babylon.
-
-3. A new kingdom arose in Asia Minor, that of Lydia, embracing all the
-lands between the Ægean Sea and the river Halys; destined, however, to a
-short history, for it formed one of the earliest conquests of Cyrus the
-Great.
-
-4. Cilicia also appears for the first time upon the map, being situated
-between the Euphrates and Lydia, north of Syria, and south of the Halys
-river, and retained its independence until the close of the Babylonian
-period, when it was annexed to Persia, though even then it retained its
-own kings.
-
-5. To these might be added Egypt, though outside of the Asiatic world.
-It soon shook off the yoke of Assyria, and resumed its independence;
-but, endeavoring to contest with Babylon the empire of the East, was
-defeated at Carchemish by Nebuchadnezzar, and compelled to retire from
-Asia. Some suppose that it was conquered by Babylon; and it is possible
-that for a few years Egypt may have recognized the supremacy of
-Nebuchadnezzar by paying tribute, but it was never a part of his empire.
-
-[Illustration: BLACK OBELISK.]
-
-The map of the Oriental world, as thus reconstructed, lasted about a
-century, though with varying boundary lines; as, for instance, Elam, or
-Susiana, sometimes formed a part of Babylonia, and at other times of
-Media. During this period BABYLON was the metropolis of the East. It was
-raised to greatness by Nebuchadnezzar, who finished the Tower of Belus,
-raised the Hanging Gardens, and built great palaces. Two-thirds of the
-bricks unearthed in the ruins of Babylon bear his name. The city formed
-a square, on both sides of the Euphrates, covering an area of 130 miles,
-about that of the city and county of Philadelphia. It was surrounded
-with double walls, one of which is said to have been 300 feet high, and
-so wide that six chariots could be driven abreast along its summit. The
-greatness of the city was short-lived. It was taken by the Medes and
-Persians, B.C. 536, and soon began to decline, though it remained, in a
-decaying condition, for nearly 1,000 years afterward.
-
-[Illustration: BABYLON.]
-
-[Illustration: COMPARATIVE AREAS OF THE GREAT EMPIRES--ASSYRIAN,
-BABYLONIAN, PERSIAN.]
-
-[Illustration: THE PERSIAN EMPIRE.]
-
-[Illustration: DIVISION OF ALEXANDER'S EMPIRE.]
-
-IV. =The Persian Empire=, B.C. 538-330. As the Babylonian power arose
-with Nebuchadnezzar, the Persian began with Cyrus the Great. He was the
-hereditary king of the Persians, and headed a revolt against the Medes,
-which resulted in reversing the relations of the two races, so that the
-Persians became dominant. He then led his united people westward, and
-conquered Croesus, the king of Lydia, thus extending his dominion from
-the Persian Gulf to the Ægean Sea. The power of Babylon began to fall on
-the death of Nebuchadnezzar, whose successors were weaklings, and in
-B.C. 538 Cyrus took the city of Babylon. His dominions were now larger
-than those of the old Assyrian empire; and under his successors the
-conquests of Persia were pushed both eastward and westward, until, under
-Darius the Great, they embraced all the lands from the Indus to the
-Nile. The map represents the empire of Persia at this period, with the
-twenty satrapies, or provinces, into which it was divided by Darius.
-This empire lasted for 200 years, until its conquest by Alexander the
-Great, B.C. 330, when the sceptre of the East passed into European
-hands, and Greece gave law to Asia. In the extent of its territory, in
-the strength of its dominion, and in the consolidation of its conquests,
-Persia was far greater than either Assyria or Babylon. It will be
-observed that the scale of all the maps of the Assyrian, Babylonian and
-Persian Empires, is the same, so that their relative proportions may be
-seen.
-
-The map of the Persian Empire represents the political state of the
-Oriental world at the conclusion of the Old Testament period. When Ezra
-and Nehemiah were at Jerusalem, and Haggai and Malachi were the prophets
-of Judah, all the lands were under the dominion of Persia, and were
-governed from "Shushan the palace," or Susa.
-
-[Illustration: BABYLON.]
-
-
-PERIOD OF RESTORATION 536 B.C.-70 A.D.
-
-The closing portion of Old Testament history, from the edict of Cyrus
-the Great, B.C. 536, permitting the captive Jews to return to Palestine,
-is known as the Period of Restoration. From that time until the end of
-the Jewish history, the land was under foreign rule. The Period of
-Restoration, from the return from captivity to the birth of Christ, may
-be divided as follows:
-
-1. =The Persian Supremacy=, B.C. 538-330. During the 200 years of the
-Persian empire, the Jews were kindly treated by their sovereigns, and
-permitted to regulate their own affairs. Under Darius the Great, who
-reigned B.C. 521-486, the second Temple was completed. Under Xerxes, the
-next monarch, called in the Bible, Ahasuerus, occurred the romantic
-events of Esther's deliverance, and the downfall of Haman. Under his
-successor, Artaxerxes Longimanus, B.C. 465-425, the Jewish state was
-reformed by Ezra, and the walls of Jerusalem were built by Nehemiah.
-Soon after this occurred the separation of the Samaritans, and a rival
-temple was built on Mount Gerizim.
-
-2. =The Macedonian Supremacy=, B.C. 330-321, though brief, brought to
-pass vast results. Alexander the Great, in a brilliant series of
-battles, subjugated the entire Persian empire, and became the master of
-the Oriental world. He dealt kindly with the Jews, notwithstanding their
-loyalty to the Persian throne, and permitted them to enjoy freedom of
-worship and of government. We do not give a map of Alexander's empire,
-as its boundaries in Asia varied but little from those of Persia, and it
-has no direct relation to Bible history. Soon after Alexander's death,
-his generals formed a compact for the government of his empire; but it
-was soon broken, and out of his conquests four kingdoms arose, of which
-the most important were those of Seleucus in Asia, and of Ptolemy in
-Africa. In the first division, B.C. 323, Palestine became a part of
-Syria.
-
-3. =The Egyptian Supremacy=, B.C. 321-198. Palestine was taken from
-Syria by Ptolemy Soter, the ruler of Egypt; and his successors, the
-Greek kings of Egypt, all named Ptolemy, held the Holy Land for 120
-years. During this time the Jews were governed, under the king of Egypt,
-by their high-priests. The most important event of this epoch was the
-Septuagint translation of the Old Testament, made at Alexandria about
-285 B.C. The map of the Division of Alexander's Empire represents the
-Oriental world at this period, after the lands had settled down into
-something like order under stable governments.
-
-Omitting the minor states and free cities, the kingdoms of that epoch
-were as follows:
-
-1. _The kingdom of the Seleucidæ_, sometimes known as Syria, was founded
-by Seleucus, B.C. 312. It included the largest portion of Alexander's
-conquests, embracing most of Asia Minor, and those provinces of the
-Bible world known as Syria, Mesopotamia, Babylonia, Persia Proper,
-Southern Media, and far beyond them eastward to the Indus. Throughout
-its history of 250 years, it remained a Greek government, though in
-Asia, and introduced the Greek language and literature to all the lands
-of the Orient.
-
-2. _The kingdom of the Ptolemies_ included Egypt, Libya, Palestine,
-Phoenicia, and the southern provinces of Asia Minor. It was ruled by a
-succession of Greek monarchs, descended from Ptolemy Soter, and, with
-changing boundaries, endured until the death of its last queen, the
-famous Cleopatra, when it became a part of the Roman empire.
-
-3. There were other kingdoms in Asia at this time, appearing upon the
-map. _Pontus_ and _Cappadocia_ intervened between the two sections of
-the empire of the Seleucidæ. Southwest of the Caspian, and near the sea,
-_Media Atropatene_ had gained its independence, and on the southeast
-_Parthia_ was rising to power; while beyond, on the east, was
-_Bactriana_. Other lands of less importance might also be named; but
-these are all that are necessary to the reader of the history.
-
-During this epoch of 125 years, Palestine remained under the control of
-Egypt.
-
-[Illustration: NINEVEH AND VICINITY.]
-
-4. =The Syrian Supremacy=, B.C. 198-166. By the battle of Mount Panium,
-Antiochus of the Seleucid line wrested Palestine from Egypt. The Syrian
-domination, though short, brought to the Jews greater trials than any
-previous period in their history. Jerusalem was twice taken and sacked,
-the Temple was desecrated and closed, the Jewish religion was forbidden,
-and those who remained steadfast to it were subjected to a cruel
-persecution. The trials named in Heb. 11:35-87, belonged to this
-period, when every attempt was made by Antiochus Epiphanes to destroy
-the worship of Jehovah, and introduce Greek customs and religion among
-the Jewish people. But the very violence of the tyranny reacted, and led
-to a complete deliverance and a more thorough devotion.
-
-5. =The Maccabean Independence=, B.C. 166-40. A priest named Mattathias
-raised the banner of revolt; and, after his death, his five sons in
-succession led the efforts of the Jews for freedom. The greatest of
-them, though all were heroes, was Judas, called Maccabeus, "the hammer."
-In B.C. 165 he took possession of Jerusalem; and, after his death, his
-brother Simon won the recognition of the freedom of Palestine. Other
-Maccabean princes extended the boundaries of the land over Edom, Samaria
-and Galilee. Under a succession of these rulers, also called Asmonean
-kings, Palestine was virtually independent, though nominally subordinate
-to either Syria or Egypt.
-
-[Illustration: PALESTINE UNDER THE MACCABEES.
-
-B.C. 100.]
-
-6. =The Roman Supremacy=, B.C. 40-A.D. 70. Perhaps this period should
-begin with B.C. 63, when the Roman general Pompey entered Jerusalem, and
-the Romans began to exercise a controlling influence. But the
-representatives of the Maccabean line were allowed to reign until B.C.
-40, when they were set aside, and Herod the Great, an Idumean (Edomite),
-was made king by the Romans. It was in the closing portion of his reign
-that JESUS CHRIST was born. The last 70 years of the Roman period belong
-to New Testament history, and will be considered in connection with the
-maps of that period.
-
-
-
-
-THE ROMAN EMPIRE.
-
-
-THE last of the Old World empires was that having its capital on the
-seven hills of ROME. Like most of the others, it was the dominion of a
-single city; but, unlike others, it represented the conquests, not of a
-single conquering king, as Nebuchadnezzar or Cyrus, but of a
-self-governing and conquering people; and, unlike its predecessors, it
-was not a loose aggregation of states, ready to fall apart as soon as
-the hand that fettered them was removed, but an empire, carefully welded
-together, building up in every land its own civilization, and developing
-a national unity which held its possessions together for a thousand
-years.
-
-[Illustration: THE COLOSSEUM AT ROME.]
-
-At the close of the Old Testament period, the Persian empire stood in
-all its power. Four hundred years later, at the opening of the New
-Testament epoch, the Persian empire had given place to that of
-Alexander; that had broken up into many fragments; and most of these in
-turn had been united under the eagles of Rome. The world's capital had
-moved westward, and the Mediterranean was now a Roman lake. The
-principal provinces of this empire, omitting minor subdivisions, were:
-
-I. =European Provinces.= 1. Italy. 2. Hispania, now known as Spain,
-subdivided into three provinces. 3. Gallia, now France, including also
-parts of Germany and the Netherlands, embracing five provinces. 4. The
-Danubian provinces of Rhætia, Noricum, Pannonia, and Moesia, to which
-Dacia was afterward added by the emperor Trajan. 5. The Grecian
-provinces of Thracia, Macedonia, Achaia, and Illyricum.
-
-II. =The Insular Provinces= were: 1. Britannia. 2. Sicilia. 3. Sardinia
-and Corsica, united. 4. Cyprus. The other islands were attached, either
-to these, or to governments upon the mainland.
-
-III. =The Asiatic Provinces= were: 1. Asia, a term referring only to the
-western end of Asia Minor. 2. Pontus and Bithynia, united. 3. Galatia.
-4. Pamphylia and Lycia. 5. Cilicia. 6. Syria, of which Palestine was a
-part. To these were added, after the New Testament period, Armenia,
-Mesopotamia, and Arabia Petræa; but they were soon lost to the empire.
-
-IV. =The African Provinces= were: 1. Ægyptus, or Egypt. 2. Cyrenaica,
-called, in Acts 2:10, "parts of Libya about Cyrene." 3. Africa, the
-district around Carthage. 4. Mauritania, now Morocco.
-
-This empire was the most thoroughly organized and the longest in
-duration of any in ancient history. It lasted until Rome fell under the
-attacks of barbarians from the North, A.D. 476. Even after this, the
-eastern division of the empire remained with almost unbroken power for
-centuries, and was not finally extinguished until 1453, the close of the
-Middle Ages.
-
-[Illustration: THE ROMAN EMPIRE IN THE NEW TESTAMENT PERIOD.]
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-THE ANCIENT EMPIRES.
-
-It is desirable to let the class see the comparative area and location
-of the Four Oriental Empires; hence they should be presented upon the
-same map. Each of these may form a separate lesson.
-
-I. _The Early Chaldean Empire._ 1. Draw in the centre of the blackboard
-the outlines of the map of Chedorlaomer's Empire, on page 34, reserving
-space enough around it to embrace all the lands of the maps on page 92.
-2. Draw the four important rivers: the _Tigris_, _Euphrates_, _Jordan_
-and _Nile_. 3. Show the _boundaries_ of Chedorlaomer's empire, and its
-principal places: _Babylon_, _Ur_, _Nineveh_, _Haran_, _Damascus_,
-_Hebron_. 4. State briefly the _history_ of the empire. 5. Review the
-lesson, and let the class state all the information given.
-
-N. B. The outlines may be drawn in advance with slate pencil or
-soapstone, and then traced with chalk in the presence of the class.
-Also, the initial letters only of places or rivers should be written, as
-a hint to the memory; afterward the initial letters should be erased,
-and the class be called upon to name the places as located by the
-pointer.
-
-II. _The Assyrian Empire._ 1. After erasing the boundaries of the first
-empire, leaving the general outline of sea-coast and lands the same,
-show the location of the conquering province, _Assyria_, and its
-capital, Nineveh. 2. Draw the _boundaries_ of the Assyrian empire,
-explain them to the class, and have them repeated in concert. 3. Locate
-and name the subject provinces: _Armenia_, _Media_, _Mesopotamia_,
-_Susiana_, _Babylonia_, _Syria_, _Palestine_. 4. Name its most important
-kings: _Tiglath-adar_, _Shalmaneser_, _Sargon_, _Sennacherib_,
-_Esar-haddon_, _Asshur-bani-pal_. With each king should be named the
-events associated with his reign. 5. Review the outline as before.
-
-III. _The Babylonian Empire._ This may be given upon the same map as the
-two preceding. 1. Show the location and relations of the four kingdoms:
-_Babylonia_, _Media_, _Lydia_, _Cilicia_. 2. Give an account of Babylon,
-and its fall.
-
-IV. _The Persian Empire._ Leaving the coast-line of the former maps on
-the board, add to it the lines in all points of the compass requisite to
-show the boundaries of Persia. The provinces, or satrapies, need not be
-specified (unless detailed knowledge is desired), for they do not relate
-to Bible history. Name the leading monarchs, Cyrus, Darius, Xerxes,
-Artaxerxes Longimanus, and give an account of the fall of the empire.
-
-V. _The Empire of Alexander._ 1. This may be shown in outline; and its
-history be given. 2. The division of the empire and its leading kingdoms
-should be mentioned.
-
-VI. _The Roman Empire._ This will require a new map. Draw in outline the
-lands around the Mediterranean Sea, and enumerate the provinces:
-European, Asiatic, African.
-
-[Illustration: GROTTO OF JEREMIAH (UNDER MOUNT CALVARY).]
-
-[Illustration: THE KINGDOM OF HEROD THE GREAT.]
-
-
-
-
-NEW TESTAMENT PALESTINE.
-
-
-THE political geography of Palestine, during the seventy years of New
-Testament history, is somewhat complicated, from the two facts, that new
-provinces are named in the annals, and also that the government was
-changed from regal to provincial, and from provincial to regal, oftener
-than once in a generation.
-
-
-I. THE PROVINCES OF PALESTINE.
-
-These were, on the west of the Jordan, Judæa, Samaria and Galilee; and
-on the east, Peræa, and a group of minor principalities, popularly, but
-not accurately, called Decapolis. They are indicated upon the map of the
-Kingdom of Herod the Great.
-
-1. =Judæa= was the largest province in Palestine. It embraced the
-territory anciently belonging to the four tribes, Judah, Benjamin, Dan,
-and Simeon. On the east its boundary was the Dead Sea; on the south, the
-desert; on the west, the Mediterranean. The northern line, separating it
-from Samaria, is less definitely known; but we have adopted the boundary
-as given by Conder in "A Handbook to the Bible," where the evidences in
-its favor are shown. The southern portion was properly Idumaea, or
-western Edom. The Philistine plain, and the Negeb, or "South Country,"
-were both known as Daroma.
-
-2. =Samaria= was the central province, between Judæa and the Carmel
-range of mountains. Its share of the plain by the sea was known as
-Sarona (Sharon), and was occupied almost entirely by Gentiles; while its
-mountain region was held by the Samaritans, a people of mingled origin,
-partly descended from the remnant of the Ten Tribes after the captivity,
-and partly from heathen peoples deported to the territory, of which an
-account is contained in 2 Kings 17. They separated from (or rather, were
-disfellowshiped by) the Jews in the times of Nehemiah, and built a
-temple on Mount Gerizim, B.C. 400. A small remnant still remain in the
-ancient city of Shechem, and maintain their ancient worship.
-
-3. =Galilee= was the northern province, extending from Mount Carmel to
-Lebanon, and from the Sea of Tiberias to the Mediterranean and
-Phoenicia. Its people were Jews, and profoundly attached to the law, but
-less superstitious than those of Jerusalem. In this province most of the
-ministry of Jesus Christ was accomplished.
-
-[Illustration: TIBERIAS.]
-
-4. =Peræa= extended from the Jordan and the Dead Sea on the west to the
-Syrian desert on the east, and from the river Arnon on the south to the
-town of Pella on the north; nearly corresponding to the location of the
-tribes of Reuben and Gad. The word means "beyond"; and the country was
-sometimes called (Mark 10:1) "Judæa by the farther side of Jordan." It
-was inhabited during the New Testament period by Jews, among whom were
-established many villages of Gentiles.
-
-5. The remaining province has no correct geographical name. It is
-sometimes called =Decapolis=; but the term is not precise, and strictly
-refers to ten cities, not all of which were in the province. It embraced
-no less than five sections, as may be seen upon the map. (1.)
-Gaulanitis, the ancient Golan, now _Jaulan_, east of the Jordan,
-Tiberias, and Lake Merom, which was then called Samachonitis. (2.)
-Auranitis, now _Hauran_, the flat country of Bashan. (3.) Trachonitis,
-"rugged," the mountainous district of Bashan, now known as _el Ledja_.
-(4.) Iturea, now called _Jedur_, between Mount Hermon and the _Ledja_,
-on the north. (5.) Batanea, an Aramaic form of the Hebrew word Bashan,
-south of the Hieromax.
-
-Decapolis was "the land of the ten cities." These were ten confederated
-Gentile cities standing in Palestine; and, though surrounded by a Jewish
-population, preserving their heathen character, and protected by the
-Roman government. Their names, as given by different historians, do not
-entirely agree; but the best list is: (1.) Scythopolis (Beth-shean).
-(2.) Gadara. (3.) Gerasa. (4.) Canatha. (5.) Abila. (6.) Raphana. (7.)
-Hippos. (8.) Dion. (9.) Pella. (10.) Capitolias. To these may be added:
-(11.) Philadelphia (Rabbath Ammon). (12.) Damascus. As far as
-identified, they are named upon the map in red letters. Many of these
-cities were destroyed, and their inhabitants massacred, by the Jews, in
-the beginning of the final war before the destruction of Jerusalem by
-Titus.
-
-[Illustration: PALESTINE DURING THE MINISTRY of JESUS.
-
-A.D. 26.]
-
-
-II. THE POLITICAL HISTORY OF PALESTINE, B.C. 4-A.D. 70.
-
-1. =The Kingdom of Herod the Great= included all the provinces indicated
-upon the map, and described above. This organization came to an end B.C.
-4, when Herod died.
-
-2. =The Tetrarchy=, B.C. 4-A.D. 41. The word means "a government of
-four," and points to the division of the kingdom after Herod's death,
-when Archelaus was made tetrarch of Judæa and Samaria; Antipas (called
-in the New Testament "Herod the tetrarch"), of Galilee and Peræa; and
-Philip, of the fifth province, east of the Sea of Tiberias. The fourth
-tetrarch was Lysanias, who ruled over the small district of Abilene,
-between Mount Hermon and Damascus, a separate dominion from that of
-Herod. In A.D. 6 Archelaus was deposed, and Judæa and Samaria were
-annexed directly to the empire, and governed by a series of procurators,
-of whom Pontius Pilate was the sixth. This was the political arrangement
-of Palestine during the ministry of Jesus, of which a map is given.
-
-3. =The Kingdom of Herod Agrippa=, A.D. 41-44. Herod Agrippa was a
-grandson of Herod the Great, and an intimate friend of the emperor
-Caligula, from whom he received the title of king, and all the dominions
-of Herod the Great, with Abilene added; so that he reigned over more
-territory than any Jewish king after Solomon. He was the "Herod the
-king" who slew the apostle James, imprisoned Peter, and died by the
-judgment of God at Cæsarea. (Acts 12.)
-
-4. =The Two Provinces=, A.D. 44-70. On the death of Herod Agrippa, his
-son, Herod Agrippa II., was a youth of 17. The emperor Claudius gave him
-only the tetrarchies formerly held by Philip and Lysanias, "the fifth
-province" of Palestine, and Abilene. Over these he reigned until the
-final extinction of the Jewish state by Titus, A.D. 70, when he retired
-to a private station at Rome. This was the "King Agrippa" before whom
-the apostle Paul bore testimony. (Acts 25, 26.) During his reign, Judæa,
-Samaria, Galilee and Peræa formed the province of Judæa, under Roman
-procurators, having their headquarters at Cæsarea. When the last
-rebellion of the Jews had been quelled by the destruction of Jerusalem,
-the entire country was annexed to the province of Syria, and the history
-of Judæa ended.
-
-[Illustration: THE TWO PROVINCES.
-
-A.D. 44-70.]
-
-
-
-
-THE LIFE OF CHRIST.
-
-
-AS THE life of Jesus Christ on earth is the most important not only in
-all Bible history, but in all human history as well, it is desirable
-that the Bible student, and especially the Bible teacher, should obtain
-a clear understanding of its leading events, associate them with the
-places where they occurred, and arrange them in chronological order. Of
-the 150 principal events, about 100 are fixed as to their chronological
-order by the common consent of the leading harmonists; about 25 are
-agreed upon by the majority; while the remaining 25 are altogether
-uncertain. In the outline here given, the authorities most relied upon
-are Andrews, Robinson, Geikie, and Strong, yet no one of them is
-exclusively followed. We divide the earthly life of Jesus into nine
-periods, to each of which is given a separate map, so that the student
-may not be confused among the various lines of the Saviour's journeying.
-
-[Illustration: THE POOL OF SILOAM.]
-
-The periods are as follows:
-
-I. Period of Preparation, 30 years, from the Birth to the Baptism of
-Jesus.
-
-II. Period of Inauguration, 15 months, from the Baptism to the Rejection
-at Nazareth.
-
-III. Period of Early Galilean Ministry, 4 months, from the Rejection at
-Nazareth to the Sermon on the Mount.
-
-IV. Period of Later Galilean Ministry, 10 months, from the Sermon on the
-Mount to the Feeding of the Five Thousand.
-
-V. Period of Retirement, 6 months, from the Feeding of the Five Thousand
-to the Feast of Tabernacles.
-
-VI. Period of Judæan Ministry, 3 months, from the Feast of Tabernacles
-to the Feast of Dedication.
-
-VII. Period of Peræan Ministry, 4 months, from the Feast of Dedication
-to the Anointing at Bethany.
-
-VIII. Period of the Passion, 8 days, from the Anointing at Bethany to
-the Resurrection.
-
-IX. Period of the Resurrection, 40 days, from the Resurrection to the
-Ascension.
-
-
-I. PERIOD OF PREPARATION.
-
-This includes the events of 30 years, from the Birth of Jesus to his
-Baptism, and though the longest, contains the fewest recorded incidents
-of any. Upon the map are indicated by red lines four journeys of Jesus.
-
-1. =The Presentation in the Temple.= (From Bethlehem to Jerusalem and
-return.) From Bethlehem, his birthplace, the infant Jesus, at the age of
-40 days, was taken to Jerusalem, to be presented before the Lord in the
-Temple. Here he was recognized as the Messiah of Israel, by Simeon and
-Anna, and then was taken back to Bethlehem. (Luke 2:22-38.)
-
-2. =The Flight into Egypt.= (From Bethlehem to Egypt.) After the visit
-of the Wise Men, the Saviour, still an infant, was taken down to Egypt,
-in order to escape the jealousy of Herod the Great. (Matt. 2:1-18.)
-
-3. =The Settlement at Nazareth.= (From Egypt to Nazareth.) After the
-death of Herod, Jesus was taken from Egypt to Galilee, to the village of
-Nazareth, the early home of Joseph and Mary. Here he spent his youth.
-(Matt. 2:19-23.)
-
-4. =The Visit to the Temple.= (From Nazareth to Jerusalem and return.)
-The only recorded event of the Saviour's youth, is his journey to
-Jerusalem, at the age of 12 years, to attend the Passover. On the return
-journey, he was lost by his parents, and after three days, found in the
-Temple (probably in the Court of the Women), conversing with the doctors
-of the law. He returned with Joseph and Mary to Nazareth (Luke 2:40-52),
-and thenceforth no events in his life for 18 years are related.
-
-The places in this period are: (1.) Bethlehem, a village six miles
-southwest of Jerusalem, now _Beit-lahm_. (2.) The Temple in Jerusalem.
-(See plan on page 138.) (3.) Nazareth, a village on the border of the
-Plain of Esdraelon, in Galilee, now _en Nasireh_, a place of 6,000
-population.
-
-[Illustration: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
-
-MAP 1.
-
-PERIOD OF PREPARATION, FROM THE BIRTH TO THE BAPTISM.]
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--FIRST PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF PREPARATION.
-
- 1. _Presentation in the Temple._ (Bethlehem to
- Jerusalem and return.) Recognized by Simeon and
- Anna.
-
- 2. _Flight into Egypt._ (Bethlehem to Egypt.)
- Escape from Herod.
-
- 3. _Settlement at Nazareth._ (Egypt to Nazareth.)
- Childhood and youth.
-
- 4. _Visit to the Temple._ (Nazareth to Jerusalem
- and return.) Found among the doctors.
-
-
-II. PERIOD OF INAUGURATION.
-
-This embraces 15 months, from the Baptism of Jesus to the Rejection at
-Nazareth, and contains the record of five journeys. Its places are as
-follows: 1. Nazareth, already located. 2. Bethabara was formerly
-supposed to be the ancient Beth-Nimrah, now _Nimrin_, on a small stream
-east of the Jordan, not far from the Dead Sea. But Conder locates it at
-_Abarah_, a ford of the Jordan above Beth-shean, and near the Sea of
-Galilee. 3. "The Wilderness" is probably the uninhabited region of Judæa
-near the Dead Sea, though it may have been the desert far to the south.
-4. Cana is located at _Kefr Kenna_, northeast of Nazareth, though Dr.
-Robinson places it at _Kana el Jelil_, 9 miles north of Nazareth. 5.
-Capernaum was probably at _Khan Minyeh_, on the west of the Sea of
-Galilee, though long located at _Tell Hum_, on the north. 6. Jerusalem.
-7. Sychar, the ancient Shechem, now _Nablus_, beside Mount Gerizim. The
-journeys of this period are named, each from its leading event.
-
-1. =The Baptism.= (From Nazareth to Bethabara.) Near the close of John
-the Baptist's ministry, Jesus left his carpenter shop at Nazareth, and
-journeyed down the Jordan Valley to Bethabara. There he was baptized by
-John, and received from heaven the testimony of his sonship. (Matt.
-3:13-17.)
-
-2. =The Temptation.= (From Bethabara to the Wilderness and return.) (1.)
-Immediately after his baptism, Jesus was led by the Spirit into the
-Wilderness, where he fasted 40 days, and overcame the temptations of
-Satan. (Matt. 4:1-11.) (2.) Returning to Bethabara, he received the
-testimony of John the Baptist, and met his earliest followers, Andrew
-and Peter, John, Philip, and Nathanael. (John 1:37-50.)
-
-[Illustration: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
-
-MAP 2.
-
-PERIOD OF INAUGURATION, FROM THE BAPTISM TO THE REJECTION AT NAZARETH.]
-
-3. =The Marriage at Cana.= (Bethabara to Cana and Capernaum.) (1.) Jesus
-left Bethabara, journeyed up the Jordan Valley to Galilee, and over the
-mountains to Cana, near Nazareth. Here he was present at a wedding, and
-wrought his first miracle, turning the water into wine. (2.) Thence,
-with his mother and brothers, he went down to Capernaum, by the Sea of
-Galilee, and remained a few days. (John 2:1-12.)
-
-4. =The First Passover.= (Capernaum to Jerusalem.) (1.) Soon after the
-wedding feast Jesus went up to Jerusalem, probably by way of the Jordan
-Valley, to attend the first Passover of his ministry. (John 2:13.) (2.)
-At Jerusalem he asserted his authority by cleansing the Temple from the
-traders. (John 2:14-22.) (3.) He held the conversation with Nicodemus
-concerning the new birth, and remained for a time in Judæa, gathering a
-few disciples, yet not making his ministry prominent, while his
-forerunner was still preaching. (John 3:1-36.)
-
-5. =The Return to Galilee.= (Jerusalem to Sychar and Cana.) (1.) As soon
-as the teaching of John the Baptist was ended by his imprisonment, Jesus
-left Judæa to open his own public ministry. (2.) He went through
-Samaria, and paused at Jacob's well for the conversation with the
-Samaritan woman, and then remained at Sychar, the ancient Shechem, two
-days. (3.) At Cana, the place of his earlier miracle, he spoke the word
-of healing for a nobleman's son, who was sick at Capernaum. (John
-4:1-54.)
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--SECOND PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF INAUGURATION.
-
- 1. _Baptism._ (Nazareth to Bethabara.)
-
- 2. _Temptation._ (Bethabara to Wilderness and
- return.) (1.) The temptation. (2.) The first
- followers.
-
- 3. _Marriage at Cana._ (Bethabara to Cana and
- Capernaum.) (1.) The first miracle. (2.) The visit
- to Capernaum.
-
- 4. _First Passover._ (Capernaum to Jerusalem.)
- (1.) The Passover. (2.) Cleansing the Temple. (3.)
- Discourse with Nicodemus.
-
- 5. _Return to Galilee._ (Jerusalem to Sychar and
- Cana.) (1.) The departure. (2.) The woman of
- Samaria. (3.) The nobleman's son.
-
-[Illustration: BETHLEHEM.]
-
-
-III. PERIOD OF EARLY GALILEAN MINISTRY.
-
-This is a period of about four months, from the Rejection at Nazareth to
-the Sermon on the Mount. It brings to notice six places, most of which
-have been already noticed. 1. Cana. 2. Nazareth. 3. Capernaum. 4.
-Eastern Galilee, the region on the shore of the Sea of Galilee. 5.
-Jerusalem. 6. The mountain of the sermon. This was probably _Kurûn
-Hattin_, "the horns of Hattin," a mountain with a double peak, a few
-miles from the Sea of Galilee. The journeys of this period are four in
-number.
-
-1. =The Opening of the Ministry.= (From Cana to Nazareth and Capernaum.)
-(1.) He came (perhaps from Cana) to Nazareth, with the intention of
-commencing his ministry in his own home. But his towns-people rejected
-his message, and would have slain him if he had not escaped from their
-hands. (Luke 4:16-31.) (2.) Rejected in his own city, he removed to
-Capernaum, which thenceforward was the centre of his ministry for more
-than a year. (Luke 4:31.) (3.) Here he called from their work at the
-seaside his four earliest disciples, Simon and Andrew, James and John.
-They had known him before, but now left all to follow him. (Luke
-5:1-11.) (4.) In the synagogue, on the sabbath, he cast out an evil
-spirit (Luke 4:33-36), and healed the mother of Peter's wife. (Luke
-4:38-40.)
-
-2. =The Tour in Eastern Galilee.= (From Capernaum through Eastern
-Galilee and return.) (1.) This journey was probably near the Sea of
-Galilee, and may not have occupied more than a few weeks. (2.) During
-its progress he healed a leper, whose testimony led such multitudes to
-come seeking miracles that Jesus was compelled to go into retirement.
-(3.) On his return to Capernaum he healed a paralytic let down through
-the roof, and (4.) called the publican Matthew to be one of his
-disciples. (Luke 5:17-28.)
-
-3. =The Second Passover.= (From Capernaum to Jerusalem and return.) (1.)
-In the spring of the second year of his ministry he went up to the feast
-at the capital, and while there healed a cripple at the Pool of
-Bethesda. (John 5:1-47.) (2.) On his return, while walking through the
-wheat fields, he asserted his authority as "Lord of the sabbath." (Luke
-6:1-5.) (3.) On a sabbath soon after, he healed in the synagogue a man
-with a withered hand. (Luke 6:6-11.)
-
-4. =The Sermon on the Mount.= (From Capernaum to the mountain.) (1.) The
-opposition of the Pharisees caused Jesus to leave Capernaum and instruct
-the people by the sea-shore. (Mark 3:7-12.) (2.) He ascended a mountain,
-probably _Kurûn Hattin_, and, after a night in prayer, appointed the
-Twelve Apostles. (Luke 6:12-16.) (3.) To the disciples and the multitude
-he preached the Sermon on the Mount. (Matt. 5-7.)
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--THIRD PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF EARLY GALILEAN MINISTRY.
-
-1. _Opening of the Ministry._ (Cana to Nazareth and Capernaum.) (1.)
-Rejection at Nazareth. (2.) Settlement at Capernaum. (3.) Calling of
-Simon and Andrew, James and John. (4.) Demoniac healed, and Peter's
-wife's mother healed.
-
-2. _Tour in Eastern Galilee._ (Capernaum to Eastern Galilee and return.)
-(1.) Preaching in Galilee. (2.) Leper healed. (3.) Paralytic healed.
-(4.) Matthew called.
-
-3. _Second Passover._ (Capernaum to Jerusalem and return.) (1.) The
-cripple at Bethesda. (2.) Through the wheat fields. (3.) Withered hand
-healed.
-
-4. _Sermon on the Mount._ (Capernaum to the mountain.) (1.) By the sea.
-(2.) Calling the Twelve. (3.) The sermon.
-
-[Illustration: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
-
-MAP 3.
-
-EARLY GALILEAN MINISTRY FROM THE REJECTION AT NAZARETH TO THE SERMON ON
-THE MOUNT.]
-
-
-IV. THE LATER GALILEAN MINISTRY.
-
-This period of ten months, from the Sermon on the Mount to the Feeding
-of the Five Thousand, was a time of opposition on the part of the ruling
-classes, but continued popularity among the people. The places which
-Jesus visited at this time were: 1. Capernaum, already noticed, and
-still the headquarters of his ministry. 2. Nain, now called _Nein_, on
-the northwestern edge of Little Hermon, six miles southeast of Nazareth,
-in full view of Mount Tabor. 3. "The country of the Gadarenes" (Mark
-5:1); called by Matthew (8:28) "the country of the Gergesenes." Gadara
-was the largest city of the region, situated south of the Sea of
-Galilee, and giving its name to the district; Gergesa, the little
-village east of the Sea of Galilee, now called _Khersa_. 4. Nazareth,
-already noticed under Period I. 5. Bethsaida, a city at the head of the
-Sea of Galilee, supposed by some to have been on both sides of the
-Jordan, by others on the east side. 6. The plain of Gennesaret, near to
-Capernaum. We arrange the events of this period under four journeys.
-
-1. =The Tour in Southern Galilee.= (From Capernaum to Nain and return.)
-The following events belong to this tour: (1.) At Capernaum, before
-starting, Jesus healed the slave of a believing centurion. (Luke
-7:1-10.) (2.) On the next day he led his disciples southward to Nain,
-where he raised to life the widow's son, about to be buried. (Luke
-7:11-17.) (3.) Perhaps at the same time and place he received the
-messengers and answered the questions of John the Baptist. (Luke
-7:18-35.) (4.) During the journey he was entertained by a Pharisee, at
-whose house "a woman who was a sinner" washed his feet. (Luke 7:36-50.)
-(5.) On his return the healing of a dumb demoniac occasioned the
-Pharisees to assume an open opposition, and to declare that his miracles
-were wrought by the power of the evil spirit. (Luke 11:14-26.) (6.) At
-the same time occurred the interference of his mother and brethren,
-desiring to restrain him. (Luke 8:19-21.)
-
-2. =The Gadarene Voyage.= (Capernaum to Gergesa and return.) With this
-journey are associated four events. (1.) The opposition of the enemies
-caused Jesus to leave the city, and to teach in parables by the sea.
-(Matt. 13:1-53.) (2.) From the shore, near Capernaum, he set sail for
-the country of the Gadarenes, east of the Sea of Galilee, and on the
-voyage stilled a sudden tempest. (Mark 4:35-41.) (3.) At the eastern
-shore, near the village of Gergesa, he restored two demoniacs, permitted
-the demons to enter a herd of swine, and as a result was besought by the
-people to leave their coasts. (4.) Returning across the sea to
-Capernaum, he raised to life the daughter of Jairus the ruler. (Luke
-8:41-56.)
-
-3. =The Tour in Central Galilee.= (From Capernaum to Nazareth and
-return.) (1.) Starting from Capernaum with his disciples, he visited
-Nazareth a second time, but was again rejected by its people. (Mark
-6:1-6.) (2.) He then gave the Twelve a charge, and sent them out to
-preach. (Matt. 10:5-42.) (3.) While they were absent upon their mission,
-Jesus himself also journeyed preaching through Central Galilee. (Mark
-6:6.) This was his third tour in Galilee. (4.) On his return to
-Capernaum, he received the report of the Twelve, and the news of John
-the Baptist's murder by Herod Antipas. (Mark 6:14-30.)
-
-4. =The Retirement to Bethsaida.= (1.) The multitudes following him led
-Jesus to leave Capernaum by sea for a retired place near Bethsaida.
-(Mark 6:31, 32.) (2.) The people hastened after Jesus, and met him as he
-landed, so that he was compelled to teach them all day, and wrought in
-the afternoon the miracle of the Five Loaves. (Mark 6:32-44.) (3.) After
-the miracle he sent the disciples out upon the sea, and at midnight
-walked to them upon the water. (Mark 6:45-51.) (4.) In the morning they
-landed at the plain of Gennesaret, near Capernaum, where Jesus wrought
-many miracles (Mark 6:52-56), and then returned to Capernaum. (5.) Here
-he completed his Galilean ministry by a discourse in the synagogue on
-the "Bread of Life." (John 6:25-59.)
-
-[Illustration: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
-
-MAP 4.
-
-LATER GALILEAN MINISTRY
-
-A.D. 28-29.]
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--FOURTH PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF LATER GALILEAN MINISTRY.
-
-1. _Tour in Southern Galilee._ (Capernaum to Nain and return.) (1.)
-Centurion's servant healed. (2.) Widow's son at Nain raised. (3.)
-Messengers from John. (4.) Washing the Saviour's feet. (5.) Dumb
-demoniac, and opposition of Pharisees. (6.) Interference of relatives.
-
-2. _Gadarene Voyage._ (Capernaum to Gergesa and return.) (1.) Parables
-by the sea. (2.) Stilling the tempest. (3.) Gadarene demoniacs. (4.)
-Jairus' daughter raised.
-
-3. _Tour in Central Galilee._ (Capernaum to Nazareth and return.) (1.)
-Second rejection at Nazareth. (2.) Mission of the Twelve. (3.) Third
-tour in Galilee. (4.) Report of the Twelve, and death of John the
-Baptist.
-
-4. _Retirement to Bethsaida._ (Capernaum to Bethsaida and return.) (1.)
-Seeking retirement. (2.) Feeding the five thousand. (3.) Walking on the
-sea. (4.) Miracles at Gennesaret. (5.) Discourse on the "Bread of Life."
-
-
-V. PERIOD OF RETIREMENT.
-
-During most of the six months, from the Feeding of the Five Thousand to
-the Feast of Tabernacles, in the fall before Christ's crucifixion, he
-remained in retirement, engaged in instructing his disciples in the
-deeper truths of the gospel. The places visited at this time were: 1.
-Phoenicia, "the coasts of Tyre and Sidon," probably only the borders
-near Galilee, not the cities themselves. 2. Decapolis, the region of the
-"ten cities," southeast of the Sea of Galilee; a country mainly
-inhabited by a heathen population. 3. Dalmanutha, a village on the
-western shore of the Sea of Galilee, not certainly identified, but
-perhaps at _Ain el Barideh_, two miles from Tiberias. 4. Bethsaida,
-already noticed under Period IV. 5. Cæsarea Philippi, at the foot of
-Mount Hermon, now _Banias_. 6. Capernaum, already noticed under Period
-II.
-
-1. =The Journey to Phoenicia.= (From Capernaum to the borders of Tyre
-and Sidon.) (1.) The discourse in the synagogue, showing the spiritual
-nature of Christ's kingdom, led to the defection of the multitude, and
-the retirement of Jesus and the Twelve. (John 6:60-71.) (2.) At the
-"coasts," or frontiers, of Tyre and Sidon, he restored the demoniac
-daughter of a Syrophoenician woman. (Mark 7:24-30.)
-
-[Illustration: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
-
-MAP 5.
-
-PERIOD OF RETIREMENT,
-
-A.D. 29.]
-
-2. =The Journey to Decapolis.= (From the borders of Tyre and Sidon to
-Decapolis.) (1.) The crowds gathering around Jesus in Phoenicia, he
-crossed Galilee, and sought seclusion in Decapolis, southeast of the Sea
-of Galilee. (Mark 7:31.) (2.) Here he wrought two miracles, healing a
-deaf stammerer, and feeding the four thousand. (Mark 7:31-37; 8:1-9.)
-
-3. =The Journey to Cæsarea Philippi.= (From Decapolis to Dalmanutha,
-Bethsaida and Cæsarea Philippi.) (1.) He sailed across the lake to
-Dalmanutha, but was met by the Pharisees with unbelieving demands for a
-sign, so took ship again. (Mark 8:10-13.) (2.) He sailed northward to
-Bethsaida, where he healed a blind man, who saw "men as trees walking."
-(Mark 8:22-26.) (3.) Pursuing his way up the Jordan, he came to Cæsarea
-Philippi, at the foot of Mount Hermon, where he remained several days.
-(4.) Here occurred Peter's confession, "Thou art the Christ," the
-transfiguration, and the restoration of the demoniac boy. (Luke
-9:18-45.)
-
-4. =The Last Return to Capernaum.= (From Cæsarea Philippi to Capernaum.)
-He probably went down the Jordan to Bethsaida, and thence by the shore
-of the sea to Capernaum. Here he kept in seclusion, and gave his
-disciples a lesson in humility, from "the child in the midst." (Mark
-9:30-50.)
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--FIFTH PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF RETIREMENT.
-
-1. _To Phoenicia._ (Capernaum to coasts of Tyre and Sidon.) (1.)
-Defection of the multitude. (2.) Syrophoenician woman.
-
-2. _To Decapolis._ (Phoenicia to Decapolis.) (1.) Journey to Decapolis.
-(2.) Healing the stammerer, and feeding the four thousand.
-
-3. _To Cæsarea Philippi._ (Decapolis to Dalmanutha, Bethsaida and
-Cæsarea Philippi.) (1.) Dalmanutha: a sign demanded. (2.) Bethsaida:
-blind man healed. (3.) Cæsarea Philippi. (4.) Transfiguration.
-
-4. _To Capernaum._ (Cæsarea Philippi to Capernaum.) The child in the
-midst.
-
-
-VI. PERIOD OF JUDÆAN MINISTRY.
-
-This includes the events of about three months, from the Feast of
-Tabernacles to the Feast of Dedication. The following places are
-referred to during this period: 1. Capernaum, noticed under Period II.
-2. The "village of the Samaritans" where Jesus was inhospitably treated,
-has been traditionally located at En-gannim, on the border of Galilee
-and Samaria. 3. Bethany, a small village on the Mount of Olives, east of
-Jerusalem, the home of Mary and Martha, now _el Nasiriyeh_. 4.
-Jerusalem. (See description on page 73.) 5. Bethabara, on the east of
-Jordan, referred to as the place of the baptism, in Period II.
-
-This period embraces but two journeys, at its beginning and ending; the
-one before the Feast of Tabernacles, the other after the Feast of
-Dedication.
-
-1. =From Galilee to Jerusalem.= (1.) Bidding farewell to Galilee, Jesus
-left Capernaum for the last time, and journeyed through Galilee toward
-Jerusalem. While starting he conversed with "the three aspirants" (Luke
-9:57-62), and showed the duty of full devotion to his work. (2.) On the
-border of Samaria, perhaps at the village of En-gannim, he was rejected
-by the Samaritans, but refused to allow his disciples to call down fire
-from heaven, "as Elias did." (Luke 9:52-56.) (3.) While in Samaria he
-healed the ten lepers, of whom but one turned back to give him thanks.
-(Luke 17:11-19). (4.) He found a home at Bethany, with Lazarus and his
-two sisters, and reminded Martha of her needless care, while Mary was
-seeking "the good part." (Luke 10:38-42.) (5.) He came to Jerusalem
-during the Feast of Tabernacles, and gave the teachings embodied in John
-7-10. (6.) While here he healed the blind man at the Pool of Siloam.
-(John 9:1-41.)
-
-2. =From Jerusalem to Bethabara.= (1.) At the Feast of Dedication the
-teachings of Christ created such an opposition that he left the city.
-(2.) He went to Bethabara beyond Jordan, the place of the baptism, and
-there prepared for his tour in Peræa.
-
-[Illustration: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
-
-MAP 6.
-
-PERIOD OF JUDÆAN MINISTRY,
-
-A.D. 29.
-
-TO THE FEAST OF TABERNACLES FROM THE FEAST OF DEDICATION.]
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--SIXTH PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF JUDÆAN MINISTRY.
-
-1. _From Galilee to Jerusalem._ (1.) Three aspirants. (2.) Rejected by
-Samaritans. (3.) Ten lepers. (4.) Mary and Martha. (5.) Feast of
-Tabernacles. (6.) Blind man at Pool of Siloam.
-
-2. _From Jerusalem to Bethabara._ (1.) Departure from Jerusalem. (2.) At
-Bethabara.
-
-
-VII. PERIOD OF PERÆAN MINISTRY.
-
-This extends through four months, from the events immediately succeeding
-the Feast of Dedication, to the Anointing at Bethany, six days before
-the crucifixion. Its places are as follows: 1. Bethabara, already
-noticed in Period II. 2. Bethany. (See Period VI.) 3. Ephraim. This was
-probably the village in a wild region northeast of Bethel, in the Old
-Testament called Ophrah, now _et Taiyibeh_. 4. Peræa was the province on
-the east of Jordan, and south of the Hieromax river. It was governed by
-Herod Antipas, the slayer of John the Baptist, and was inhabited by a
-mixed population. No towns are named as visited by the Saviour; but we
-have conjectured a route through most of the province, as shown on the
-map. 5. Jericho, at that time the largest city in the Jordan Valley, and
-recently beautified by Herod. It is now a miserable village, called _er
-Riha_. This period includes four journeys.
-
-[Illustration: THE LIFE OF CHRIST
-
-MAP 7.
-
-PERIOD OF PERÆAN MINISTRY,
-
-A.D. 30.
-
-FROM FEAST OF DEDICATION TO ANOINTING AT BETHANY.]
-
-1. =From Bethabara to Bethany.= (1.) While at Bethabara Jesus sent out
-the Seventy, to proclaim his coming in the Peræan villages. (Luke
-10:1-16.) (2.) Hearing of the sickness of Lazarus, after some delay, he
-went to Bethany, and raised him from the dead, a miracle which caused
-the Jewish leaders to formally resolve upon putting Jesus to death.
-(John 11.)
-
-2. =The Retirement to Ephraim.= The hour had not yet come for Jesus to
-die, and he therefore secluded himself from the rulers, in the village
-of Ephraim, in a wilderness north of Jerusalem, on the mountains
-overlooking the Jordan Valley. Here he remained several weeks, probably
-instructing the Twelve.
-
-3. =The Journey in Peræa.= Descending the mountains, Jesus crossed the
-Jordan Valley, and entered the province of Peræa. His ministry, during
-this journey, was of teaching rather than miracle, and is mainly related
-by Luke. Its events were: (1.) The miracles of healing the woman bent
-together by an infirmity, and the man with the dropsy. (Luke 13:10-17,
-and 14:1-6.) (2.) The seven great parables, among them that of the
-Prodigal Son. (Luke 14-16.) (3.) Blessing the little children. (Luke
-18:15-17.) (4.) The rich young ruler's question, and Jesus' answer,
-"Sell all that thou hast," etc. (Luke 18:18-30.) (5.) The ambitious
-request of James and John, for the first places in the kingdom of
-Christ. (Matt. 20:20-28.)
-
-4. =From Jericho to Bethany.= Jesus had now reached Jericho, on his last
-journey to Jerusalem, and from this point we notice the following
-events: (1.) The healing of Bartimeus at the gate of Jericho. (Luke
-18:35-43.) (2.) The visit of Jesus at the house of Zaccheus the
-publican. (Luke 19:1-10.) (3.) At the end of his journey, the anointing
-by Mary at Bethany, on the Saturday evening before the Passover. (John
-12:1-8.)
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--SEVENTH PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF PERÆAN MINISTRY.
-
-1. _Bethabara to Bethany._ (1.) Sending the Seventy. (2.) Raising of
-Lazarus.
-
-2. _Retirement to Ephraim._
-
-3. _Journey in Peræa._ (1.) Two miracles (infirm woman, and dropsy).
-(2.) Seven parables. (3.) Blessing little children. (4.) Rich young
-ruler. (5.) Request of James and John.
-
-4. _Jericho to Bethany._ (1.) Bartimeus. (2.) Zaccheus. (3.) Anointing
-by Mary.
-
-[Illustration: MAP 8. THE LIFE OF CHRIST.
-
-PERIOD OF THE PASSION, FROM THE ANOINTING TO THE RESURRECTION.]
-
-
-VIII. PERIOD OF THE PASSION.
-
-Although this period embraces only the week from the Anointing by Mary
-to the Death of Jesus on the cross, its events are so minutely related
-by the Evangelists as to occupy one-third of the Gospels. If the entire
-life of Jesus were as fully written out, it would fill nearly 80 volumes
-as large as the Bible. The events of the Passion-Week took place in and
-near Jerusalem. The locations on the map are those of tradition only,
-and are largely conjectural, while the lines of the journeyings are
-entirely unknown. The map is intended merely as a guide to the student
-in presenting the order of events, and must not be regarded as fixing
-the places with any authority. We arrange the events under nine short
-journeys.
-
-[Illustration: NAZARETH.]
-
-1, 2, 3. =From Bethany to the Temple and Return.= These three journeys
-took place on successive days, and were marked by distinctive events.
-(1.) The First Journey, on Sunday, was the triumphal entry into the city
-and the Temple, after which Jesus returned for the night to Bethany.
-(Matt. 21:1-11.) (2.) The Second Journey, on Monday, was marked by the
-cleansing of the Temple, when for the second time the Saviour drove out
-of the Court of the Gentiles those who made it a place of trade. (3.)
-The Third Journey, on Tuesday, was made memorable by the last teachings
-of Jesus, to the people and rulers in the Temple, and to the Twelve on
-the Mount of Olives, looking down upon the city. (Matt. 21-25.) At the
-close of each of these three days Jesus returned to Bethany, where he
-remained in seclusion on Wednesday, no event of that day being left on
-record.
-
-4. =From Bethany to the Supper.= The traditional place of the
-_Coenaculum_, or supper-room, is on Mount Zion, where Jesus came with
-his disciples on Thursday evening. Here took place the Last Supper, and
-the farewell conversation of Jesus with his disciples. (John 13-17.)
-
-5. =From the Supper to Gethsemane.= Near midnight of Thursday, Jesus and
-his disciples (Judas being absent) left the supper-room, and walked up
-the Valley of Jehoshaphat to the Garden of Gethsemane. Here Jesus
-endured the agony, and here he was arrested by the officers of the Jews,
-led by Judas. (Matt. 26:36-56.)
-
-6. =From Gethsemane to the House of Caiaphas.= The fettered Jesus was
-dragged by the crowd, first to the house of Annas (John 18:13-15), for a
-brief examination, thence to the house of Caiaphas for the formal trial
-before the Sanhedrim. This place is traditionally located on Mount Zion,
-near the house of the Last Supper. Here he was condemned by the rulers,
-and mocked by their servants. (John 18:16-28.)
-
-7. =From Caiaphas to Pilate.= Jesus was brought before the Roman
-procurator at his _prætorium_, or place of judgment. We are inclined to
-think that this was the castle built by Herod the Great on Mount Zion;
-but we give on the map the traditional location at the Tower Antonia,
-north of the Temple. Here Jesus was examined by Pilate, who vainly
-sought to deliver him, being convinced of his innocence. (John
-18:28-38.)
-
-8. =From Pilate to Herod and Return.= Wishing to avoid the
-responsibility of condemning Jesus, Pilate sent him to Herod Antipas,
-who was then in the city, probably in the palace of the Asmonean
-(Maccabean) kings. But Herod only mocked Jesus, and returned him to
-Pilate. (Luke 23:8-12.)
-
-9. =From Pilate to Calvary.= At last Pilate gave orders for the
-crucifixion of Jesus. He was now led forth, bearing his cross, perhaps
-by the street called Via Dolorosa, "the Sorrowful Way," to the place
-Golgotha, or CALVARY, outside the wall, where three crosses were
-erected, and the Saviour of the world was crucified. As two locations of
-Calvary are now given, both are indicated, and a journey from Pilate's
-castle to each. The route to the northern locality is indicated by
-dotted lines.
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS--EIGHTH PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF THE PASSION.
-
-1. _Bethany to Temple and Return._ Triumphal entry.
-
-2. _Bethany to Temple and Return._ Cleansing the Temple.
-
-3. _Bethany to Temple and Return._ Last discourses.
-
-4. _Bethany to Supper._ Last Supper.
-
-5. _Supper to Gethsemane._ (1.) Agony. (2.) Arrest.
-
-6. _Gethsemane to Caiaphas._ (1.) To Annas. (2.) To Caiaphas.
-
-7. _Caiaphas to Pilate._
-
-8. _Pilate to Herod and Return._
-
-9. _Pilate to Calvary._ (1.) Crucifixion. (2.) Death. (3.) Burial.
-
-
-IX. PERIOD OF THE RESURRECTION.
-
-The events of the forty days between the Resurrection and the Ascension
-of Jesus cannot be arranged as journeys, since his resurrection body
-moved from place to place by the will of his spirit. The student may
-therefore consult the Map of Palestine during the ministry of Jesus for
-the places referred to in the account of this period. Of the ten
-recorded appearances, five were on the day of the resurrection, the
-first Easter Sunday.
-
-1. =At Jerusalem=, on Easter morning, to Mary Magdalene, after the other
-women had received from the angels the news that he was alive. (John
-20:1-18.)
-
-2. =At Jerusalem=, soon afterward, to the other women, when Jesus
-greeted them with the words "All hail!" (Matt. 28:1-10.)
-
-3. =Near Emmaus=, on Easter afternoon, to two disciples, not apostles,
-to whom he unfolded the Scriptures concerning himself. (Luke 24:13-33.)
-Various locations have been proposed for Emmaus, of which we prefer
-_Kulonieyeh_, four miles west of Jerusalem.
-
-4. =At Jerusalem=, on the afternoon of the same day, to Simon Peter.
-(Luke 24:34.) No account of this appearance, more than the mention of
-the fact, has been preserved.
-
-5. =At Jerusalem=, on Easter evening, to the ten disciples, Thomas being
-absent. (John 20:19-25.)
-
-6. =At Jerusalem=, a week after the resurrection, to the eleven
-apostles, when Thomas received a tender rebuke for the slowness of his
-faith. (John 20:26-29.) Perhaps these last two appearances were at the
-place of the Supper, on Mount Zion.
-
-7. =Near the Sea of Galilee=, to seven apostles, when Peter received a
-new commission. (John 21:1-23.)
-
-8. =On a Mountain in Galilee=, perhaps _Kurûn Hattin_, the place of the
-Sermon on the Mount. Here were gathered 500 disciples, and the final
-commands of Christ were given. (Matt. 28:16-20; 1 Cor. 15:6.)
-
-9. =At Jerusalem= (?). To James, the Lord's brother. Only a mention of
-this appearance is left on record. (1 Cor. 15:7.)
-
-10. =Near Bethany.= Forty days after the resurrection, Jesus appeared to
-the eleven apostles, gave them his last charges, and ascended to heaven,
-from whence he has promised to come once more to earth. (Acts 1:9-12.)
-
-[Illustration: THE VIA DOLOROSA.]
-
-
-OUTLINE REVIEW OF NINTH PERIOD.
-
-PERIOD OF THE RESURRECTION.
-
-_The Ten Appearances of the Risen Christ:_
-
-1. _Jerusalem._ Mary Magdalene.
-
-2. _Jerusalem._ Other women.
-
-3. _Emmaus._ Two disciples.
-
-4. _Jerusalem._ Peter.
-
-5. _Jerusalem._ Ten apostles.
-
-6. _Jerusalem._ Eleven apostles.
-
-7. _Sea of Galilee._ Seven apostles.
-
-8. _Mountain in Galilee._ Five hundred disciples.
-
-9. _Jerusalem(?)._ James.
-
-10. _Bethany._ Apostles. [Ascension.]
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-1. Let each period be given as a separate lesson.
-
-2. Draw the map for the period on the blackboard, and show each place
-named in the period.
-
-3. Let each scholar also draw the map, and locate the places upon it.
-
-4. Draw the lines of the journeys in the period in colored chalk, naming
-the places and events of the journeys, and writing only initials or
-catch-syllables.
-
-5. Review carefully and thoroughly each period, each journey under it,
-and each event of the journey.
-
-6. Erase the map, and call upon the scholars to draw its different parts
-in turn; one the outlines, another the places, a third the journeys, a
-fourth the events, etc.
-
-7. Review with each lesson the leading points in all the previous
-lessons, until the whole series is thoroughly understood and
-remembered.
-
-[Illustration: EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY.
-
-PHILIP'S JOURNEY.
-
-PETER'S JOURNEY.]
-
-
-
-
-EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY.
-
-
-DURING the seven years following the ascension of the Saviour, the
-Christian church was entirely Jewish in its membership, and, so far as
-we can learn, limited to the city of Jerusalem and the surrounding
-villages. There was at that time no thought of the gospel for the
-Gentiles, and the conception of the apostles was that the only door into
-the church lay through the profession of Judaism and the rite of
-circumcision. Probably the first to attain to wider views of the gospel
-was Stephen, and the persecution in which he became the first martyr
-arose from the tendency of his teachings toward extending among the
-Gentiles the privileges of the new kingdom. This state of affairs was
-suddenly ended by the death of Stephen, and the scattering of the church
-at Jerusalem. The more liberally inclined of its members, when driven
-abroad, were led to preach the gospel, first to Samaritans; then to
-believers in the Jewish faith who had not yet submitted to circumcision,
-and hence were called "Proselytes of the Gate"; and at last to the
-general Gentile world. The period from the death of Stephen, A.D. 37, to
-the first missionary journey of the Apostle Paul, A.D. 45, may,
-therefore, be regarded as an age of transition from Jewish to Gentile
-Christianity.
-
-This period requires us to notice two provinces, Palestine and Syria.
-Palestine appears at this time under several forms of government in
-frequent succession. During the public life of Christ, Judæa and Samaria
-were under the direct rule of Rome, governed by a procurator, while
-Galilee and Peræa belonged to Herod Antipas, and the region north and
-east of the Sea of Galilee, anciently called Bashan, was held by Herod
-Philip, both of these having the title of _tetrarch_, "ruler of a fourth
-part." In A.D. 37 Herod Agrippa received Philip's tetrarchy, and in 41
-he was made king of all Palestine. ("Herod the king," Acts 12.) In A.D.
-44 he died, and his dominions were divided. Judæa, Samaria, Galilee and
-Peræa again became a procuratorship, under a succession of Roman rulers,
-until the final destruction of the Jewish state, A.D. 70. The
-principality of Bashan was given to Herod Agrippa II. in A.D. 53, and
-held by him until A.D. 70. Syria, the great region north of Palestine,
-extending from Damascus to Antioch, was, during this time, a province of
-the Roman empire, governed by a prefect.
-
-[Illustration: DAMASCUS.]
-
-The events of this period gather around seven cities. 1. =Jerusalem.=
-This place has been already described. (See page 73.) 2. =Samaria= (Acts
-8:5-25), the field of Philip's early ministry, was the ancient capital
-of the Ten Tribes (see page 87), located 30 miles north of Jerusalem,
-and 6 miles northwest of Shechem. It had been rebuilt by Herod the
-Great, and named Sebaste, in honor of Augustus. It is now a village
-called _Sebastiyeh_. 3. =Cæsarea= (Acts 10:1), the place where the
-Gentile Cornelius became a disciple, was the Roman capital of Palestine,
-and the residence of the procurators. It was called Cæsarea Stratonis,
-to distinguish it from Cæsarea Philippi, under Mount Hermon; and was
-located on the sea-coast, 47 miles northwest of Jerusalem; and is now a
-desolate, uninhabited ruin, called _Kaisarieyeh_. 4. =Joppa=, where
-Dorcas was raised to life, and Peter received a vision (Acts 9:36-43;
-10:11), is one of the most ancient towns in the world, in all ages the
-principal seaport of Palestine. It lies 30 miles south of Cæsarea, and
-35 miles northwest of Jerusalem; and is now a flourishing city called
-_Yafa_, or _Jaffa_. 5. =Damascus=, the place where Saul was converted
-(Acts 9:1-25), is an ancient and famous city of Syria, 133 miles
-northeast of Jerusalem, beautifully situated in a plain at the foot of
-the Anti-Lebanon mountains. Recently it had a population of 150,000, but
-is rapidly decaying from the diversion of the Eastern trade through the
-Suez Canal. Its modern name is _el Shams_. 6. =Antioch=, seat of the
-first missionary church (Acts 11:19-30), was the metropolis of northern
-Syria, situated on the river Orontes, 16-1/2 miles from the
-Mediterranean, and 300 miles north of Jerusalem, in a deep pass between
-the Taurus and Lebanon ranges of mountains. It is now a mean village of
-6,000 people, called _Antakia_. 7. =Tarsus=, the home of the apostle
-Paul, was the capital of Cilicia, in Asia Minor, and one of the leading
-cities of the Roman world. It was 12 miles from the Mediterranean, the
-same distance from Mount Taurus, and about 80 miles northwest of
-Antioch, across an arm of the sea. It is now a place of 30,000
-inhabitants, called _Tersous_.
-
-[Illustration: PLAN OF ANCIENT ANTIOCH.]
-
-The most important events of this period may be arranged under five
-journeys, which are indicated upon the map.
-
-I. =Philip's Journey.= (Acts 8:5-40.) Philip, one of the "seven" (Acts
-6:3-5), was compelled to leave Jerusalem in the persecution that arose
-on account of Stephen. He went first to Samaria, the city known by the
-Greeks as Sebaste, now _Sebastiyeh_, 6 miles northwest of Shechem, or
-Sychar, and there began to preach the gospel. This was a step outside of
-narrow Judaism, as the Samaritans were considered at least semi-Gentile
-by the Jews. After planting a church here, he was sent by the Spirit
-southward "unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which
-is desert" (Acts 8:26); that is, by the less frequented road. There he
-met a nobleman from Ethiopia (the kingdom of Meroë, in Nubia), whom he
-instructed in the gospel, and baptized as a believer. Suddenly caught
-away by the Spirit, Philip next appeared at Azotus, the ancient Ashdod,
-now _Asdud_. He followed the line of the coast northward, preaching in
-the cities of the maritime plain. These cities were mostly inhabited by
-heathen, though in all of them there were many Jews. We find in the
-after-history the results of his preaching, in churches at Joppa, at
-Lydda, and at Cæsarea, where he made his home for 20 years, and was met
-by the apostle Paul, who, long before, as Saul the persecutor, had
-driven him from Jerusalem. Philip's journey is indicated by a line of
-red color on the small map.
-
-II. =Saul's Journey.= (Acts 9:1-30.) The destroyer of the Jerusalem
-church now began a journey for persecution, which was ended in his own
-flight, as a Christian, from persecutors. 1. He went to Damascus,
-expecting to bind others, but was himself bound by the cords of the
-gospel, and preached the truth he had sought to destroy. 2. From
-Damascus, as a disciple, he went into Arabia, a name which may refer to
-almost any region from the Euphrates to the Indian Ocean, but probably
-here indicating the desert lands on the border of Syria, and not
-necessarily distant from Damascus, to which he returned after a stay of
-from one to three years. (Gal. 1:17.) 3. Escaping from Damascus by being
-let down over the wall in a basket, he returned to Jerusalem, where he
-was introduced to the church by Barnabas, and received by the apostles
-Peter and James. 4. After a fortnight's visit at Jerusalem, he left the
-city by divine direction in a vision (Acts 22:17-21), and, aided by the
-disciples, descended to the seaport of Cæsarea, where in after years he
-was destined to spend two years in imprisonment. 5. From Cæsarea he
-sailed to his birthplace, Tarsus, in Cilicia, where he spent several
-years in retirement, preparing for the great work which was to open
-before him. This journey is shown by a red line on the large map.
-
-[Illustration: DAMASCUS AND VICINITY.]
-
-III. =Peter's Journey.= (Acts 9:32-11:18.) This was the journey in which
-the door of faith was finally opened to the Gentiles. During the "rest"
-which the churches enjoyed after Saul's conversion, and while the Jewish
-leaders were too busy with the alarming state of their relations with
-Rome to disturb the disciples, Peter went forth to visit the churches.
-1. He came down to Lydda, now _Ludd_, on the border of the Shefelah, and
-restored to health Æneas, a paralytic. (Acts 9:32, 33.) 2. From Lydda he
-was summoned to Joppa, the principal seaport of Palestine, where
-Tabitha, or Dorcas, "the gazelle," had died. She was restored to the
-weeping church, and Peter remained in Joppa "many days." (Acts 9:43.)
-3. He was called to Cæsarea by the Roman centurion, Cornelius, who,
-under Peter's ministry, accepted Christ, received the endowment of the
-Holy Spirit, and was baptized into the church by the apostle, without
-reference to Jewish requirements (Acts 10); thus marking an era in the
-history of the church. 4. Peter returned to Jerusalem, and there met the
-complaints of the Judaistic element in the church, by showing that God's
-hand had led in the conversion of Cornelius and the reception of
-Gentiles into the church. (Acts 11:1-18.) This journey is indicated by a
-red line on the small map, lower right-hand corner.
-
-IV. =Barnabas' Journey.= (Acts 11:19-30.) After the death of Stephen,
-certain disciples, driven from Jerusalem, traveled along the coast past
-Tyre and Sidon, as far as Antioch, and at the latter place began
-preaching the gospel, at first to the Jews only, but after a while to
-the Gentiles also. As a result, a church arose at Antioch (on the
-Orontes, near its mouth, now _Antakia_), the first where Jews and
-Gentiles became one, the first to receive the name Christian, and the
-first to send out missionaries to the heathen world. When the news of
-this work came to Jerusalem, there was some alarm lest it might cause a
-division in the church. Barnabas was dispatched by the apostles to visit
-Antioch. He came, gave the work his hearty indorsement, and remained to
-direct it. Soon feeling the need of a co-worker, he went to Tarsus, a
-short voyage across the northeastern corner of the Mediterranean. Here
-he found Saul, and thenceforward the two were united in labors for many
-years, until parted forever by an unhappy difference. This journey of
-Barnabas is shown on the map by a broken red line.
-
-V. =Barnabas and Saul's Journey.= (Acts 11:26-30; 12:25.) 1. Starting
-from Tarsus the two gospel workers sailed across the narrow sea to
-Seleucia, the seaport, and thence journeyed up the river Orontes to
-Antioch. Here they labored together for a year, and aided in
-establishing a church, which became one of the most important in the
-early age of Christianity. 2. Learning by revelation of coming famine,
-the church at Antioch prepared a contribution for the poorer disciples
-in Judæa, and sent it by the hands of Barnabas and Saul. 3. About the
-time of the death of Herod Agrippa, the two evangelists returned, from
-their charitable errand, to Antioch, where they remained until the next
-great event, the first missionary journey.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-Let the teacher draw on the blackboard the outline of the map, including
-the borders of the Mediterranean Sea, and the two provinces of Palestine
-and Syria. Then locate the seven important places. 1. _Jerusalem._ 2.
-_Samaria._ 3. _Cæsarea._ 4. _Joppa._ 5. _Damascus._ 6. _Antioch._ 7.
-_Tarsus._ Next draw the five lines representing the journeys, relating
-the events connected with them. If the journeys can be given in chalk of
-different colors, it will make them more distinct.
-
-I. _Philip's Journey._ Jerusalem, Samaria, Azotus, Lydda, Joppa,
-Cæsarea.
-
-II. _Saul's Journey._ Jerusalem, Damascus, Arabia, Damascus, Jerusalem,
-Cæsarea, Tarsus.
-
-III. _Peter's Journey._ Jerusalem, Lydda, Joppa, Cæsarea, Jerusalem.
-
-IV. _Barnabas' Journey._ Jerusalem, Antioch, Tarsus.
-
-V. _Barnabas and Saul's Journey._ Tarsus, Antioch, Jerusalem, Antioch.
-
-[Illustration: MOUNT ZION.]
-
-[Illustration: PAUL'S FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY.]
-
-
-
-
-JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL.
-
-
-DURING the twenty years between A.D. 45 and 65, of which the events of
-church history are recorded in Acts 13-28, the most important personage
-is the apostle Paul. While the work of the original Twelve is scarcely
-referred to, the journeys of the last apostle are related with
-considerable detail. The probable reason for this is, that Paul was the
-leader in the great movement by which the church of Christ was broadened
-from an inconsiderable Jewish sect, scarcely known out of Jerusalem, to
-a religion for all the world. This distinction from the other apostles
-is considered of so much importance that he is called, almost
-universally, by the descriptive title he gave himself--the Apostle of
-the Gentiles. The localities and events of this period are represented
-upon four maps, three of Paul's Missionary Journeys, and the last of his
-Voyage to Rome.
-
-
-THE PROVINCES OF ASIA MINOR.
-
-As the first missionary journey was mainly in Asia Minor, a brief
-description of that peninsula is necessary. It embraces about 156,000
-square miles, or about two-thirds the size of Texas, and was located
-between the Black, Ægean, and Mediterranean Seas on the north, west and
-south, and bounded on the east by the provinces of Armenia, Mesopotamia
-and Syria. The provinces which it contained at the New Testament epoch
-may be variously stated, since in their political, racial and
-geographical relations they were different. The map of the Roman Empire,
-on page 98, gives them according to their political arrangement, which
-united two or more under one government, and gave to some new names.
-Thus there were four districts united under the name ASIA, which in the
-New Testament never denotes the whole continent, nor yet the whole
-peninsula, but the seaboard provinces of Caria, Lydia, Mysia, and the
-interior land of Phrygia. So, too, Bithynia and Pontus formed one
-government, Lycaonia was included in Galatia, and Lycia and Pisidia in
-Pamphylia. We can best arrange these provinces of Asia Minor, according
-to territorial relations, in four groups. 1. The three northern
-provinces, on the Black Sea: Pontus, Paphlagonia, Bithynia. 2. The three
-western provinces, on the Ægean Sea: Mysia, Lydia, Caria. 3. The three
-southern provinces, on the Mediterranean Sea: Lycia, Pamphylia, Cilicia.
-4. The five interior provinces: on the north, Galatia; on the east,
-Cappadocia; on the south, Lycaonia and Pisidia; and on the west,
-Phrygia. All of these fourteen provinces, except four, are named in the
-New Testament.
-
-1. =The Provinces on the Black Sea.= (1.) _Pontus_ (Acts 2:9; 18:2; 1
-Pet. 1:1) was the northeastern province, between Paphlagonia and
-Armenia, and having Cappadocia on the south; now represented by
-_Trebizond_ in the Turkish empire. Some of its Jewish inhabitants were
-present in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost; Aquila, a helper of Paul,
-was a native of this region; and its Christian Jews were among those
-addressed in Peter's first Epistle. (2.) _Paphlagonia_, not mentioned in
-the New Testament, lay between Pontus and Bithynia, and north of
-Galatia. (3.) _Bithynia_ (Acts 16:7; 1 Pet. 1:1) was the northwestern
-province, having the Propontis (now called the _Sea of Marmora_) on the
-west, and Mysia and Phrygia on the south, from which it was separated by
-Mount Olympus. Though the region is only incidentally named in the New
-Testament, two of its cities, Nicæa and Nicomedia, were prominent in the
-history of the Greek church.
-
-[Illustration: ANTIOCH IN SYRIA.]
-
-2. =The Provinces on the Ægean Sea.= These are all included under the
-name Asia, by which the western portion of the peninsula was known to
-the Romans. (1.) _Mysia_ (Acts 16:7, 8) was separated from Europe by
-the Hellespont and the Propontis, and had Bithynia on the north, Phrygia
-on the east, and Mysia on the west. It contained Troas, on the ruins of
-ancient Troy, whence Paul could dimly see the hills of Europe on the
-west, and where the vision of "the man of Macedonia" led to the voyage
-for the evangelization of Europe. (2.) _Lydia_, once the centre of the
-great empire of Croesus, extended along the Ægean Sea from Mysia to
-Caria, and eastward to Phrygia. Its principal city was Ephesus, the
-metropolis of Asia Minor, and one of Paul's most important fields of
-labor; and Sardis, Thyatira and Philadelphia were also large places and
-seats of churches addressed in the Apocalypse. (3.) _Caria_ was the
-southwestern province, not named in the New Testament, though its
-cities, Cnidus and Miletus, are referred to; the latter as the place
-where Paul parted from the Ephesian elders. (Acts 20:15.)
-
-[Illustration: MAP GIVING COMPARATIVE SIZE OF ASIA MINOR AND TEXAS,
-U. S.]
-
-3. =The Provinces on the Mediterranean.= (1.) _Lycia_ (Acts 27:5) lay
-south of Mount Taurus, and opposite to the island of Rhodes. Two of its
-cities, Patara and Myra, were visited by the apostle Paul. (Acts 21:1;
-27:5.) (2.) _Pamphylia_ (Acts 13:13) was a small province between Lycia
-and Cilicia, and also between Mount Taurus and the sea. Its capital,
-Perga, was the first city in Asia Minor visited by Paul on his first
-missionary journey. On his return, he preached in its seaport, Attalia.
-(Acts 13:13; 14:24, 25.) (3.) _Cilicia_ (Acts 6:9) is a long and narrow
-province, also lying between Mount Taurus and the sea, and separated
-from Syria by the Syrian Gates, a pass in the mountains. Its capital,
-Tarsus, was one of the leading cities of the Roman empire, and the
-birthplace of Paul.
-
-4. =The Provinces in the Interior.= (1.) On the north was _Galatia_, a
-land of uncertain and varying boundaries, but located between Bithynia,
-Cappadocia, Lycaonia and Phrygia. It received its name from a race of
-Gauls, who conquered it about 300 B.C., was twice visited by Paul, and
-its Christian population was addressed in the Epistle to the Galatians.
-(Acts 16:6; 18:23; Gal. 1:2.) (2.) _Cappadocia_ lay on the southeast of
-Galatia, and south of Pontus. It was the largest province in Asia Minor.
-Some of its people were in Jerusalem at the Feast of Pentecost (Acts
-2:9); and its churches were among those addressed in 1 Peter. (3.)
-_Lycaonia_ (Acts 14:1-23) was not a political division, but a district
-in southern Galatia. It was west of Cappadocia and east of Phrygia, and
-separated by the Taurus range from Cilicia. Its principal places were
-Iconium, Derbe and Lystra, in all of which Paul preached the gospel and
-suffered persecution. (4.) _Pisidia_ was politically connected with
-Pamphylia, but lay north of the Taurus, between Lycaonia and Phrygia.
-Its principal city was Antioch (to be distinguished from Antioch in
-Syria), twice, at least, visited by the apostle Paul. (Acts 13:14;
-14:21.) (5.) _Phrygia_ varied greatly at different periods, and in
-Paul's time had no separate existence as a province. In the earlier
-days, when Galatia was a part of it, it was said to touch in some way
-every other land in Asia Minor. In its southern section lay the three
-cities of Laodicea, Hierapolis and Colosse, all named in Paul's letters.
-
-
-THE FIRST MISSIONARY JOURNEY.
-
-1. Paul and Barnabas, with John Mark as their assistant, set forth upon
-the first missionary journey from _Antioch_, the metropolis of Syria
-(Acts 13:1), already described on page 107.
-
-2. They descended the mountains to _Seleucia_ (Acts 13:4), the seaport
-of Antioch, 16 miles from the city, named from its founder, Seleucus
-Nicator, B.C. 280. It is now a small village known as _el Kalusi_,
-having among its ruins an ancient gateway, still standing, through which
-Paul and Barnabas may have passed.
-
-3. Setting sail, they crossed over the arm of the Mediterranean to the
-island of _Cyprus_ (Acts 13:4-13), the early home of Barnabas, 60 miles
-west of Syria, and 40 miles south of Asia Minor; of irregular shape, 140
-miles long and 50 wide; then thickly inhabited, and governed by a Roman
-proconsul, now under the rule of Great Britain.
-
-4. Their first stopping place was at _Salamis_ (Acts 13:5), on its
-eastern shore, on the river Pediæsus, where they found a Jewish
-synagogue. The city is now desolate, and its unoccupied site is known as
-_Old Famagousta_.
-
-5. They crossed the island from east to west, preaching on their way,
-and came to _Paphos_ (Acts 13:6), the capital, and residence of the
-proconsul. This city contained a famous shrine of Venus, to whose
-worship, with all its immoralities, its people were devoted. There was
-an old and a new city, of which the former was the one visited by Paul
-and Barnabas. It is now called _Baffa_.
-
-6. Sailing in a northwesterly direction a distance of 170 miles, they
-reached Asia Minor, in the province of Pamphylia. Passing by Attalia for
-the present, they ascended the river Cestrus, and landed at _Perga_
-(Acts 13:13), 7-1/2 miles from the sea. This was a Greek city, devoted
-to the worship of Diana: now in ruins, and called _Eski Kalessi_. Here
-their young assistant, Mark, left the two missionaries to prosecute the
-hardest part of the journey without his help.
-
-7. Their next field of labor was _Antioch in Pisidia_, a city east of
-Ephesus, and northwest of Tarsus, now known as _Yalobatch_. Here Paul
-preached in the synagogue a discourse reported more at length than any
-other in his ministry, and here a church was founded. (Acts 13:14-52.)
-
-8. Driven out of Antioch by the persecution of the Jews, they went on 60
-miles eastward to _Iconium_, a large city, still in existence as
-_Konieh_, and in the Middle Ages the capital of a powerful Mohammedan
-kingdom. This region, in the apostle's time, was independent of the
-Roman empire. (Acts 14:1-5.)
-
-9. Again compelled to endure persecution, they traveled to _Lystra_, a
-heathen city in the district of Lycaonia, where a miracle wrought by
-Paul led the superstitious people to offer worship to the two apostles
-as the gods Jupiter and Mercury (in Greek, Zeus and Hermes). There is
-reason to suppose that Lystra was at the place now known as _Bin bir
-Kilisseh_, "the thousand and one churches," a mass of ruins in the _Kara
-Dagh_, or Black Mountain.
-
-[Illustration: MAP OF THE ISLAND OF CYPRUS.]
-
-10. Paul having been stoned at Lystra, the apostles went on to _Derbe_,
-20 miles distant, but in the same province, where they were suffered to
-labor in peace. It is supposed to be represented by the modern village
-of _Divle_. This marked the furthest place reached by the evangelists.
-They were now quite near the pass in Mount Taurus, known as the Cilician
-Gates, and could easily have reached Tarsus, and thence taken a short
-voyage home.
-
-[Illustration: REVIEW CHART OF PAUL'S FIRST JOURNEY.]
-
-11. But they preferred to return by the same route, perilous as the
-journey was from the enmities excited by their preaching; and revisited
-Lystra, Iconium and Antioch, confirming the churches which they had
-planted, and establishing new ones in other neighboring places in
-Pisidia and Pamphylia, as in _Attalia_, a seaport on the river
-Katarrhaktes, 16 miles from Perga, now known as _Adalia_, where they
-took ship once more, and thence sailed over the Cilician section of the
-Mediterranean, north of Cyprus, to Antioch in Syria, where they were
-gladly received by the church which had sent them forth.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
-1. Draw on the blackboard the subjoined Review Chart of Asia Minor, and
-let the class also draw the same on slates or paper, in a rough sketch.
-Then insert the provinces, and drill the class upon their names,
-reviewing from the beginning after each group is given.
-
- _Black Sea._ Pontus, Paphlagonia, Bithynia.
- _Ægean Sea._ Mysia, Lydia, Caria.
- _Mediterranean Sea._ Lycia, Pamphylia, Cilicia.
- _Interior._ Galatia, Cappadocia, Lycaonia, Pisidia, Phrygia.
-
-2. Draw in colored chalk the line representing _Paul's travel_, calling
-attention to the places and events; and frequently review the list, as a
-new name is presented. (1.) Antioch in Syria. (2.) Seleucia. (3.) Island
-of Cyprus. (4.) Salamis. (5.) Paphos. (6.) Perga. (7.) Antioch in
-Pisidia. (8.) Iconium. (9.) Lystra. (10.) Derbe. (11.) Return, and
-Attalia.
-
-
-THE SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY.
-
-The map presents the field of the apostle Paul's labor during four of
-the most active years of his life, according to Alford's chronology,
-from A.D. 50 to 54. To this period belong two journeys: a journey from
-Antioch to Jerusalem and return, and the second missionary journey,
-through Asia Minor, Macedonia and Greece.
-
-[Illustration: PAUL'S SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY.]
-
-The journey to Jerusalem, not indicated upon the map, was Paul's third
-visit to that city after his conversion. His first visit was in A.D. 40,
-when Barnabas introduced him to Peter and James (Acts 9:26-30); his
-second was in A.D. 45, when with Barnabas he brought the gifts of the
-church at Antioch (Acts 11:30); his third was in A.D. 50, when, again
-accompanied by Barnabas, he attended the council in Jerusalem, called to
-establish the principle upon which Gentiles were to be received into the
-Christian church. (Acts 15:1-30.)
-
-The second missionary journey began with an unfortunate disagreement
-between Paul and Barnabas, which resulted in their separation, Barnabas
-going to the island of Cyprus, and Paul to the mainland. (Acts
-15:36-40.) The apostle chose as his companion Silas, or Silvanus, and
-was afterward joined by Timothy, and Luke, the author of the third
-Gospel and the Acts. We may subdivide this journey into three sections,
-as follows:
-
-I. The Stations in Asia, seven in number.
-
-II. The Stations in Europe, eight in number.
-
-III. The Stations of the Return, four in number.
-
-I. =The Asiatic Stations.= These are mostly the names of provinces in
-Asia Minor already described in connection with a previous map.
-
-1. Starting from Antioch, Paul first traveled through _Syria_, visiting
-the churches. (Acts 15:41.) This tour was probably through northern
-Syria only, in the region around Antioch; and the general direction was
-toward Asia Minor, which he probably entered through the Syrian Gates,
-now the Beilan Pass in Mount Amanus. No cities are named in this region
-as visited by the apostle; but the principal places were Issus and
-Alexandria, both of which lay along the route of his journey.
-
-2. The next province visited was _Cilicia_ (Acts 15:41), the land of
-Paul's birth. As everywhere he made the chief cities his stations of
-labor, we may suppose that he passed through Mopsuestia and Adana, on
-his way to Tarsus, the metropolis of the province. From Tarsus he
-journeyed westward toward Mount Taurus, the northern boundary of the
-province, and crossed the range through the Cilician Gates, from which
-he emerged upon the great Lycaonian plain.
-
-3. We read of a station at _Derbe_, where he had planted a church on the
-first journey, and which was now strengthened by his second visit. (Acts
-16:1.)
-
-4. Next, at _Lystra_, where in other days he had been first worshiped
-and then stoned. Here he found a church, the result of his early labors,
-and was joined by his life-long companion, Timothy. (Acts 16:1-4.)
-
-5. We read of Paul and Silas as having next "gone throughout _Phrygia_."
-Probably this refers to a tour among the churches at Iconium and Antioch
-in Pisidia, the fields of former labors. There is no indication in the
-Acts or Epistles that he preached in any new places in this district.
-
-6. From Antioch he turned northward and entered for the first time the
-province of _Galatia_. (Acts 16:6.) But W. M. Ramsay has shown that
-Lycaonia itself was only a district in the political province of
-Galatia, and that the Galatian journey (and also the Galatian epistle)
-may refer to the region of Derbe, Lystra, and Iconium, not to the entire
-province. In that case the dotted red line on the map may indicate
-Paul's journey, and the line through Pessinus, Ancyra, and Tavium should
-be omitted.
-
-These conclusions are not, as yet, generally accepted.
-
-7. Paul's desire was to preach the word throughout the Roman proconsular
-province of Asia, which comprised Phrygia, and the maritime districts of
-Mysia, Lydia and Caria. But divine influences closed up his path, both
-in this direction and northward toward Bithynia; so he journeyed
-westward across Phrygia and Mysia, and at last reached the shore of the
-Ægean Sea at _Troas_. (Acts 16:6-8.) This was the site of ancient Troy,
-the scene of Homer's Iliad, and has been the place of great discoveries
-in modern times. There was a city near the ancient site in Paul's time;
-and it is probable that in it he founded a church, for there he was
-joined by Luke, the historian of the Acts and author of the third
-Gospel, and in a later journey met "the disciples" of the place. (Acts
-20:7.) Here the vision of the "man of Macedonia" summoned Paul from Asia
-to Europe (Acts 16:9, 10), and opened a new chapter in the history of
-Christianity.
-
-[Illustration: THE ACROPOLIS AT ATHENS. (AREOPAGUS ON THE LEFT.)]
-
-II. =The European Stations.= All the places named as visited by the
-apostle in this journey were included in the two provinces of Macedonia
-and Greece, of which the Roman name was Achaia.
-
-_Macedonia_ was the province north of Greece, and famous in history from
-its conquering kings, Philip, and his greater son, Alexander. Its
-boundaries were: on the north, the Hæmus or Balkan Mountains; on the
-east, Thrace and the Ægean Sea; on the south, Achaia (Greece); on the
-west, the Pindus Mountains, separating it from Epirus and Illyricum. It
-consists of two great plains, watered respectively by the Axius, near
-Thessalonica, and the Strymon, near Apollonia. Between these two rivers
-projects a peninsula, having three points, like a hand of three fingers,
-across the palm of which, in Paul's time, ran the great Roman road known
-as the Ignatian Way. It was divided by the Romans into four districts,
-of which the capitals were Amphipolis, Thessalonica (the residence of
-the provincial proconsul), Pella (the birthplace of Alexander the
-Great), and Pelagonia. Of these, Amphipolis had become less important
-than the rival city of Philippi, in the same district.
-
-_Achaia_ was the Roman name of the little land of Greece, whose fame has
-filled all history. In the later period of its independence, its ruling
-state had been Achaia, which gave its name to the entire province when
-annexed to the Roman empire. In the apostolic age, Corinth was its
-metropolis and political capital, though Athens still retained its fame
-as a centre of art and literature.
-
-The apostle Paul and his companions sailed across the Ægean Sea from
-Troas, in a northwesterly direction, passing the storied isles of
-Tenedos and Imbros; anchored for the first night off Samothracia, "the
-Thracian Samos," a rocky island near the coast of Thrace; and the next
-day passed northward of Thasos, and anchored in the harbor of Neapolis,
-on the border of Thrace. They did not remain at the seaport, but pressed
-inland to the larger city, which was to be memorable as the first
-foothold of the gospel in Europe. In the European part of the second
-missionary journey we notice eight places visited by the apostle.
-
-1. _Philippi_ (Acts 16:12-40). This was an ancient town, enlarged and
-renamed by Philip, the father of Alexander the Great. Near it was fought
-the great battle between Augustus and Antony on one side, and Brutus and
-Cassius on the other, in which the hope of a Roman republic perished,
-and the empire was ushered in. It had been made a _colony_; that is, a
-branch of Rome itself, and enjoyed certain privileges of
-self-government, so that its magistrates bore Roman titles, as noticed
-by Luke. Here Lydia, the first convert in Europe, was baptized, and a
-church was planted; Paul and Silas were scourged and imprisoned, and set
-free by divine power; the jailer was brought to Christ; and the
-officials of the city were made to tremble at having inflicted violence
-upon citizens of Rome.
-
-2. _Amphipolis_ was 33 miles southwest of Philippi, and 3 miles from the
-Ægean Sea. It was a town of ancient fame; but, in Paul's time, decayed
-in population; and, having no synagogue or Jewish population, was not
-yet made a field of his labors. After a delay of only a day, he
-journeyed on still further westward. (Acts 17:1.)
-
-3. _Apollonia_ was 30 miles from Amphipolis, and an important city; but
-for some reason Paul did not choose to labor in its vicinity, and
-remained there but a day. (Acts 17:1.)
-
-4. _Thessalonica_ (Acts 17:1-9) was the capital of the entire province,
-and 40 miles from the preceding station. It was named after a sister of
-Alexander the Great, and had many historic associations. An arch is
-still standing, and was doubtless seen by the apostle, which
-commemorated the victory at Philippi. There was a large Jewish
-population, and a synagogue, in which Paul preached for three sabbaths.
-He succeeded in founding a church, mostly of Gentiles, to which he soon
-after wrote his two earliest epistles, First and Second Thessalonians.
-But the Jews excited a riot, and the apostles were compelled to leave
-the city by night. Thessalonica, now called _Saloniki_, is still the
-second city of European Turkey, and contains 80,000 inhabitants.
-
-5. _Berea_ (Acts 17:10-13) was a small city, chosen by the apostle on
-account of its retired situation. It lay on the eastern side of Mount
-Olympus. Its people were generous in hearing the truth, and candid in
-examination of its claims; so that many of them believed, and "the
-Bereans" have furnished a name for earnest students of the Bible in all
-lands. The place is now called _Verria_, and has a population of about
-6,000.
-
-[Illustration: PLAN OF ATHENS.]
-
-6. _Athens_ (Acts 17:15-34) was one of the most famous cities of the
-world. It was situated 5 miles northeast of the Saronic Gulf, between
-the two little streams Cephissus and Ilissus, and connected by long
-walls with its two seaports, the Piræus and the Phaleric Gulf, where
-probably Paul landed. Around it stand mountains noted in history, and
-within its walls rise four important hills: the Acropolis, surmounted
-by the Parthenon, the most perfect specimen of Greek architecture; the
-Areopagus, northwest of the Acropolis, where Paul delivered his
-memorable discourse; the Pnyx, still further west; and, on the south,
-the Museum. In Paul's time Athens was no longer the political capital,
-but was still the literary centre, not only of Greece, but of the
-civilized world. Paul's discourse before its philosophers was not
-attended with immediate results, as no church appears to have been
-founded; but, four centuries afterward, the Parthenon became a Christian
-church, and the Athenians were among the most bitter foes of image
-worship. After many changes of fortune--at times being without
-inhabitants--Athens is now the growing capital of the kingdom of modern
-Greece, and the seat of a university.
-
-7. _Corinth_ (Acts 18:1-18), the next station of the apostle, was 40
-miles west of Athens, on the isthmus between Hellas and Peloponnesus,
-which is here 10 miles wide. In Paul's time it was the commercial and
-political metropolis of Greece, being the residence of the Roman
-proconsul. It was, however, a most wicked city, and a by-word for
-corruption and licentiousness. Paul preached in Corinth for a year and a
-half, working meanwhile at his trade as a tent-maker, and during his
-stay wrote the two Epistles to the Thessalonians. After leaving, he
-wrote to the Corinthian Christians two of his longest Epistles, First
-and Second Corinthians. The site of the city is now desolate, except for
-a small and wretched village, named _Gortho_.
-
-[Illustration: CORINTH AND VICINITY.]
-
-8. _Cenchrea_ (Acts 18:18), more accurately Cenchreæ, is named merely as
-the place from which Paul set forth on his return journey, and where he
-performed the Levitical service of cutting off his hair in token of a
-vow. We know, however, that he had, directly or indirectly, planted a
-church here, as its deaconess, Phebe, is named. (Rom. 16:1, 2.) This was
-the eastern harbor of Corinth, on the Saronic Gulf, 9 miles from the
-city. It is now called _Kekhries_.
-
-III. =The Return Stations= of the apostle, in his journey from Corinth
-to Antioch, are given as four in number, though the journey was more
-than a thousand miles in length.
-
-1. Sailing eastward across the Ægean Sea, and passing many celebrated
-islands, after a voyage of 250 miles, he reached _Ephesus_. (Acts
-18:19-21.) He had been hindered from preaching in this region before,
-and now remained but a few weeks, though urged by the Jews to remain
-longer. He left behind him his friends Aquila and Priscilla, by whose
-labors the brilliant young Apollos of Alexandria was led into the
-church, and the way was prepared for Paul's labor on his second visit,
-in connection with which Ephesus will be noticed again.
-
-2. A voyage around the southwestern border of Asia Minor, thence past
-the isle of Rhodes in a southeasterly direction, leaving Cyprus on the
-northeast, brought the apostle to _Cæsarea_. (Acts 18:22.) This was the
-Roman capital of Palestine, and a harbor. Here Paul debarked from the
-vessel on which he had sailed 600 miles, and entered once more the Holy
-Land. (For an account of Cæsarea, see page 113.)
-
-3. _Jerusalem._ (Acts 18:22.) The apostle climbed the mountains, and for
-the fourth time since his conversion entered the Holy City. He stayed
-only to salute the church, and perhaps leave the gifts of the Gentile
-Christians to the poorer saints of Judæa, and then left once more.
-
-4. He traveled, overland most probably, to _Antioch_, his home, if any
-place might be so named; for here were his nearest friends, here he had
-begun his missionary journey, and here he doubtless received a glad
-welcome from the church. He brought with him, on his return, not only
-Silas, who had set out as his companion, but Timothy, and perhaps also
-Aristarchus, Gaius and Erastus, whose names we find associated with
-Paul's soon after.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
- I. Draw the map of Asia Minor, and review the
- names of its provinces as already given.
-
- II. Notice the _Stations in Asia_, and the events
- of the journey associated with them. 1. Syria. 2.
- Cilicia. 3. Derbe. 4. Lystra. 5. Phrygia. 6.
- Galatia. 7. Troas.
-
- III. Notice the _Stations in Europe_. 1. Philippi.
- 2. Amphipolis. 3. Apollonia. 4. Thessalonica. 5.
- Berea. 6. Athens. 7. Corinth. 8. Cenchrea.
-
- IV. Notice the _Stations of the Return Journey_.
- 1. Ephesus. 2. Cæsarea. 3. Jerusalem. 4. Antioch.
-
-
-THE THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY.
-
-This journey of the apostle, beginning at Antioch, led him as far west
-as Corinth, and then as far east as Jerusalem. It probably occupied
-about four years, from A.D. 54 to 58, and may be subdivided into two
-stages. I. The Outward Journey, from Antioch to Corinth, including seven
-stations. II. The Return Journey, from Corinth to Jerusalem, with
-fifteen stations. More than half of this period was spent at Ephesus,
-where Paul preached for nearly three years.
-
-[Illustration: PAUL'S THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY.]
-
-I. =The Outward Journey.= (Acts 18:23-20:3.)
-
-1. We note _Antioch_, the starting point for each of Paul's three
-missionary journeys. This place has been already described, on page 113,
-in connection with the map of the Early Apostolic History.
-
-2. His westward course lay through _Galatia_ (Acts 18:23), where he
-visited the churches planted upon his former tour. But as before, this
-may refer to the part of Galatia embraced in Lycaonia; and we have thus
-indicated upon the map by a dotted line. (See page 121.)
-
-3. Still journeying westward toward the coast, Paul passed through
-_Phrygia_ (Acts 18:23), already described on page 118. No events of this
-part of the journey are related.
-
-4. He came from the highlands of the interior to _Ephesus_, where he had
-touched on his previous journey, and was now to remain longer than at
-any other place during his active ministry. (Acts 19:1-20:1.) Ephesus
-was the metropolis of Proconsular Asia, and may be regarded as the third
-capital of Christianity, as Jerusalem had been its birthplace, and
-Antioch the centre of its foreign missions. It stood a mile from the
-Ægean Sea, fronting an artificial harbor, in which met the ships of all
-lands, and above which rose the Temple of Artemis (Diana), celebrated as
-the most magnificent building in Asia Minor, though the image which it
-enshrined was only a shapeless block. Its population was principally
-Greek, though with a large Oriental mixture. Here a preparation for
-Paul's labor had been made by Apollos, who had instructed a small
-company of Jews up to the twilight of John the Baptist's teachings
-concerning the Messiah. From Paul's friends, Aquila and Priscilla, he
-had learned the gospel of Christ; and, just before the apostle's
-arrival, had gone to Corinth. For three months Paul labored in the
-synagogue with the Jews and inquiring Gentiles; but, when the Jewish
-opposition endangered the work, he took the step (at this time first in
-the history of Christianity) of calling the believers in Christ out of
-the synagogue. Paul remained at Ephesus in all more than two years,
-working at his trade through the week, while preaching on the Jewish
-Sabbath. Through his endeavors most of "the Seven Churches," addressed
-long afterward by John, were founded at this time. Just before Paul's
-departure a riot arose, and a tumultuous mob occupied the theatre, whose
-ruins may still be seen. Ephesus is now an utter desolation, haunted by
-wild beasts. Near its ruins is a small Turkish village, called
-_Ayasalouk_. Near the close of his stay at Ephesus, Paul wrote the First
-Epistle to the Corinthians.
-
-[Illustration: PLAN OF EPHESUS.]
-
-5. The next stopping place of the apostle was at _Troas_. (2 Cor. 2:12,
-13.) This is mentioned, not in the Acts, but in the Epistle written soon
-afterward. Here he had expected to meet his companion Titus, with news
-from the church at Corinth. While waiting, he found an opportunity for
-preaching, and success in winning souls. But, as the expected tidings
-did not come, Paul again took ship, and sailed once more (see the
-previous journey) from Asia to Europe.
-
-6. His next station is named as _Macedonia_ (Acts 20:2); but it may be
-inferred that he visited Philippi, Thessalonica and Berea, the places of
-former labors, already described in the account of the second journey.
-Perhaps it was at this time that he journeyed "round about unto
-Illyricum," which was a province on the Adriatic Sea, west of Macedonia.
-(Rom. 15:19.) While in Macedonia, perhaps at Philippi, Paul wrote the
-Second Epistle to the Corinthians.
-
-7. The last place in Paul's outward journey is mentioned as _Greece_,
-the province elsewhere called Achaia. (Acts 20:2, 3; 18:27.) His
-principal errand was to Corinth (already described on page 123), where
-troubles in the church required his attention. While here he wrote the
-Epistle to the Galatians, and his great statement of Christian doctrine,
-the Epistle to the Romans.
-
-II. =The Return Journey.= (Acts 20:6-21:6.) This was undertaken with the
-desire of reaching Jerusalem in time for the Feast of Pentecost, A.D.
-58. For some reason, probably on account of a Jewish plot to murder him,
-Paul did not take the direct route, but went around the Ægean Sea by way
-of Philippi and Troas, and was accompanied by a number of friends.
-
-1. From Corinth, Paul and his friends journeyed overland, through Greece
-and Macedonia, to _Philippi_ (Acts 20:3-6), a place now visited for the
-third time. Here Paul was rejoined by Luke the Evangelist, who
-henceforth shared his dangers to the end of his life.
-
-2. Most of Paul's company sailed from Philippi across the Ægean Sea to
-_Troas_, in advance of the apostle, but were soon followed by Paul and
-Luke. (Acts 20:5-13.) At Troas they remained for a week with the church;
-and here Eutychus was restored to life by the apostle.
-
-[Illustration: PAUL'S VOYAGE TO ROME.]
-
-3. From Philippi, most of the company set sail for Palestine, but Paul
-went on foot as far as _Assos_, where he was taken on board. (Acts
-20:13, 14.) This place was situated 19 miles from Troas, and is now
-marked by extensive ruins.
-
-4. _Mitylene._ This was on the island of Lesbos, famed as the home of
-Sappho, the Greek poetess. Here they anchored for the night, as the
-channel was not easy to follow among the islands. (Acts 20:14.) This and
-the succeeding stations in the Ægean Sea may be noticed on the map of
-the islands and coasts of Asia Minor, on page 132.
-
-5. _Chios._ (Acts 20:15.) This is an island 32 miles long, and 5 miles
-from Asia; said to have been the birthplace of Homer; and now called
-_Scio_. Here Paul's ship anchored only for a night.
-
-6. _Samos._ (Acts 20:15.) This is an island near the mainland, 42 miles
-southwest of Smyrna; and 27 miles long. It was the birthplace of the
-philosopher Pythagoras. They barely touched at the island, and then
-sailed across to the shore of Asia Minor.
-
-7. _Trogyllium_ (Acts 20:15) is a town and cape on the coast of Asia
-Minor, at the foot of Mount Mycale. The place at which they anchored for
-the night is still called _St. Paul's Port_. On the next day they sailed
-past the harbor of Ephesus without stopping, for Paul's stations were
-controlled by the movements of the ship and its masters.
-
-8. _Miletus._ (Acts 20:16-38.) This was at the mouth of the river
-Mæander, 36 miles south of Ephesus; and at that time on the shore,
-though now ten miles inland, by the changes in the coast. Here, while
-the ship was delayed, Paul sent for the elders of the church at Ephesus,
-and gave to them a farewell address of deep tenderness. This place is
-now a small village, called _Melas_.
-
-9. _Coos_, or Cos (Acts 21:1), where they next anchored, is a small
-island, northwest of Rhodes; now called _Stanchio_.
-
-10. _Rhodes_ (Acts 21:1) is an island of note in both ancient and modern
-history, 13 miles from Asia Minor, 46 miles long, and 18 wide. Upon it
-had stood the Colossus, a figure over 100 feet high, but overthrown by
-an earthquake, B.C. 224, and prostrate at the time of Paul's visit.
-
-11. _Patara_ (Acts 21:1) was a seaport in the province of Lycia, in Asia
-Minor, opposite Rhodes. Here the vessel ended its voyage, and the
-apostolic company found another, which was bound for Phoenicia. The
-place is now a ruin, and buried in the encroaching sand.
-
-12. The disciples took another ship at Patara, and sailed in a
-southeasterly direction for Phoenicia, passing by Cyprus without
-stopping. The vessel paused for a week at _Tyre_ to unlade its burden,
-and here Paul found a church, perhaps planted by Philip the evangelist.
-Tyre had once been the great commercial metropolis of the Mediterranean,
-known as "the strong city" as early as the time of Joshua. It was the
-capital of Phoenicia, and in Old Testament times held friendly relations
-with Israel, but was idolatrous and abominably wicked. It was besieged
-by Nebuchadnezzar for 13 years, was destroyed by Alexander the Great,
-rebuilt by the Seleucidæ, and, in Paul's time, was still a large city.
-It is now a miserable village, called _Sur_, and, in the fulfillment of
-prophecy, "a place for the spreading of nets." (Ezek. 26:14.)
-
-13. Taking ship once more, for the last time, they sailed southward
-along the coast of Palestine to _Ptolemais_. (Acts 21:7.) This was the
-Old Testament Accho, in the tribe of Asher, but never possessed. It was
-8 miles north of Mount Carmel. In mediæval history it sustained a siege
-by the Crusaders, and was known as _St. Jean d'Acre_. Here Paul spent a
-day with the church, and then journeyed with his friends southward over
-the Plain of Esdraelon and Mount Carmel.
-
-14. At _Cæsarea_, the next station, they were entertained by Philip,
-who, years before, had been driven out of Jerusalem by Saul of Tarsus.
-(See Philip's Journey, page 112.) Cæsarea was the Roman capital of
-Palestine, and was in all respects a heathen city, though containing
-many Jews. Here Paul received a message from the aged prophet Agabus,
-warning him not to go to Jerusalem; but he persisted in his purpose.
-
-15. For the fifth time in his life as a Christian, and for the last
-time, Paul entered the city of JERUSALEM, from which he was soon to go
-forth "the prisoner of the Lord."
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
- I. _Outward Journey._ 1. Antioch. 2. Galatia. 3.
- Phrygia. 4. Ephesus. 5. Troas. 6. Macedonia.
- (Philippi.) 7. Greece. (Corinth.)
-
- II. _Return Journey._ 1. Philippi. 2. Troas. 3.
- Assos. 4. Mitylene. 5. Chios. 6. Samos. 7.
- Trogyllium. 8. Miletus. 9. Coos. 10. Rhodes. 11.
- Patara. 12. Tyre. 13. Ptolemais. 14. Cæsarea. 15.
- Jerusalem.
-
-
-THE VOYAGE TO ROME.
-
-The last of Paul's recorded journeys was that which he took as a
-prisoner under Roman power. He was seized by a Jewish mob in the Court
-of the Women in the Temple (see plan of the Temple on page 141), in or
-near the room set apart for the ceremonies of a Nazarite's vow. Dragged
-by the crowd into the Court of the Gentiles, he would have been slain
-but for the arrival of a company of Roman soldiers from the Tower of
-Antonia. He made an address to the throng from the stairs leading from
-the Court of the Gentiles to the Tower, and was then taken to the prison
-in the tower.
-
-1. From _Jerusalem_ he began his journey, as a prisoner. The immediate
-cause of his departure from the city was the information received by the
-Roman officer in charge of the Tower of Antonia, that a band of Jews had
-formed a plan to slay Paul. That night he was sent, under a strong
-escort, out of the reach of his enemies.
-
-2. The guard paused at _Antipatris_ (Acts 23:31, 32), beyond which the
-soldiers were not needed, so they were sent back, and Paul journeyed the
-rest of the way under an escort of cavalry. Antipatris was built by
-Herod the Great, and named for his father, Antipater. It was 26 miles
-southeast of Cæsarea, on the direct road from Jerusalem, and 16 miles
-northeast of Joppa. Its location is not identified with certainty, but
-is probably to be found at a ruin known as _Ras el' Ain_.
-
-3. The apostle was taken to _Cæsarea_ (Acts 23:33), where he was
-remanded to prison. Here he remained for more than two years, was tried
-by Felix, and made his memorable defense before the younger Herod
-Agrippa. (Acts 24-26.) Having appealed, as a Roman citizen, to the
-supreme court of the emperor at Rome, he was sent on shipboard for the
-voyage with a company of prisoners, and a guard commanded by the
-centurion Julius. Luke and Aristarchus were with Paul on the vessel.
-(Acts 27:1, 2.)
-
-4. The day after starting from Cæsarea, the vessel touched at _Zidon_,
-and Paul was permitted to go on shore with the soldier to whom he was
-chained. (Acts 27:3.) Zidon was one of the most ancient towns in
-history, and the mother city of Tyre, which was 20 miles south of it. It
-lay in the limits of the tribe of Asher, but was never possessed by
-Israel. Its commerce was extensive, but early superseded by that of
-Tyre. It was a battle ground more than once during the Crusades, and
-changed masters frequently. Its site is now occupied by a small fishing
-village, called _Saida_.
-
-5. The wind being unfavorable, the vessel was carried to the north of
-Cyprus, and sailed over waters traversed by Paul more than once, in the
-northeastern corner of the Mediterranean, past his church home at
-Antioch, and his birthplace, Tarsus, to the harbor of _Myra_, a city in
-the province of Lycia, in Asia Minor. (Acts 27:4-6.) This city stood at
-the entrance to a gorge in Mount Taurus, two miles from the sea. Its
-port, where Paul landed to be transferred to another vessel, was called
-Andriadice. It is now in ruins.
-
-6. The next station was to have been Cnidus, 100 miles from Myra, on the
-coast of Caria; but the vessel only reached it with difficulty, and was
-unable to enter, on account of contrary winds: so the prow was turned
-southward toward the island of _Crete_. This lies at the entrance to the
-Ægean Sea, and is 140 miles long by 35 wide. They rounded Cape Salmone,
-at the eastern point of the island, and anchored for a time at a place
-then known, and still known, as _Fair Havens_, on the southern coast,
-about midway between the two extremes of the island. Here they were
-delayed for some time, and Paul urged the centurion to remain during the
-winter, and escape impending dangers. But it was resolved to follow
-along the shore still further westward, to the more commodious harbor of
-Phenice. But in this they were disappointed; for they were driven out to
-sea, and to the final result predicted by the apostle. (Acts 27:7-13.)
-
-7. Soon after leaving Fair Havens, the storm set in. It was of the kind
-then called Euroclydon (Revised Version, Euro aquilo, "east-northeaster"),
-now known as "a Levanter." They were able to run under the lee of the
-little island of Clauda, 23 miles from Fair Havens, where they
-strengthened the vessel for the gale by "frapping," or winding ropes
-around the hull. Thence for fourteen days and nights they were driven
-before the wind in a westward direction, until hope perished in every
-heart save Paul's. They were driven 476 miles, upon the island of
-_Melita_, which is 62 miles south of Sicily, and is 17 miles long by 8
-or 9 wide. It is of irregular oval shape, and its coast is indented by
-many bays. The one in which the apostle was shipwrecked is on the
-northeastern side of the island, and is known as St. Paul's Bay. A close
-investigation of the locality, its surroundings, and the soundings of
-the sea approaching it, show the remarkable accuracy of Luke's
-statements. The island is now known as _Malta_, and is under British
-rule. Some years ago an ancient inscription was found on the island,
-giving to its ruler the same title, _protos_, "first or chief man" (Acts
-28:7), given by Luke.
-
-[Illustration: ST. PAUL'S BAY, MALTA, ENLARGED.
-
-MALTESE ISLANDS.]
-
-8. After wintering in the island of Melita, Paul and the other prisoners
-were placed on board an Alexandrian ship which was bound toward Rome.
-The first stopping place in this part of the voyage was at the historic
-city of _Syracuse_, on the eastern shore of Sicily. (Acts 28:12.) Here
-they paused for three days, and then continued their voyage.
-
-9. The next station was at _Rhegium_, where they lay, awaiting a
-favorable wind, for one day. (Acts 28:13.) This is at the "toe" of the
-Italian boot, opposite Sicily, from which it is separated by a strait,
-only 6 miles wide. It is now a flourishing town, called _Rheggio_.
-
-10. The vessel ended its voyage, and Paul and his fellow-prisoners
-disembarked, at _Puteoli_, near Naples. This was one of the leading
-ports of Italy, being to Rome what Liverpool is to London. Here Paul
-found a Christian church, and was permitted to remain for a week before
-going onward to the capital, 141 miles distant. The city is now called
-_Pozzuoli_.
-
-[Illustration: PLAN OF ANCIENT ROME.]
-
-11. At a place called _Appii Forum_, "the forum of Appius," a village on
-the Appian Way, 43 miles from Rome, and again at the "Three Taverns," 10
-miles nearer, Paul was met by some Christians, who had heard of his
-coming, and came to give him a welcome, which rejoiced his heart.
-
-12. At last great ROME was reached, and the apostle was at the end of
-his long journey. For two years he dwelt as a prisoner at large, chained
-to a Roman soldier, but in "his own hired house." At this point ends all
-that is positively known of the journeys of the apostle.
-
-The city of Rome stands on the river Tiber. In the period of its
-greatness it occupied ten hills, with the valleys between them, and a
-plain near the river. The apostle lived near the Pretorian Camp, on the
-northeastern border of the city, and at the opposite end of the city
-from the Jewish quarter, which was on the west of the Tiber. At the time
-of Paul's imprisonment, Rome contained about 1,200,000 inhabitants.
-One-half of the population were slaves, and two-thirds of the rest were
-paupers, supported in idleness by the free distribution of food. During
-the two years of Paul's imprisonment he wrote at least four
-Epistles--Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, and Philemon. After about
-two years of imprisonment, Paul was released and spent two or more years
-at liberty.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
- 1. Jerusalem. 2. Antipatris. 3. Cæsarea. 4. Zidon.
- 5. Myra. 6. Crete. (Fair Havens.) 7. Melita. 8.
- Syracuse. 9. Rhegium. 10. Puteoli. 11. Appii Forum
- and Three Taverns. 12. Rome.
-
-
-THE LAST JOURNEYS OF PAUL.
-
-[Illustration: PAUL'S LAST JOURNEYS.]
-
-The definite history of the apostle Paul ends with the last verse of the
-Acts of the Apostles; but, from the later Epistles and the dim light of
-early tradition, we may gather a few facts, and perhaps can indicate a
-few more journeys. From Philippians and Philemon, it is clear that
-Paul expected an acquittal and release; from 1 Timothy and Titus, it is
-evident, that after his imprisonment there were two years, perhaps more,
-of liberty. Combining the allusions in the Epistles, we offer a
-conjectural outline of the apostle's journeys during that year,
-following mainly the order of Canon Farrar.
-
-1. Near the close of his imprisonment he expressed an expectation of
-speedily visiting the churches of Proconsular Asia, especially that at
-_Colosse_ (Philem. 1:22), and desired a lodging to be prepared for him
-at the house of Philemon. We may take for granted that this purpose was
-accomplished, and that _Ephesus_, as well as Colosse, was visited at
-this time. Ephesus has been already described. (See page 125.) Colosse,
-called also Colassæ, was a city on the Lycus, near Hierapolis and
-Laodicea, and on the great caravan road from Ephesus to the Euphrates.
-At one time it was a large and flourishing place, but declined as other
-cities gained its Eastern trade. Paul had never before visited this
-city, and its church had been founded by Epaphras. Yet Paul was well
-acquainted with several of its members, and addressed to it, during his
-imprisonment, the Epistle to the Colossians; and to one of its members
-the Epistle to Philemon. The site of the ancient city is near the modern
-village of _Chonas_.
-
-2. Just before his release, Paul dispatched Timothy to Philippi,
-expecting soon to follow him. (Phil. 2:19-24.) Timothy fulfilled his
-mission, and came to Ephesus, where Paul left him in charge of the
-church, and himself went to _Macedonia_. (1 Tim. 1:3.) Here he doubtless
-visited the churches which he had planted in Philippi, Thessalonica and
-Berea, and probably journeyed as far south as Corinth.
-
-3. We judge that to this time belongs his visit to _Crete_. (Titus 1:5.)
-He had touched at this island during his voyage to Rome, and may have
-gone on shore at Fair Havens; but now he organized the church, and left
-it under the care of Titus, who had accompanied him to the island.
-
-4. We find that after this Paul was at _Nicopolis_, a place not
-previously mentioned in his history. (Titus 3:12.) There were no less
-than ten cities of this name in the ancient world; but it must have been
-one of three among them: Nicopolis of Thrace, of Cilicia, or of Epirus.
-The latter has been generally accepted as the one where Paul "determined
-to winter." It was in the Roman province of Achaia, near the Adriatic
-Sea and the Ionian Isles; and was built by Augustus to commemorate his
-victory at Actium. The place is now called _Paleo-prevesa_, "old
-Prevesa," and contains extensive ruins, among which is a building said
-to have been Paul's place of prayer. Some think that Paul was arrested
-here before his final imprisonment; but there is no certainty concerning
-it.
-
-5. _Troas._ (2 Tim. 4:13.) It is evident that Paul passed through this
-place, and stopped with a certain person named Carpus, where he left his
-mantle for winter wear, and some manuscripts. Farrar is of the opinion
-that he was here arrested, and in such haste that he could not obtain
-these articles. He may have come from Nicopolis by way of Macedonia,
-passing through Philippi, and sailing across the Ægean Sea.
-
-6. An allusion in 2 Tim. 4:20 hints at another place visited by the
-apostle, perhaps as a prisoner. If arrested at Troas, he would probably
-be sent to _Ephesus_, the residence of the proconsul, for trial. And at
-Miletus, near that city, we find that he left his companion, Trophimus,
-who had been with him at the time of his former arrest in Jerusalem. It
-is a slight confirmation of this view, that there is among the ruins of
-Ephesus a place pointed out as the prison of Paul.
-
-7. From Ephesus he may have set sail once more as a prisoner for _Rome_.
-He was accompanied by several friends, as Titus, who had left Crete once
-more to follow him; Luke the physician, his companion to the last; and
-Tychicus. We know nothing concerning the voyage, and therefore represent
-it on the map by the most direct route from Ephesus. At Rome we know
-only that his imprisonment was short; that his friends were few, for the
-church had been scattered by the terrible persecution of Nero; that Paul
-was left alone at his first hearing, his friends having gone in various
-directions, some on errands of duty, and others in fear of the world;
-that he wrote earnestly to Timothy to come, bringing Mark with him (2
-Tim. 4:9, 11); and we infer from his own expectations and the tradition
-of the church, that his martyrdom was not long delayed.
-
-The traditional place of his execution is shown at Aquæ Salvæ, now _Tre
-Fontane_, three miles from Rome, near the road to Ostia.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
- 1. Colosse and Ephesus. 2. Macedonia. (Philippi,
- Thessalonica, Berea, Corinth.) 3. Crete. 4.
- Nicopolis. 5. Troas. (Arrest?) 6. Ephesus. 7.
- Rome. (Martyrdom.)
-
-[Illustration: THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES.]
-
-
-
-
-THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES.
-
-
-I. AS THE islands of the Ægean Sea are often referred to in the Acts,
-especially in the account of Paul's voyage to Phoenicia, in his third
-missionary journey, we present a map representing them upon a larger
-scale, with those portions of Asia and Europe adjoining them. Such of
-the islands as are mentioned in the history have been already described.
-One of the smallest is brought to our notice in the book of Revelation,
-=Patmos=, to which the apostle John was banished. This lies 20 miles
-south of the island of Samos, 24 miles west of Asia Minor, and about 70
-miles southwest of Ephesus. It is about 20 miles in circumference, and
-is rocky and barren. Its loneliness and seclusion made it a suitable
-place for the banishment of criminals; and to it the apostle John was
-banished by the emperor Domitian, near the close of the first Christian
-century: though some scholars give an earlier date, under the emperor
-Nero. A narrow isthmus divides the island into two parts, north and
-south. On a hill in the southern part is a monastery named after the
-apostle John, and near it is the cave where it is said by tradition that
-he received the vision of the Apocalypse. In the Middle Ages the island
-was called Patmosa, and it is now known as _Patmo_.
-
-II. The term =Asia= was used by the ancients in varied extent of
-meaning. 1. Its earliest use in Homer refers only to a meadow near Troy
-(Troas), which was called the "Asian meadow." 2. The lands of Mysia,
-Lydia, Caria, and a part of Phrygia, were known as Proconsular Asia, as
-they formed the province of Asia under the Roman government. This was
-originally the dominion of the last king of Pergamos, whose title was
-"king of Asia"; and was by him bequeathed to the Romans. 3. Asia Minor,
-as a whole, was sometimes called by the name Asia, though not often. 4.
-The entire Asiatic continent was known by this name in ancient times;
-but this use of the word is not found in Scripture.
-
-[Illustration: LAODICEA FROM HIERAPOLIS.]
-
-III. =The Seven Churches of Asia= were all located in Proconsular Asia,
-in the immediate neighborhood of Ephesus. There were other churches
-besides these, as Hierapolis and Colosse, both near Laodicea, and
-referred to in the Pauline Epistles; but these are named as the most
-important, and a group of seven is the arrangement most frequently found
-in the Bible, especially in its symbolical writings. To these Seven
-Churches were sent the messages in the opening chapters of the
-Revelation.
-
-1. _Ephesus_ (Rev. 2:1) was the most important city of the district, its
-church was the largest, and it was the first addressed. (A description
-and plan of this city may be found on page 125.)
-
-2. _Smyrna_ (Rev. 2:8) is north of Ephesus, about 40 miles in a direct
-line, though longer by the route of travel. It is on the Ægean Sea, at
-the head of the Hermæan Gulf, at the foot of Mount Pagus. The earliest
-city was built B.C. 1500, by the Greeks, and destroyed and rebuilt
-several times. From the time of Alexander the Great, who was one of its
-builders, it became an important city. Its earliest mention in Christian
-history is in the Revelation. Polycarp, a pupil of John, was martyred
-here A.D. 155. His grave is still shown on a hill near the city. Despite
-fires, earthquakes and wars, it has retained its importance, and is now
-the largest city on the Asiatic side of the Ægean Sea, having a
-population of nearly 200,000 people. The modern city is about two miles
-from the ancient site.
-
-3. _Pergamos_ (Rev. 2:12), more properly Pergamum, was 60 miles
-northeast of Smyrna, in the district of Mysia, 3 miles north of the
-little river Caicus, and 20 miles from the Ægean Sea. It was the capital
-of a small but wealthy kingdom, which arose in the breaking up of
-Alexander's empire. It was celebrated for its large library, which at
-one time contained 200,000 manuscripts, but was by Mark Antony presented
-to Cleopatra, and removed to Alexandria. The city was devoted to the
-worship of Æsculapius, the patron divinity of medicine; and was, like
-most idolatrous places, corrupt in its morals. It is now a city of
-25,000 inhabitants, called _Pergama_.
-
-[Illustration: ISLE of PATMOS.]
-
-4. _Thyatira_ (Rev. 2:18) was a city in the province of Lydia, on the
-road from Pergamos to Sardis. It was founded by Alexander the Great, who
-planted it with people from Macedonia, which may account for the fact
-that "Lydia of Thyatira" was found by Paul at Philippi, in Macedonia. It
-was a prosperous manufacturing town, but never a great city, and its
-scarlet cloth still has a reputation throughout the Orient. It is now a
-place with a population of from 17,000 to 20,000, and is called _ak
-Hissar_, "white castle."
-
-5. _Sardis_ (Rev. 3:1) lay 30 miles south of Thyatira, between the river
-Hermus and Mount Tmolus. It was the capital of Croesus, the wealthy king
-of Lydia, whose empire was overthrown by Cyrus the Great. After the time
-of Alexander it belonged to the kingdom of Pergamos, until its
-absorption into the Roman empire. It was a place of extensive commerce,
-which led to prosperity, and the worldliness of the Christian church,
-rebuked in the message of the Revelation. It is now a miasmatic region,
-with scarcely an inhabitant, and bears the name _Sert Kalessi_.
-
-6. _Philadelphia_ (Rev. 3:7) was about 25 miles southeast of Sardis, on
-the river Cogamus, a branch of the Hermus. It was built and named by
-Attalus Philadelphus, king of Pergamos, and was the centre of a rich
-farming region, which has kept it inhabited through all the vicissitudes
-of the centuries. It was destroyed by an earthquake A.D. 17, but
-rebuilt. Its population is now about 10,000, and its modern name is
-_Allah Shehr_, "city of God."
-
-7. _Laodicea_ (Rev. 3:14) was the capital of Phrygia, and was 50 or 60
-miles from Philadelphia, according to route. It was on the bank of the
-Lycus, near Hierapolis and Colosse. Its ancient name was Diospolis, but
-was changed by the Syrian king, Seleucus II., in honor of his wife,
-Laodice. In A.D. 62 it was destroyed by an earthquake; but its people
-were sufficiently rich to decline the aid of the Romans in rebuilding
-their city. Its worldly prosperity was reflected in its church, which
-received the sharpest rebukes of the Revelator. The Mohammedans
-destroyed the city, which is now a mass of ruins, surrounding a village
-called _Eski-hissar_.
-
-It will be noticed, that, in the order of the Revelation, the Seven
-Churches are arranged in a circuit, as one would find them, starting
-from Ephesus, and traveling north to Smyrna and Pergamus, then southeast
-to Thyatira, Sardis and Philadelphia, until the southern and eastern
-limit is reached at Laodicea.
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR REVIEW.
-
- I. Let the teacher draw the outlines of the coast
- of both Europe and Asia, and call attention to the
- lands as already noticed under other maps. Then
- locate and name the principal _Islands_,
- especially those referred to in Paul's voyage to
- Palestine (map on page 122), and _Patmos_.
-
- II. Explain the four meanings of the name Asia, as
- used by the ancients.
-
- III. Locate and name the _Seven Churches_, as
- given in Revelation. _Ephesus, Smyrna, Pergamos,
- Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia, Laodicea._
-
-
-
-
-THE TABERNACLE.
-
-[Illustration: THE TABERNACLE, ACCORDING TO FERGUSSON.]
-
-
-I. =Its Origin.= The Tabernacle was the tent in which the emblems for
-divine worship were kept from the time of Moses to that of Solomon, 400
-years. It represented the idea of God dwelling among his people, in the
-centre of the camp of Israel. The earliest institution for worship was
-the Altar, built wherever the patriarchs pitched their tents. Next we
-find a place consecrated and kept for the house of God, as Jacob's
-pillar at Bethel, to which the patriarch returned as to a sanctuary in
-after years. The Tabernacle arose when Israel was no longer a family,
-but a nation, needing a centralizing power and a system of worship as
-the uniting element among the tribes. It was erected under the direction
-of Moses, by divine command, while the Israelites were encamped at Mount
-Sinai.
-
-II. =Its History.= During all the journeys of the Israelites through the
-wilderness, the Tabernacle stood in the centre of their camp, or, while
-on the march, was taken apart and carried by the Levites. At the time of
-the conquest, it remained at Gilgal, the fortified camp of Israel, near
-Jericho. After the war it was established at Shiloh, in the tribe of
-Ephraim, where it continued until the great defeat of Israel at Ebenezer
-(1 Sam. 4:1-11), when the ark was taken, and probably Shiloh was
-ravaged. The Tabernacle was removed to Nob, in the tribe of Benjamin,
-where it remained until Saul's slaughter of the priests. (1 Sam. 21:1-6;
-22:18, 19.) It seems to have been at Gibeon, while the ark was in
-seclusion at Kirjath-jearim. (2 Chron. 1:4.) There is no mention of the
-Tabernacle after the building of the Temple; but a Jewish tradition is
-that its curtains were rolled up and laid away in one of the rooms
-connected with the Temple.
-
-III. =The Departments of the Tabernacle.= This will require us to
-notice: 1. The Court. 2. The Altar. 3. The Laver. 4. The Tent. 5. The
-Holy Place. 6. The Holy of Holies. The dimensions of these are given in
-cubits; and, as the authorities differ as to the length of the cubit, we
-will consider it here as being about a foot and a half, or 18 inches,
-the length generally given.
-
-1. _The Court_ was 150 feet long by 75 wide. It was separated from the
-camp by a curtain of fine linen, supported by 60 pillars, of which 20
-were on each side, and 10 on each end. The pillars were probably of wood
-covered with brass. (There is strong reason for believing that the word
-"brass" in the Old Testament refers to copper.) They were fastened
-together by cords, and rested upon bases of brass, which were fastened
-to the ground, perhaps by spikes from the bottom. Each pillar was 7-1/2
-feet (5 cubits) high, and was covered with a silver cap. The curtain was
-made of linen, in sections, extending from pillar to pillar, a distance
-of about 8 feet, and was fastened to the pillars by hooks of silver. The
-entrance was on the end toward the east, 30 feet wide, and consisted of
-an embroidered hanging, which could be raised or lowered at pleasure.
-None but the priests and Levites were allowed within the court; and the
-worshipers presented their offerings without at the entrance. (Review.
-1. Dimensions. 2. Pillars. 3. Curtain. 4. Entrance. 5. Priests.)
-
-2. _The Altar_ stood within the court, in front of the entrance, in the
-most prominent situation of the camp, and was the largest article of the
-tabernacle furniture. It was a plain structure, 7-1/2 feet square and
-4-1/2 feet high, hollow within, and made of acacia wood, to avoid
-excessive weight; but covered with plates of brass, as it was exposed to
-the fire. Upon each corner projected a horn from the top, upon which the
-blood of the victim was sometimes sprinkled, and to which suppliants
-sometimes fled. Around the altar, midway between the top and bottom, was
-a "compass" (Exod. 27:5), or ledge, upon which the priest stood while
-sacrificing. There is mention also of "a grate" (Exod. 27:4), which was
-formerly supposed to have been placed inside the altar, so that the fire
-might be built upon it, and the ashes fall through it; but this is now
-by the best scholars considered to have been upright, and under the
-"compass," and not a grate, but a lattice-work of brass, surrounding the
-altar. It is believed that at each encampment the altar was filled with
-earth, and that upon this the fire was kindled, according to Exod.
-20:24, 25. At each corner was a brass ring, and through the pair of
-rings on each side a rod was passed, by which the altar was carried
-from place to place during the marches of Israel. The fire upon the
-altar was kindled miraculously (Lev. 9:24), and was never suffered to go
-out, but was kept alive even on the march by live coals in a vessel.
-Twice each day the high-priest offered the general sacrifice for the
-people, besides the individual offerings of worshipers. In officiating,
-the priest approached the altar by an ascent of earth, as steps were
-forbidden (Exod. 20:26), and he stood upon either the north or south
-side, as the ashes were thrown out on the east side. (Lev. 1:16.) The
-utensils of the altar were five, all of brass. 1. _Pans_, used to convey
-the ashes outside the camp. (Lev. 6:10, 11.) 2. _Shovels_, for taking
-off coals of fire to put in the censers. 3. _Basins_, for receiving and
-carrying the blood of offerings. 4. _Flesh-hooks_, for placing the
-sacrifice on the fire. 5. _Fire-pans_, for carrying the fire while on
-the march. (Note for Review. 1. Situation. 2. Dimensions. 3. Horns. 4.
-Compass. 5. Grate. 6. Earth contents. 7. Rings. 8. Fire. 9. Sacrifices.
-10. Approach. 11. Utensils.)
-
-[Illustration: THE TABLE OF SHEW-BREAD.]
-
-3. _The Laver_ is less minutely described than the altar. It was a large
-tank for holding water, an abundance of which was needed in the
-sacrifices, and was made out of the metallic "looking-glasses" of the
-women who worshiped at the Tabernacle. (Exod. 38:8.) It stood at the
-door of the Tabernacle, and west of the altar. (Exod. 30:18.) With it is
-mentioned "its foot," which was probably a lower basin, into which the
-water ran from above, made to prevent the earth around from becoming
-saturated with water. Its size and form are not stated in the account.
-(Review. 1. Purpose. 2. Material. 3. Place. 4. Foot.)
-
-4. _The Tent._ This was the Tabernacle proper, to which the court was
-the adjunct. It stood as the representation of God's house, wherein he
-dwelt in the midst of his own chosen people. It was 15 feet wide and
-high, and 45 feet long, divided into two rooms by a curtain, or vail.
-Though many details are given, yet it is not possible to give certain
-conclusions either concerning its plan of construction, or even its
-general appearance. For example: some authorities conclude that the
-curtained roof was flat, or even sagging downward in the middle, while
-others are sure that it was pointed, by means of a ridge-pole, as
-represented in our engraving. We consider neither as certain, but
-incline to the latter opinion. The walls and rear end of the tent were
-made of upright boards, covered with gold, each 15 feet high, and 2 feet
-3 inches wide; of which there were 20 boards on each side, and 10 in the
-rear, while the front was open. Upon each board were rings of gold, so
-arranged that, when the walls were erected, the rings were in three
-rows, and through them long poles were passed to hold the structure
-together. Each board was furnished at its lower end with two tenons,
-which fitted into mortises in bases of solid silver, each weighing
-nearly 100 pounds. These bases stood side by side, forming a firm and
-continuous foundation, and protecting the lower ends of the boards from
-decay. The roof of the tent was supported by pillars, of which there
-seem to have been five in the front (Exod. 36:38), and probably as many
-in the rear. These were covered with gold, and rested upon bases of
-brass. The covering of the Tabernacle consisted of four curtains, one
-over another. 1. A covering called the "tabernacle cloth," of linen,
-woven in various colors, and embroidered with figures of cherubim. 2.
-Over this was stretched a covering of cloth made from goat's hair,
-larger than the other, and therefore extending beyond it. 3. Next came a
-covering of "rams' skins dyed red." 4. Over all was spread a covering
-skin, called in the Hebrew, _tachash_, translated "badgers' skins," but
-supposed by many to mean _seal skin_, taken from animals found in the
-Red Sea, and intended to preserve the roof from the effects of the
-weather. The front, on the eastern end, was protected by a hanging of
-fine linen, embroidered in blue, purple and scarlet, and resting upon
-the five pillars named above. (Review. 1. Purpose. 2. Dimensions. 3.
-Form. 4. Walls. 5. Rings. 6. Bases. 7. Pillars. 8. Coverings. 9. Front.)
-
-5. _The Holy Place._ This was the larger of the two rooms, and was
-separated from the smaller room within by the _Vail_, which was an
-embroidered curtain hanging upon four pillars. Its dimensions were 15
-feet in width and 30 feet in length, with walls 15 feet high. There is
-no mention of a floor, and probably there was none. It contained three
-articles of furniture. On the right of a person entering, midway between
-the two ends of the room, stood the _Table_, made of shittim wood
-(acacia), covered with gold; it was 3 feet long, a foot and a half wide,
-2 feet 3 inches high, and surrounded with a "crown," or ornamental band,
-of gold. On the corners were rings, through which rods were passed, to
-carry it from place to place. On this table were kept 12 loaves of
-unleavened bread, which were renewed every Sabbath. On the left,
-opposite to the table, was the _Lamp-stand_, generally called the
-Candlestick, but incorrectly, as it contained lamps, not candles. This
-was a tree of gold, probably 40 inches high, having three branches on
-each side of the central trunk, so arranged that the seven summits, each
-holding a lamp, stood in a horizontal line. It is uncertain whether the
-lamps were kept burning at all times, or only during the night. Directly
-in front of the vail, at the western end of the Holy Place, stood the
-_Altar of Incense_. This was of acacia wood, overlaid with gold, whence
-it was frequently called "the golden altar." It was a foot and a half
-square, and three feet high. It had horns on its corners, and rings for
-carrying, and an opening in the top, wherein was placed daily a censer
-full of incense, which was lighted by live coals from the altar of burnt
-offering in the court. The lighting of the incense with common fire was
-the crime for which the two elder sons of Aaron "died before the Lord."
-(Lev. 10:1, 2.) Into the Holy Place the priests entered daily, to trim
-and refill the lamps, and offer the incense. (Review. 1. Vail. 2.
-Dimensions. 3. Table. 4. Lamp-stand. 5. Altar of Incense. 6. Daily
-uses.)
-
-6. _The Holy of Holies._ This was the inner room, at the western end of
-the building, entered only on one day in the year, the Day of Atonement,
-and only by the high priest. Its dimensions were those of a cube, 15
-feet in breadth, length and height. It contained the most sacred _Ark of
-the Covenant_, which was a chest, the receptacle for the stone tablets
-of the Law, given by the Lord to Moses. It was of shittim or acacia
-wood, covered without and within with gold, 3 feet 9 inches long, by 2
-feet 3 inches wide and deep; furnished on the side with rings, that it
-might be carried. The lid was made of gold, and was called the
-_propitiatory_,--in our version, "mercy seat." Upon it stood golden
-figures of the cherubim, and between them was believed to dwell the
-cloud which denoted God's presence. (Review. 1. Uses. 2. Dimensions. 3.
-Ark.)
-
-[Illustration: THE BRAZEN ALTAR.]
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
- 1. Draw upon the blackboard a diagram representing
- the ground-plan of the Court of the Tabernacle,
- and, within it, the Tabernacle itself. Tell the
- class its origin and history.
-
- 2. Locate upon the diagram each of the parts
- referred to, and describe them, following the
- outline given at the end of each paragraph.
-
- 3. Review the facts given, frequently during the
- lesson, and finally at the close.
-
-[Illustration: THE BRAZEN ALTAR, ACCORDING TO MEYER.]
-
-[Illustration: THE TEMPLE IN THE TIME OF CHRIST (HEROD'S).]
-
-
-
-
-THE TEMPLE.
-
-
-THE Temple was the centre of Jewish thought, not only in Palestine, but
-also throughout the world. Even when it lay in ruins, Daniel, in the
-land of captivity, opened his window toward its site when he prayed; and
-the front of every synagogue looked toward it. It stood on Mount Moriah,
-which was originally outside the wall of the city, east of Mount Zion.
-In order to give room for all its courts, the surface of the hill was
-increased by building out from its sides on successive platforms,
-supported by immense substructions of brick and stone, so that the
-entire mountain is honeycombed with artificial caves.
-
-There were three successive Temples. 1. _Solomon's Temple_ dedicated
-about 950 B.C. The accounts of this building are so meager, and the text
-is so uncertain, that it is impossible to construct its plan with any
-satisfaction. A conjectural ground plan is given on page 71. This temple
-stood until 587 B.C., when it was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. 2. After
-a period of desolation of 50 years, _Zerubbabel's Temple_ was begun, 536
-B.C., and finished 20 years after. Still less is known of its
-architecture; but it was probably on the same general plan as Solomon's,
-though less magnificent. It passed through many sieges, was desecrated
-by enemies, and reconsecrated by the Jews, but stood until 30 years
-before the birth of Christ. 3. _Herod's Temple_ was a restoration,
-enlargement, and improvement upon Zerubbabel's. It was built by Herod
-the Great, in sections, taking down the old and building the new part by
-part, so that it occupied many years, and was not completed until after
-Herod's death, and less than ten years before its final destruction.
-This was the Temple standing in the time of Christ, and referred to in
-the allusions of the New Testament. It was destroyed by the Romans under
-Titus, A.D. 70, and was never rebuilt by the Jews, though its
-restoration was more than once attempted. Its site is now occupied by
-the Mohammedan "Dome of the Rock," often, but erroneously, called the
-Mosque of Omar.
-
-[Illustration: THE DOME OF THE ROCK.]
-
-The Temple of Herod is the one usually described in works on the
-subject. The authorities are: 1. The Scriptures, from which we gather
-references to this Temple, and analogies from the description of the
-Tabernacle, of which the Temple was an enlarged copy. 2. The description
-given by Josephus, which was written 20 years after its fall, and gives
-general impressions rather than accurate details. 3. The tract Middoth
-"measures," in the Talmud, which gives precise measurements, but not
-complete information. 4. The allusions in ancient Jewish literature, of
-more or less value and authority. 5. The results of recent explorations
-under the Temple area, which are very valuable. Different investigators
-have come to very different conclusions concerning the Temple and its
-courts. We present in this description those of Dr. James Strong, in
-McClintock & Strong's Cyclopedia, from which our diagram is taken, by
-permission. From the uncertainty of many dimensions, and especially the
-difference of opinion with regard to the length of the Jewish cubit, in
-which all the ancient measurements are given, most of our figures must
-be regarded as general estimates, rather than precise statements.
-
-The Temple consisted of a building called "the House of God," surrounded
-by a number of open courts, the outer ones including the inner. On the
-north of it was the Tower of Antonia; east, Valley of the Kedron;
-south, Ophel; west, Valley of the Tyropoeon; and beyond, Mount Zion.
-
-I. =The Court of the Gentiles= was the largest, and the first entered by
-a visitor from without. It was so named because it was the only part of
-the building in which foreigners were allowed; hence not regarded as
-sacred by the Jews. Speaking roughly, it was an open square, of about
-1,000 feet on each side; more precisely, a quadrangle, whose inside
-measurements were 990 feet on the north, 1,000 on the east, 910 on the
-south, 1,060 on the west. On two sides there was a covered corridor;
-Solomon's Porch on the east, Herod's Porch on the south. It was entered
-on the north, east and south, by a single gate in each wall: north, the
-Gate Tedi, a staircase leading up to the Tower Antonia, from which Paul
-made his speech to the Jewish mob (Acts 22); east, the Gate Shushan,
-directly opposite to the altar, and leading to the Valley of the Kedron;
-south, the Gate Huldah, a subterranean passage through the floor of the
-court, which was here much higher than the ground outside the wall;
-west, four gates: the southern, near the angle of the wall, the Gate
-Shalleketh, or Kiponos, opening to a bridge over the Tyropoeon; next,
-Gate Parbar; then, the South Gate of Asuppim; and near the northern
-corner of the wall, the North Gate of Asuppim. On the floor of this
-court was a market for the sale of sacrificial meats, with "tables of
-the money changers"; twice broken up by Jesus in his ministry. (John
-2:14-16; Matt. 21:12, 13.) [Notice, in this account: 1. Name. 2.
-Dimensions. 3. Porches. 4. Gates. 5. Market.]
-
-[Illustration: SECTION THROUGH THE MIDDLE OF THE TEMPLE FROM EAST TO
-WEST.]
-
-II. =The Sacred Enclosure= was an elevated section in the northwestern
-part of the Court of the Gentiles, containing the sacred buildings. It
-was called by the Jews the _Chel_ (pronounced _Kel_). It stood 8 feet
-higher than the level of the surrounding court; and its outside
-measurement was 630 feet on the north and south, by 300 east and west.
-Its outer wall was a lattice wrought in stone, called Soreg,
-"interwoven," 4-1/2 feet high, containing inscriptions in many
-languages, warning all foreigners not to enter it, under penalty of
-death. A fragment of this wall, with its inscription, was recently
-discovered in Jerusalem. Within this wall was a corridor 24 feet wide,
-containing an ascent of steps 8 feet high; and above them the inner
-wall, which was like that of a castle, very thick, from 40 to 60 feet
-high, and more than once used as a fortress by the Jews. Through both
-the outer lattice and the inner wall were nine gates, four each on the
-north and south; one on the east, opposite to the altar; but none on the
-west. Though most of the worshipers came from that side, the rear of the
-Temple stood toward it, and the front faced the east. The Chel, then,
-was a terrace of 24 feet, between two walls, an outer lattice and an
-inner castle. Paul was arrested under a false report of his having led
-Gentiles into this Sacred Enclosure. (Acts 21:28, 29.)
-
-[Illustration: PLAN OF THE SACRED ENCLOSURE (HEROD'S TEMPLE).]
-
-III. =The Court of the Women=, often called "The Treasury," occupied a
-square in the eastern end of the Sacred Enclosure. Passing through the
-thick wall, the Jewish visitor (for none other was allowed to enter)
-found himself in an open court, about 240 feet square, surrounded by
-high walls, and 3 feet higher than the platform of the Chel. To this led
-four gates, or rather doors, in the middle of the wall on each side;
-that on the east, probably, being the Beautiful Gate (Acts 3:2), and
-that on the west the Gate of Nicanor, because the head of Nicanor, a
-Syrian enemy of the Jews, had once been hung upon it. In each corner of
-the court was a room, open overhead, 60 feet square. That in the
-southeast was used for the ceremonies of the Nazarite's vow, and was the
-one where Paul was seized by the Jews (Acts 21:26); in the northeast,
-for the preparation of wood for the altar; in the northwest, for the
-ceremonies of cleansing for lepers; in the southwest, for the storage of
-sacrificial oil. Between these rooms were galleried cloisters, of which
-the upper story was set apart for women, who were not allowed to
-penetrate further into the Temple, but from the gallery over the Gate of
-Nicanor could witness the sacrifices. Around the wall were fastened 13
-treasure-chests, for gifts of the worshipers, from which came the name
-"Treasury." (Mark 12:41, 42; John 8:20.) Under the floor of this court
-was a subterranean passage from the Tower of Antonia, by which soldiers
-were sent to quell riots among the Jews, the opening being by the Gate
-Beautiful, over which was a guard-room. Through this passage the
-soldiers came who rescued Paul from the Jewish mob. (Acts 21:31, 32.)
-Under the steps leading up to the Gate Nicanor were two rooms in which
-musical instruments were stored for use at the festivals. [Review. 1.
-Names. 2. Dimensions. 3. Doors. 4. Rooms. 5. Galleries. 6.
-Treasure-chests. 7. Underground passage. 8. Music-rooms. 9. Scripture
-allusions.]
-
-IV. =The Court of Israel=, or Court of the Men, occupied the western end
-of the Sacred Enclosure, and was a narrow corridor surrounding the Court
-of the Priests. It was 10 feet higher than the Court of the Women; 320
-feet east and west, by 240 north and south. The width of the corridor on
-the north and south was 16 feet, and on the east and west 24 feet. It
-was the place where the men of Israel stood to view the sacrifices. On
-the outside of it rose the high inner wall of the Sacred Enclosure; on
-the inside, a low balustrade sufficed to separate it from the space set
-apart for the priests. Three gates led up to it on the north; as many on
-the south; and one, the Gate of Nicanor, on the east. In the wall on the
-north were chambers used severally for treasuries, guard, the storage of
-salt, the storage of hides and of earthenware. On the south, at its
-eastern corner, was the session-room of the Sanhedrim, called the Hall
-Gazith, and beyond it rooms in the wall for guard, storage, etc. In the
-Hall Gazith, the elders sat on seats of stone arranged in semicircular
-form. [Review. 1. Name. 2. Location. 3. Dimensions. 4. Purpose. 5.
-Walls. 6. Gates. 7. Rooms.]
-
-V. =The Court of the Priests= was a raised platform within the Court of
-Israel, and standing 3 feet above it. It was about 275 feet long, by 200
-feet wide. It was mainly occupied by the House of God, in front of which
-stood the great Altar of Burnt Offering, built upon the stone which now
-rises under the Dome of the Rock. The altar was a rude structure of
-rough stone, whitewashed, and 15 feet high. From its southwestern corner
-an underground drain passed beneath all the courts to the brook Kedron.
-Opposite, also, to the southwestern corner, was the Laver, supplying
-water for the services and washings. Around the altar were marble tables
-for various uses in the sacrifices, and in the pavement were rings for
-securing the animals to be slain. [Review. 1. Name. 2. Dimensions. 3.
-Altar. 4. Drain. 5. Laver. 6. Tables, rings, etc.]
-
-VI. =The House of God=, or Temple Proper, occupied more than half the
-space in the Court of the Priests. Its floor was 8 feet above the level
-of the surrounding court; and it had four parts. 1. The Porch, or
-Vestibule, extended across the front: it was 120 feet high, and
-consisted of several stories. Its roof was steep, and covered with
-golden spikes to keep birds from settling upon and defiling it. It was
-built of marble, and richly ornamented. 2. The Chambers were on each
-side of the house, but separate from it, and not attached to its wall.
-They were three stories high, and entered from the north and south by
-winding stairs. Their use was to furnish homes for the priests during
-their two weeks of service each year. 3. The Holy Place was 30 feet wide
-and 60 feet long, double the dimensions of the same room in the
-Tabernacle. It was entered from the vestibule by double doors plated
-with gold; and both floor and ceiling were covered with gold. On the
-right side of one entering was the Table, on which 12 loaves of
-unleavened bread were kept standing; on the left was the Lamp-stand,
-generally called (but incorrectly) the Golden Candlestick, for it held
-seven lamps, not candles; and at its further end was the golden Altar of
-Incense, lighted each day by coals from the Altar of Burnt Offering. In
-this room Zacharias received the promise of the birth of John the
-Baptist. (Luke 1.) 4. The Holy of Holies was a cube, each dimension
-being 30 feet. It was separated from the Holy Place by a vail, said to
-be 8 inches thick (but probably consisting of two vails 8 inches apart),
-which was rent from top to bottom at the hour of the Saviour's death on
-the cross. (Mark 15:38.) In the first Temple this room contained the Ark
-of the Covenant; but in the second and third Temples the place of the
-lost ark was taken by a marble stone, upon which the high priest laid
-the censer on the Day of Atonement, the only day in the year when the
-Holy of Holies was entered. The Roman conqueror, Pompey, insisted upon
-entering it, expecting to see some object of worship, and perhaps
-treasure, but was surprised to find nothing within the vail. [Review. 1.
-Porch. 2. Chambers. 3. Holy Place and contents. 4. Holy of Holies.]
-
-
-OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW.
-
- I. Let the teacher relate the history of the
- Temple, with its three periods of building, under
- Solomon, Zerubbabel and Herod, and review the
- class on the names and events.
-
- II. Draw the elevations of the several courts and
- buildings, showing how they successively rose one
- above another, and, as each is indicated, give its
- name, and its elevation above the preceding. 1.
- Court of Gentiles. 2. Sacred Enclosure, 8 feet
- elevation. 3. Court of Women, 3 feet higher. 4.
- Court of Israel, 10 feet. 5. Court of the Priests,
- 3 feet. 6. House of God, 8 feet.
-
- III. Draw next the ground plan of the six
- departments as given, and describe each, following
- the order given in the description above.
- Frequently review the class upon the names,
- dimensions and facts.
-
- IV. Number the Scripture references given in the
- description, write them on slips of paper,
- distribute to the class, and call for them in
- connection with the parts of the Temple to which
- they refer. At the close call upon the class to
- name the Scripture incidents connected with each
- department.
-
-
-
-
-LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE.
-
-
-MORE than two-thirds of the events of Bible history are associated with
-the land of Palestine, and a knowledge of that country and its principal
-places is needed by every Sunday School scholar and Bible student. Any
-Superintendent who will take ten minutes of the Sunday School session
-for the purpose or teaching Bible Geography, can in less than three
-months give to his school a sufficient knowledge of Palestine for the
-general needs of Bible study. The requisites are: a blackboard; some
-crayons (of various colors, if possible to obtain them); a clear idea on
-the part of the instructor of what he proposes to teach; precise
-statements of the things taught, in as few words as possible; giving
-nothing except the important facts which are to be remembered; and
-frequent reviews, from the beginning, of all the facts acquired. The
-lessons here given have been taught many times in Sunday Schools and
-children's classes at Assemblies, and are now published in the hope that
-they may be made generally useful.
-
-[Illustration: LESSON I.]
-
-
-LESSON I. LINES AND WATERS.
-
-I. Draw in presence of the class, in white chalk, the =two lines=, one
-representing the Coast Line, the other, the Jordan Line. Notice that the
-cape on the Coast Line is one-third the distance from the top of the
-map; that the second of the three lakes is directly opposite to the
-cape; and that the distance between the second and third lakes is just
-six times that between the first and the second. The teacher may draw
-the lines in advance of the lesson, with a soapstone slate pencil, which
-will make a faint mark, not distinguishable at a distance, but seen by
-the teacher, and easily traced in presence of the class with white
-crayon. Let the class repeat the names of the two lines. 1. Coast Line.
-2. Jordan Line.
-
-II. Locate the different =Bodies of Water=, indicating their names by
-initial letters. 1. The Mediterranean Sea, on the west, called in the
-Bible "the Great Sea." 2. The river Jordan, flowing from north to south.
-3. Lake Merom, on the north. 4. The Sea of Galilee. 5. The Dead Sea,
-into which the Jordan flows. Show the class that this sea lies so low,
-that, if a canal were cut to the Mediterranean, the ocean would run in,
-instead of the Dead Sea running out. Drill the class on: 1. Lines. 2.
-Bodies of Water.
-
-
-LESSON II. NAMES AND DISTANCES.
-
-Draw the same map as in Lesson I., but omit the lettering, and review
-the Lines and Waters.
-
-I. State and drill upon the =Names= by which the land has been known in
-different times. 1. In the earliest ages it was called _Canaan_, because
-its best-known people were the Canaanites. 2. After the Israelites
-conquered it, it was known as the _Land of Israel_. 3. In the time of
-Christ it was generally called _Judæa_ because the Jews were its
-inhabitants. 4. Its name is now _Palestine_. [Write an initial or
-syllable of each name, and recall it from the class.]
-
-II. Give the =Distances=. 1. Begin with the country best known, and
-state first the distance from America to Palestine, 7,800 miles. [Write
-on the board A. P. 7,800.] 2. The Coast Line, from a point opposite the
-source of the Jordan to a point opposite the lower end of the Dead Sea,
-180 miles. [Write C. L. 180.] 3. The Jordan Line, from its source to the
-lower end of the Dead Sea, 180 miles. [J. L. 180.] 4. From the Jordan to
-the Mediterranean, on the north, 30 miles. [J. M. 30.] 5. From the Dead
-Sea, at its southern end, to the Mediterranean, 90 miles. [D. S. M. 90.]
-6. The most northern town in Palestine was Dan [mark D. on the map]; the
-most southern was Beersheba [mark B.]. Hence, to show the extent of the
-land, they said "from Dan to Beersheba," which was 150 miles in a
-straight line. [Write D. B. 150.] 7. Palestine, between the Jordan and
-the sea, includes about 6,600 square miles, which is a little smaller
-than Massachusetts. [Write S. M. 6,600.] Review the facts already given
-from the beginning. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Distances.
-
-[Illustration: LESSON II.]
-
-[Illustration: LESSON III.]
-
-
-LESSON III. NATURAL DIVISIONS.
-
-Draw, as before, the outline of the map, and review all the facts
-already taught. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. Test the
-memory of the class on these without giving the initials.
-
-There are four Natural Divisions to Palestine; that is, four sections in
-the country, lying parallel with each other. Indicate them on the map in
-brown chalk, not making them very prominent.
-
-1. We find the =Sea-Coast Plain= [S. C. P.] extending along the Coast
-from north to south, narrow at the north, and wider at the south.
-
-2. Further inland, we come to the =Mountain Region= [M. R.], the
-backbone of the country, a section of hills and mountains, and the home
-of the Israelitish people.
-
-3. Passing over the mountains, we find the =Jordan Valley=, a deep
-gorge, and deeper the further we travel southward, until, at the Dead
-Sea, it is more than 1,300 feet lower than the Mediterranean.
-
-4. Still further eastward, we climb the steep mountains again, and reach
-the =Eastern Table-Land=, a lofty plain sloping gradually to the great
-desert beyond it.
-
-Review, as before. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5.
-Natural Divisions.
-
-
-LESSON IV. MOUNTAINS.
-
-[Illustration: LESSON IV.]
-
-Review, as usual, from the beginning, before commencing the advance
-lesson. The events of the Bible are often associated with =Mountains=,
-of which there are many in Palestine. We select eight of the most
-important, group them in pairs, and state with each the fact which gives
-it interest.
-
-On the north of the country, near the source of the Jordan, we find two
-mountains, nearly opposite to each other. 1. _Mount Hermon_, on the
-east, the highest mountain in Palestine, and the place where the Saviour
-was transfigured. 2. _Mount Lebanon_, on the west, famous for its
-cedars.
-
-Next, we find two mountains nearly in line with the Sea of Galilee, one
-directly west and the other southwest of it. 3. _Mount Carmel_, by the
-Mediterranean, where Elijah called down fire from heaven upon the altar.
-4. _Mount Gilboa_, where King Saul fell in battle with the Philistines.
-
-In the centre of the country we find two mountains, where Joshua read
-the law to the Israelites. 5. On the north, _Mount Ebal_, the mount of
-cursing. 6. On the south, _Mount Gerizim_, the mount of blessing.
-
-In the south, directly in line with the northern end of the Dead Sea,
-are two mountains. 7. On the west, _Mount Olivet_, or the Mount of
-Olives, where Jesus ascended. 8. On the east, _Mount Nebo_, where Moses
-died.
-
-With each of these mountains the event associated might be briefly
-related. At the close, review as before. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names.
-4. Distances. 5. Divisions. 6. Mountains. Be sure that the class can
-name the event with each mountain.
-
-
-LESSON V. PLACES.
-
-This lesson may well be divided into from two to four sections,
-according to the time which can be given to it. Draw the map, as usual,
-from the beginning; and, as each subject is presented upon it, review
-the pupils, until all their past lessons are clearly fixed in mind. 1.
-Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5. Natural Divisions. 6.
-Mountains. See that with each mountain, as it is located, the event
-connected with it is named.
-
-We have now to fix the most important =Places= in Palestine. We locate
-them by their arrangement in the Natural Divisions, and name an event
-for which each place is remembered.
-
-I. =Places in the Sea-Coast Plain.= [These may constitute one lesson, if
-desired.] 1. _Gaza_, where Samson pulled down the idol temple upon the
-Philistines and himself. This lies on the Mediterranean, directly in
-line west of the middle point of the Dead Sea. 2. _Joppa_, the seaport
-of Palestine, from which the prophet Jonah started on his voyage. This
-lies nearly half way between Gaza and Mount Carmel. 3. _Cæsarea_, where
-Paul made his defense before King Agrippa, and was a prisoner for two
-years. This is a little more than half way between Joppa and Mount
-Carmel. 4. _Tyre_, the city which sent ships to all lands; a little
-further north of Mount Carmel than Cæsarea is south of it. As each place
-is named, locate it on the board, and mark it by an initial letter.
-
-II. Another lesson may include the most important =Places in the
-Mountain Region=. 1. _Beersheba_, the home of Abraham; opposite the
-lower bay of the Dead Sea. 2. _Hebron_, where the patriarchs were
-buried; opposite the middle of the Dead Sea, and in line with Gaza. 3.
-_Bethlehem_, where David and Jesus were born, 6 miles south of
-Jerusalem. 4. _Jerusalem_, the capital of Palestine, where David
-reigned, and where Jesus was crucified; directly in line with the
-northern end of the Dead Sea. 5. _Bethel_, 10 miles north of Jerusalem,
-where Jacob saw the vision of the heavenly ladder. 6. _Shechem_, between
-the twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim, where Jesus talked with the
-woman of Samaria. 7. _Nazareth_, where Jesus spent his boyhood; directly
-in line with the southern end of the Sea of Galilee.
-
-[Illustration: LESSON V.]
-
-III. =Places in the Jordan Valley.= Two of these are near the northern
-end of the Dead Sea. 1. _Jericho_, west of the Jordan, where the walls
-fell down before the Israelites. 2. _Bethabara_, east of the Jordan,
-where Jesus was baptized. Two more are near the northern shore of the
-Sea of Galilee. 3. _Capernaum_, where Jesus lived during his ministry,
-and wrought many miracles; on the northwestern shore of the sea. 4.
-_Bethsaida_, where Jesus fed the five thousand with five loaves; on the
-north of the sea. 5. The last is at the source of the river Jordan,
-_Dan_, the most northerly town in Palestine.
-
-[Illustration: LESSON VI.]
-
-IV. =Places in the Eastern Table-Land.= There are not many in this
-section, because few events of Bible history took place there. 1.
-_Machærus_, where John the Baptist was imprisoned and beheaded; opposite
-the northern part of the Dead Sea. 2. _Penuel_, on the brook Jabbok,
-where Jacob wrestled with the angel. This is about midway between the
-Dead Sea and the Sea of Galilee. 3. _Mahanaim_, where David wept over
-Absalom's death. This is about half way between Penuel and the Sea of
-Galilee. 4. _Cæsarea Philippi_, at the foot of Mount Hermon, where Jesus
-taught his disciples.
-
-It may be desirable not to give these places in a single lesson, but to
-divide it into two, or even four sections, and give one at a session. In
-that case, with each lesson all the places already located should be
-reviewed, together with the events associated with them. If the places
-can be marked upon the board in bright red chalk, they will be
-prominent.
-
-
-LESSON VI. PROVINCES.
-
-Review from the beginning, as usual. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4.
-Distances. 5. Natural Divisions. 6. Mountains. 7. Places.
-
-In this lesson we are to learn the Provinces, or parts of the country,
-in the time of Christ. We do not take the division by tribes; as that is
-more difficult to learn, and not often referred to in history. At the
-time when Christ was among men, Palestine was divided into five
-Provinces, though two of these were under one ruler.
-
-I. Draw the boundary line of =Judæa=, and write its initial, J. This was
-the southern province, and the largest. [Review the names of the places
-contained in it.] Its people were the Jews, or men of the tribe of
-Judah, and its principal city was Jerusalem.
-
-II. North of Judæa was the province known as =Samaria=, having Shechem
-as its principal city. Its people were the Samaritans, with whom the
-Jews had no dealings. In Christ's day Judæa and Samaria were under one
-government. It contained the twin mountains Ebal and Gerizim.
-
-III. North of Samaria was =Galilee=, where Jesus lived during most of
-his life. Its people were also Jews, but were called "Galileans" by the
-Jews in Jerusalem; and in Christ's time it was under the rule of Herod,
-who slew John the Baptist. Notice the mountains and towns situated in
-it. Mountains: Lebanon and Gilboa; towns: Nazareth, Capernaum and Dan.
-
-IV. On the east of the Jordan, and south of the Sea of Galilee, was the
-province of =Peræa=, a word which means "beyond"; so named, because it
-is "beyond Jordan." Here Jesus taught at one time during his ministry,
-and blessed the little children. The places which we have noticed in it
-are Machærus, Bethabara, Penuel and Mahanaim; and its mountain, Nebo.
-This province, in Christ's day, was also ruled by King Herod.
-
-V. The province north of Peræa and east of the Sea of Galilee is not
-named in the New Testament. We will call it by its Old Testament name,
-=Bashan=, a word meaning "woodland." It was ruled by a brother of Herod,
-named Philip, whose title was "tetrarch"; hence it is sometimes called
-"Philip's Tetrarchy." The mountain we have noticed in it is Hermon, and
-the two places, Bethsaida, and Cæsarea Philippi, or "Philip's Cæsarea,"
-to distinguish it from the other Cæsarea, by the sea-shore.
-
-At the close of the lesson, review once more from the very beginning of
-the series; then erase the map, and, pointing to the places on an
-"invisible map," call for their names from the class. There can scarcely
-be too much reviewing of these leading facts, in order to impress them
-on the scholar's memory.
-
-[Illustration: ARCHES IN THE TEMPLE AREA.]
-
-
-
-
-THE MEASURES OF THE BIBLE.
-
-
-THE student of the Bible meets with some difficulty in adapting the
-names of weights, measures and coins, to the standards now in use, and
-finds that the authorities are not agreed upon the precise signification
-of the Bible terms used in relation to these subjects. These
-difficulties and discrepancies arise from three facts: 1. The Oriental
-mind has never been accustomed to the exactness of our systems of
-measurement. Among eight cubit measures found on the Egyptian monuments,
-no two were precisely alike. 2. The models or standards of weights and
-measures referred to in Hebrew history were long ago lost, and it is not
-easy to reproduce them. 3. The Jews adopted the measurements of peoples
-among whom they were dispersed, yet often retained the names of such of
-their own as were nearest to them in amount, so that at different
-periods in Bible history the standard was different. The same word may
-refer to different measurements at different times. We have adopted in
-this section the measurements of F. R. and C. R. Conder in "The Hand
-Book of the Bible," except where other authorities are specified.
-
-[Illustration: SMALLER MEASURES OF LENGTH.]
-
-I. =Smaller Measures of Length.= 1. The lowest dimension, as in our own
-table of linear measure, was the Barleycorn. 2. Two barleycorns laid
-endways made the Finger-breadth (Hebrew, Atzbah), two-thirds of an inch.
-3. Four finger-breadths made the Palm (Heb., Tupah), 2-2/3 inches. 4.
-Sometimes the Hand-breadth and Palm are the same; elsewhere, the
-hand-breadth (Heb., Zereth) is double the palm, or 5-1/3 inches. 5.
-Three palms made the Span (Heb., Sit), 8 inches, the width of the
-outspread hand, from the end of the thumb to that of the little finger.
-6. Four palms made the Foot (Heb., Regal), 10-2/3 inches. 7. Six palms
-made the Cubit (Heb., Ameh), 16 inches (Conder), or the distance from
-the elbow to the tip of the middle finger, when held in a straight line.
-The cubit, however, varied (just as the pound with us varies in troy and
-avoirdupois weight), as indicated in the expressions "the cubit of a
-man" (Deut. 3:11), "a great cubit" (Ezek. 41:8), etc. In the length of
-the cubit, authorities vary from 15 to 21 inches. We have adopted the
-general opinion, and place it, conjecturally, at a foot and a half, or
-18 inches.
-
-II. =Larger Measures of Length.= The cubit (reckoned more precisely at
-16 inches) is here regarded as the unit of measurement. 1. The Fathom
-was 6 or 6-1/2 feet. 2. The Reed (Heb., Keneh; compare our word _cane_)
-was 4 cubits, according to Conder, but 6 cubits according to other
-authorities, thus varying between 5-1/3 feet and 8 feet. 3. The Furlong
-(named only in the New Testament) was a Greek measurement (Stadium), of
-606-3/4 feet, or 53-1/4 feet less than our furlong. 4. The Mile (Matt.
-5:41) was 1,618 yards. The Hebrew mile is not referred to in the Bible,
-but was of two kinds, "the small mile" (Heb., Mil), being about 1,000
-cubits, or about a quarter of our mile; and "the long mile," twice as
-far. 5. The Sabbath Day's Journey is stated by Conder at 2,000 cubits,
-or half an English mile; but by most other writers at seven-eighths of
-our mile. 6. The Day's Journey was variable, from 10 to 30 miles;
-generally about 20 miles. So most authorities decide, but Conder gives
-it at 4-3/4 miles.
-
-III. =Dry Measures of Capacity.= 1. The Cab (2 Kings 6:25), 96 cubic
-inches, or 675 thousandths of a quart. 2. The Omer (Exod. 16:36)
-contained 172-8/10 cubic inches, or about 2-1/2 quarts. 3. The Seah (in
-Greek, Modios) was the ordinary household measure of quantity,
-translated, generally, "measure" in our Bibles, but in Matt. 5:15
-"bushel." It contained six times as much as the cab, or a little over a
-peck; according to Conder, 1.012 pecks; according to the Revised Version
-(Matt. 13:33, marginal note), a peck and a half. 4. The Ephah (Exod.
-16:36) contained 3 seahs, or 10 omers; about three-quarters of a bushel.
-5. The Cor contained 10 ephahs, or 7-1/2 bushels. The cor is also called
-"the homer" (Isa. 5:10), which is to be carefully distinguished from the
-omer, which contained one-hundredth of its quantity. The two words are
-not alike in the Hebrew. It will be noticed that the omer, the ephah and
-the cor (or homer) formed a decimal scale of measurement.
-
-[Illustration: DRY MEASURES.]
-
-IV. =Liquid Measures of Capacity.= 1. The Auphauk (not named in the
-Bible) was the smallest, containing 6 cubic inches, or 675 thousandths
-of a gill. 2. The Log (Lev. 14:10), four times as large as the auphauk,
-was "six egg-shells full," 24 cubic inches, or a little more than half a
-pint (675 thousandths). 3. The Hin (Exod. 29:40) contained 12 logs, or a
-little over a gallon. 4. The Seah (see above, under Dry Measures)
-contained twice as much as the hin. 5. The Bath, containing 3 seahs or 6
-hins, contained 1,728 cubic inches, or 6.036 gallons. Besides these, the
-New Testament names two Greek measures, the Metretes (John 2:6,
-"firkins"), equivalent to 10-1/3 gallons; and the Choenix (Rev. 6:6,
-"measure"), about a pint and a half.
-
-[Illustration: LIQUID MEASURES.]
-
-V. =Measures of Weight.= (From the Oxford Teacher's Bible.) 1. The
-Gerah, "a bean," weighed a little less than half of a dram avoirdupois
-(.439 dram). 2. The Bekah, 10 gerahs, weighed about a quarter of an
-ounce (4.39 drams). The word means "half," _i. e._, of a shekel. 3. The
-Shekel, "weight," used as a silver coin, 2 bekahs, weighed 8.9 drams. 4.
-The Maneh (Greek, Mina), 60 shekels (Conder says 50 shekels, which would
-agree with paragraph VI., below), 2 lbs. 1 oz. 5. The Talent, "circle,"
-meaning "an aggregate sum," 50 manehs, weighing 102 lbs. 14 ozs. The
-weights are of lower degree than those in common use at present, because
-in the early times money was weighed, and not counted, and exact
-weighing was necessary with gold and silver.
-
-VI. =Measures of Value.= Two systems of money are referred to in the
-Bible: the Hebrew, or that in use in Old Testament times and lands; and
-the Roman, which was used during the New Testament period. In the Hebrew
-system the weights referred to in paragraph V. were used in silver as
-measures of value. 1. The Gerah (Exod. 30:13) was the lowest, and was
-worth 2-3/4 cents. 2. The Bekah, 10 gerahs (Exod. 38:26), was worth
-27-37/100 cents, or about 2 cents more than our quarter of a dollar. 3.
-The Shekel, 2 bekahs, was worth 54-3/4 cents, or about 5 cents more than
-half a dollar. 4. The Maneh, or Mina, 50 shekels (Luke 19:13, "pound"),
-$27.37-1/2. 5. The Talent of Silver, 60 manehs, $1,642.50. 6. The Talent
-of Gold was nearly twenty times as valuable, being estimated at $26,280.
-7. So the Shekel of Gold was worth, in the same proportion of weight
-with the ordinary shekel of silver, $8.75. It is to be remembered that a
-given amount of coin in those times would purchase ten times as much as
-now.
-
-[Illustration: This is a copper coin, a quarter-gerah, worth about half
-a cent; was made about the time of Alexander the Great, B.C. 325.]
-
-[Illustration: A silver coin, three-quarters of a shekel, called a
-_righia_, used especially for paying the temple tax. It was worth about
-40 cents.]
-
-The Greek and Roman coins are chiefly referred to in the New Testament.
-The smallest was the Lepton (Mark 12:42, "mite"), worth a fifth of a
-cent. 2. The Quadrans (Mark 12:42, "farthing"), 2 mites, or less than
-half a cent. 3. The Assarion (Matt, 10:29, "farthing"), four times the
-quadrans, or 1-3/5 cents. Notice that two coins, one worth four times as
-much as the other, are both translated "farthing" in our version. 4. The
-Denarius (Matt, 22:19, "penny"), 10 times the assarion, or 16 cents. It
-was the latter which in Christ's time bore the face of the Roman
-emperor.
-
-[Illustration: No. 1
-
-The smallest copper coin in use among the Jews, the _lepton_, called in
-Hebrew _chalcous_, "copper money." The widow's mite was of this coin.]
-
-[Illustration: No. 2
-
-The denarius, or penny, bearing the face of the emperor Tiberius.]
-
-[Illustration: BETHANY.]
-
-
-
-
-INDEX TO MAP OF PALESTINE.
-
-(SURROUNDING COUNTRY INCLUDED.)
-
-
- EXPLANATION.--The letter and number following each
- name show its location on the map. The name will
- be found at or near the intersection of a vertical
- line drawn between the letters top and bottom and
- a horizontal line between the figures on either
- side.
-
- Abama R-11
- Abbin M-20
- Abdon G-15
- Abil J-13
- Abilin G-17
- Abud G-23
- Acco Ptolemais F-16
- Acrabi H-23
- Acre F-16
- Acre O-15
- Adlan H-12
- Adonis J-7
- Adrha R-11
- Afka L-7
- Ahiry Q-16
- Ai H-24
- Ain Ata N-6
- Ain Barada N-10
- Ain Burdai O-8
- Ain Feshkhah I-26
- Ain Haudh E-18
- Ain Jiddy I-28
- Ain Yebrud H-24
- Aithy M-10
- Ajalon F-25
- Ajlan D-27
- Ajlun L-21
- Ajiltun K-8
- Akir D-25
- Akka F-16
- Akka, Plain of G-16
- Akkaba I-21
- Akobar P-10
- Akrabeh H-23
- Akurah L-7
- Allan L-22
- Alleikah K-15
- Alma J-15
- Amaad K-19
- Amaleh K-18
- Amateh K-21
- Amathus K-21
- Amkah G-16
- Amman N-24
- Ammik L-10
- Ammonites M-25
- Amshir J-6
- Amwas E-25
- Amyan L-5
- Anab F-28
- Anat J-11
- Anathoth H-25
- Anti-Lebanon R-6
- Antipatris E-22
- Anz T-20
- Apollonia D-22
- Ar (Rabbath Moab) L-29
- Araba I-17
- Arad G-29
- Arair L-28
- Arak el Emir M-24
- Aramun J-9
- Arar O-18
- Ararah F-30
- Arbela N-19
- Arbin P-11
- Ard Asjerah K-16
- Ard el Huleh J-14
- Areiya K-9
- Areopolis L-29
- Arnau K-6
- Arnon L-28
- Arnun I-13
- Arny M-13
- Aroer F-30
- Aroer L-28
- Arrabeh G-20
- Arrabeh I-17
- Arsuf D-22
- Ary R-19
- Ascalon B-26
- Ashdod C-26
- Asher I-21
- Askulan B-26
- Ashkut L-8
- Astifa F-18
- Ataibeh R-11
- Atara G-21
- Ataroth K-27
- Athlit E-18
- Atil R-17
- Atny S-8
- Attil F-21
- Attir F-29
- Atuf I-22
- Aulam J-18
- Auranitis P-18
- Aurney M-13
- Ayun ed Dura P-9
- Ayun el Alak S-5
- Azzun F-22
- Baalbek O-7
- Baal Meor L-26
- Babda J-9
- Bahret Bala T-14
- Bahret el Ateibeh T-12
- Bahret el Hijaneh S-13
- Bahr Tubariyeh K-17
- Bakah F-20
- Bala Q-11
- Balin D-26
- Banias K-14
- Bar Elias M-9
- Bashan O-17
- Batanæa T-16
- Bathaniyeh S-17
- Bathaniyeh T-16
- Batneh K-23
- Batruny N-10
- Bechar F-21
- Beeroth G-24
- Beer Sheba D-29
- Beer Sheba, Desert of D-30
- Beirut I-8
- Beit Auwa E-28
- Beit Dejan D-24
- Beit Dirdis B-27
- Beit er Ras M-19
- Beit Far E-25
- Beit Idis K-20
- Beit Imrim H-21
- Beitin G-24
- Beit Jala G-26
- Beit Jenn M-13
- Beit Jibrin E-27
- Beit Kurm K-29
- Beit Lahm G-18
- Beit Lahm G-26
- Beit Lid F-22
- Beit Luna I-11
- Beit Nebala E-24
- Beit Ur Tahta G-25
- Beka S-20
- Belat I-10
- Belateh N-25
- Belfort J-13
- Bereikut G-26
- Bereitan O-8
- Berkha O-6
- Berya I-10
- Berytus I-8
- Beshara I-14
- Besum J-18
- Bethany H-25
- Bethar F-21
- Beth Dagon D-24
- Bethel G-24
- Beth Gamul P-21
- Beth Hogla J-25
- Bethhoron G-24
- Beth Jesimoth K-25
- Bethlehem G-26
- Beth Nimrah K-24
- Bethshean J-20
- Beth Shemesh F-26
- Beth Tappuah F-27
- Bethzur F-27
- Bilhas L-7
- Bireh G-24
- Bir es Seba D-29
- Birweh G-16
- Bir Zeit G-24
- Bisri J-11
- Biut Jebeil I-15
- Blabura L-6
- Bludan N-10
- Botal Meon L-26
- Botrys J-6
- Bozrah R-19
- Brummana J-8
- Bsherreh M-6
- Budeih N-7
- Bukfeiya K-8
- Bukha R-8
- Burak Q-14
- Burd S-19
- Burka C-25
- Burmeh M-22
- Busrah R-19
- Byblus J-7
- Bziza L-5
- Cabul H-17
- Cæsarea D-20
- Cæsarea Philippi K-14
- Callirhoe J-27
- Cana H-18
- Capercotia H-20
- Carmel G-28
- Castellum Peregrinorum D-18
- Chesalloth I-18
- Chorazin K-16
- Conna Q-5
- Convent E-17
- Coreæ H-23
- Daberath I-18
- Dahr el Ahmar L-11
- Damascus P-11
- Damascus R-9
- Damet el Alyah Q-16
- Dan K-13
- Dareiya O-12
- Dead Sea J-28
- Decapolis Q-16
- Deir Aly P-14
- Deir el Ahmar N-7
- Deir el Kamr J-10
- Denna J-19
- Derat O-18
- Dhekir R-15
- Dhiban L-27
- Dibbin M-21
- Dibon L-28
- Dilly O-16
- Dimas N-11
- Dinneh B-27
- Dimesk P-12
- Dimonah F-31
- Doroa P-17
- Draa J-30
- Dulbeh R-12
- Duma L-6
- Duma P-11
- Dumah F-28
- Dummar O-11
- Dura F-27
- Duris N-8
- Eaumia I-28
- Ecdippi Achzib F-15
- Ed Dur P-17
- Edhra O-17
- Eglon D-27
- Ehden M-5
- Eib P-5
- Eidum M-20
- Ejlil D-22
- Ekron D-25
- El al L-25
- El Batrum J-5
- El Belka K-26
- El Bellan N-12
- El Bukaa M-10
- El Bukeia I-16
- El Burj E-28
- El Burj I-13
- El Daumeh F-28
- El Dekwa T-12
- Elealeh L-25
- Eleutheropolis E-27
- El Fejjeh E-23
- El Fuhais L-24
- El Fuleh H-19
- El Fureidis J-10
- El Futian N-27
- El Ghor J-23
- El Ghor J-31
- El Ghuzlaniyeh Q-12
- El Hadeth J-9
- El Hadeth N-8
- El Hather L-13
- El Herath K-22
- El Hish L-15
- El Husm M-19
- El Jisr K-7
- El Kana N-8
- El Kerak M-8
- El Khulil G-27
- El Kireh G-19
- El Kuds G-25
- El Kusein F-30
- Ellar G-21
- El Latron E-25
- El Lisan J-29
- El Mejdel C-26
- El Merj L-9
- El Mezzeh O-11
- El Mokhrah O-7
- El Mukhtarah J-10
- Er-Riha L-28
- El Tell K-16
- Elusa D-31
- Endor I-18
- En-gannim I-20
- En-gedi I-28
- Ephraim, Mountains of F-23
- Eriha J-25
- Er Ram H-25
- Er Remtheh N-19
- Esdraelon, Plain of H-19
- Esdud C-26
- Eshmiskin O-17
- Es Salt L-23
- Es Samieh I-24
- Es Sawafir C-26
- Es Semuy J-16
-
-[Illustration: MAP OF PALESTINE AND SURROUNDING COUNTRY.]
-
- Es Sendiyaneh F-19
- Es Sgheir P-20
- Es Sheikh F-18
- Es Zib F-15
- Et-Tih, Desert of B-30
- Et Tireh E-18
- Et Tireh E-24
- Et Tireh J-19
- Eyat O-7
- Ez Zumleh O-19
- Farah K-21
- Fawara K-19
- Ferata G-22
- Fedar K-6
- Ferkha G-23
- Fijeh N-11
- Fik Apheca L-17
- Fikeh Q-6
- Frank H-26
- Furzul L-8
- Fusail J-23
- Gaba H-21
- Gabara H-16
- Gabata H-19
- Gadara L-19
- Gadda O-23
- Galilee H-17
- Gamala L-18
- Gath D-26
- Gaulanitis L-17
- Gaza B-28
- Gebal J-7
- Gedor F-26
- Gennesaret J-17
- Gerada S-9
- Gerar B-29
- Gerasa M-22
- Gergasa K-17
- Gharz O-19
- Ghasuleh R-12
- Ghautha R-18
- Ghazir K-7
- Ghederah D-25
- Ghusam Q-19
- Ghuzzeh A-28
- Gibeah G-25
- Gibeah G-26
- Gibeon G-25
- Gilboa I-20
- Gilead L-20
- Gilead, Mountains of L-24
- Gilgal F-23
- Gilgal G-23
- Gilgal I-25
- Gimzo E-24
- Ginæa I-20
- Giscala J-15
- Gophna G-24
- Hadar R-15
- Hafir Q-10
- Haifa F-17
- Halbun O-10
- Halhul G-27
- Halwy M-11
- Hamul G-15
- Harran Q-16
- Harran R-11
- Hanin I-15
- Haris I-14
- Hasbeiya K-12
- Hauran Q-17
- Hawara H-23
- Hazor D-25
- Hazor H-24
- Hebras M-19
- Hebron G-27
- Helaweh K-20
- Heldua I-9
- Heliopolis O-8
- Hepha F-17
- Herodion G-26
- Hesban el Kusur L-26
- Hesbon L-26
- Hieromax L-18
- Hijaneh R-12
- Hippos K-18
- Hit S-16
- Homeis M-5
- Hormah C-31
- Huj C-27
- Hukkok I-17
- Huleh Lake K-15
- Hunin J-14
- Idhna F-27
- Ijon J-12
- Iksim E-19
- Irbid J-17
- Irbid N-19
- Iron I-15
- Ituræa N-15
- Jaarah F-19
- Jabesh K-21
- Jabneh C-25
- Jabbok L-22
- Jacob's Well H-22
- Jaezer M-24
- Jaffa D-23
- Jaj L-6
- Jambruda R-8
- Jamnia C-25
- Janohah I-23
- Japhia H-18
- Japho C-23
- Jarmuth F-26
- Jasem N-16
- Jattir F-29
- Jaulan L-16
- Jeba H-21
- Jebaa J-11
- Jebatha H-18
- Jebeil J-6
- Jebel Ajlun M-20
- Jebel Ameto N-6
- Jebel Bludih O-9
- Jebel Duhy I-19
- Jebel el Mania O-13
- Jebel esh Sheikh M-12
- Jebel esh Sherky P-9
- Jebel Fureidis H-26
- Jebel Hauran T-17
- Jebel Jelad L-23
- Jebel Jermuk I-15
- Jebel Libna L-9
- Jebel Shihan K-28
- Jebel Sunnin M-8
- Jedal Q-16
- Jedur F-26
- Jedur N-15
- Jefat H-17
- Jehab P-15
- Jelbon I-20
- Jenin H-20
- Jerash M-22
- Jericho I-25
- Jerjua I-12
- Jerud S-9
- Jerusalem G-25
- Jezreel I-19
- Jezzin J-11
- Jib Jenin L-11
- Jibin L-17
- Jifna G-24
- Jiljilia G-23
- Jiljuliah F-22
- Jimzu E-24
- Jish J-15
- Jisr Benat Yakub K-15
- Jisr Damieh J-23
- Jiyeh C-27
- Jobar P-11
- Jokneam F-18
- Joppa D-23
- Jordan J-21
- Jotapata H-17
- Jubb Adin Q-9
- Judah, Desert of H-28
- Judah, Mountains of F-27
- Judea G-27
- Julias K-16
- Julis C-26
- Juneh K-8
- Kab Elias L-9
- Kabul H-17
- Kadisha L-5
- Kahn Jubb Yusef J-16
- Kaisariyeh D-19
- Kakon E-21
- Kallaat J-13
- Kamid el Loz L-10
- Kana H-14
- Kanah D-20
- Kara Comochara S-6
- Karobin M-6
- Katarna O-12
- Kattin J-11
- Kaukab O-12
- Kedes J-14
- Kedron H-26
- Keffin K-7
- Kefr Abil K-20
- Kefr Birim I-15
- Kefr Hajla J-25
- Kefr Hata L-5
- Kefr Kannir E-20
- Kefr Kenna H-18
- Kefr Kud H-20
- Kefr Kuk M-11
- Kefr Malik H-24
- Kefr Rahta L-19
- Kefr Saba E-22
- Kefr Sabt I-18
- Kefr Zebad M-9
- Keftun K-5
- Kenath S-17
- Kerak J-18
- Kerak L-30
- Kerak Q-18
- Kerazeh K-16
- Kereimbeh M-14
- Kereitein G-29
- Kerun K-11
- Kes Sumrah K-18
- Kesweh O-13
- Ketherabba K-31
- Khan J-19
- Khan Arus S-8
- Khan El Khulda I-9
- Khan el Tujjar I-18
- Khan Yunas A-29
- Khanzireh K-31
- Khersa K-17
- Khertin K-7
- Khisbet es Suk K-23
- Khirbet Silim I-13
- Khubab P-15
- Khulasah D-30
- Khuldeh M-24
- Khureb Q-20
- Kilkilia F-22
- Kiratah P-16
- Kirjath-arba (see El
- Khulil) G-27
- Kirjath-jearim F-25
- Kir Moab L-30
- Kishon F-17
- Kubbet el Baul G-30
- Kudna E-26
- Kufr S-18
- Kulat J-17
- Kulat el Husn K-18
- Kulat Zerka O-23
- Kulmon E-17
- Kunawat S-17
- Kuneitirah L-14
- Kurahta P-12
- Kurawa F-23
- Kureim P-15
- Kureiyat K-27
- Kureiyeh R-19
- Kuriut H-23
- Kuriyet es Suk N-25
- Kurmul G-28
- Kurn Hattin I-17
- Kurnub G-31
- Kustul S-8
- Kuteibeh O-16
- Kuteifeh R-9
- Kutraneh N-30
- Lachish C-27
- Lahfit L-6
- Lala L-11
- Lebweh P-6
- Leja Q-15
- Lejjun G-19
- Lejum N-27
- Leontes I-13
- Little Hermon I-19
- Lubban F-23
- Lubick J-17
- Ludd E-24
- Lybo P-6
- Lycus J-8
- Lydda, Diospolis E-24
- Maad K-6
- Macatha M-18
- Madeba L-26
- Magdala J-17
- Mahajjeh P-16
- Main L-26
- Maksura S-10
- Malatha F-30
- Malia H-15
- Malula Q-8
- Marabun O-9
- Mar Elias G-25
- Maresa E-27
- Mar Saba H-26
- Masada I-29
- Mashita N-25
- Mateh Burak Q-14
- Medaba L-26
- Megiddo G-19
- Meifuk K-6
- Meiron I-16
- Meis J-14
- Mejdel F-23
- Mejdel G-17
- Mejdel I-17
- Mejdel L-13
- Mejdel Keram H-16
- Mejellun I-11
- Menarah J-14
- Meneh O-21
- Menin P-10
- Menjah M-25
- Merjaneh Q-13
- Meshghara K-11
- Mezarib N-18
- Mezraah P-9
- Mezraatesh Shuf J-10
- Mirkib G-31
- Misiliya H-21
- Mizpah G-25
- Mkaur K-27
- Moab, Mountains of K-26
- Moabites M-29
- Moharfer I-25
- Mount Carmel F-18
- Mount Ebal G-22
- Mount Gerizim G-22
- Mount Gilboa I-20
- Mount Hermon M-12
- Mount Nebo K-26
- Mount of Olives H-25
- Mount Tabor J-18
- Mukam B-28
- Mukhalid E-21
- Mukhmas H-25
- Murduk S-17
- Nabatiyeh I-12
- Nabulus G-22
- Naby Shaib K-24
- Nahr Abu Zabura D-21
- Nahr Amman N-24
- Nahr Barada O-11
- Nahr ed Damur I-10
- Nahr el Asy P-5
- Nahr el Aujeh D-23
- Nahr el Auwaly I-11
- Nahr el Falaik D-21
- Nahr el Jazeh L-6
- Nahr el Kasimiyeh G-13
- Nahr el Kelb K-8
- Nahr es Sikal R-11
- Nahr es Zaherani H-11
- Nahr Litany K-12
- Nahr Rubin C-24
- Nahr Yarmuk K-18
- Nahr Zurka E-19
- Nain H-19
- Nakbel Jurd L-8
- Nasar H-12
- Nawa N-16
- Nazareth H-18
- Neapolis R-17
- Nebha O-6
- Nebk S-7
- Neby Samwil G-25
- Neby Sufa L-11
- Neby Zatur M-9
- Nein H-19
- Nejha P-13
- Nejran Q-17
- Nemariyeh I-12
- Nezib F-27
- Nicopolis E-25
- Niha J-11
- Nimrim J-31
- Nimrin K-24
- Nmeireh J-30
- Nob H-25
- Noleh Q-12
- Nujein P-16
- Ophra I-24
- Orak K-31
- Orman T-19
- Palæ Tyrus G-14
- Pelod F-17
- Pharpar Q-13
- Phiala L-13
- Philadelphia O-24
- Philippopolis T-19
- Philistia, Plain of D-25
- Philistines, Country of
- the D-26
- Phoeneutus P-14
- Phoenicia H-13
- Pirathon G-22
- Rabba L-29
- Rabbath Ammon O-24
- Rachel's Tomb G-26
- Ragaba K-21
- Raha S-18
- Rajib K-21
- Ramah F-27
- Ramah H-14
- Ramah H-16
- Ramah H-25
- Rameh F-16
- Rameh G-27
- Rameh H-21
- Ramleh E-24
- Ramoth Gilead L-23
- Ras Baalbek Q-5
- Rasheiya L-11
- Rasheiyet K-13
- Rehob J-20
- Rehoboth D-31
- Renthieh E-23
- Reyak N-9
- Rhamdun K-9
- Ridgah J-20
- Rihan Q-11
- Rimeh R-17
- Rimmon H-24
- Rimmon I-17
- Ruheiba D-31
- Ruheim Selameh G-29
- Rukhleh M-11
- Rum J-11
- Rumaneh I-17
- Rumeish H-15
- Rumin I-12
- Rummaneh H-19
- Rummon H-24
- Sabha R-21
- Saccoea S-16
- Safed J-16
- Safriyeh E-24
- Sahmur K-11
- Sahr Q-15
- Sahwet el Kamh Q-19
- Saida H-11
- Saidnaya P-10
- Sair G-27
- Salameh E-23
- Salcah T-20
- Saleh T-18
- Salim H-22
- Samaria G-22
- Samaria H-21
- Sansannah C-29
- Sanur H-21
- Saphir C-26
- Sardak M-7
- Sasa I-15
- Sasa N-13
- Saufin F-22
- Sawanieh E-19
- Sawiet H-23
- Sbeta C-30
- Scopus G-25
- Scythopolis J-20
- Sea of the Plains J-28
- Sea of Tiberias K-17
- Sebaste G-22
- Sebata C-31
- Sebbeh I-29
- Sefurieh H-17
- Seilun H-23
- Selakhid R-16
- Semakh K-18
- Semme P-19
- Semunieh G-18
- Sepphoris G-18
- Serepta H-12
- Seweh S-19
- Shabat O-8
- Shalem H-22
- Sharon, Plain of D-22
- Shebaa P-12
- Shebruh L-7
- Shefa Omar G-17
- Shehim I-10
- Sheikh Abret G-18
- Shelifa N-7
- Sheriat el Kebir J-24
- Shihon K-28
- Shiloh H-23
- Shukah S-16
- Shumlan J-9
- Shunem H-19
- Shuttah I-19
- Shuweikeh E-26
- Shuweikeh F-28
- Sidon H-11
- Sihil S-7
- Sijn R-17
- Siloam H-25
- Sinjil H-23
- Sir H-21
- Solomon's Pools G-26
- Subhiyeh R-20
- Subbarin F-19
- Succoth J-21
- Suf M-21
- Suffa F-24
- Suk N-11
- Suleim R-17
- Sulima K-9
- Sulkhad T-20
- Sunamein O-15
- Sur G-13
- Surafend E-18
- Surafend H-12
- Surah F-25
- Suwaret el Kebir R-14
- Suweideh R-18
- Taanach H-20
- Taanuck H-20
- Taiyibeh H-24
- Tantura E-19
- Tanurin el Fokhar M-6
- Tappoah I-22
- Tarichæa J-18
- Teffuh F-27
- Tekoa H-27
- Tekua H-26
- Tell Arad G-29
- Tell Dothan H-20
- Tell el Kamon F-18
- Tell es Saffoyeh D-26
- Tell Habeish G-14
- Tell Hazor H-16
- Tell Hum J-16
- Tell Lukiyeh E-29
- Tell Main G-28
- Tell Milh F-30
- Tell Sheriah D-29
- Telseæ T-10
- Temnin M-8
- Terbikha H-15
- Tershiha H-15
- Teyasir I-21
- Thebez I-21
- Thimnoth F-24
- Tiberias J-17
- Tibneh F-24
- Tibneh E-26
- Tibnin I-14
- Tibny L-20
- Tibny P-15
- Tima E-26
- Timnath E-26
- Tireh E-23
- Tireh G-17
- Tirzah H-22
- Trachonitis R-16
- Tubakat Fahel K-20
- Tubakoh C-27
- Tubariyeh J-17
- Tubas I-21
- Tufs N-18
- Tuliel el Ful H-25
- Tura H-13
- Turah I-17
- Turkumieh F-27
- Tyre G-13
- Tyrus G-13
- Um el Fahm G-20
- Um el Jemal P-20
- Um el Jemal P-21
- Um el Jerar B-29
- Um er Rusas O-27
- Um Jaujy M-24
- Um Keis L-19
- Um Lakhis C-27
- Umm el Kuten S-21
- Umm es Surab P-20
- Umm Wulad Q-18
- Um Rasas M-27
- Um Tail J-23
- Unkhul O-15
- Urniebeh N-26
- Urtas G-26
- Wady Ain Feranjy M-30
- Wady Allan M-16
- Wady Awaj Q-13
- Wady Belat F-23
- Wady Benillamed K-29
- Wady Debr I-25
- Wady ed Dan P-18
- Wady el Abiad J-24
- Wady el Akib R-20
- Wady el Azziyeh G-14
- Wady el Butm S-20
- Wady el Ghar P-17
- Wady el Harram O-16
- Wady el Hasy B-27
- Wady el Jerayeh R-14
- Wady el Kady I-10
- Wady el Keis D-28
- Wady el Mahanwait H-30
- Wady el Mojib K-28
- Wady Enkeileh M-28
- Wady en Nar I-26
- Wady esh Shahrur I-9
- Wady es Sunam L-16
- Wady es Suny B-29
- Wady Ezrak L-24
- Wady Fedar K-7
- Wady Fikreh I-31
- Wady Fusal J-23
- Wady Harir L-10
- Wady Hrer O-17
- Wady Husasah I-27
- Wady Kell J-25
- Wady Kerak K-30
- Wady Kerkera G-15
- Wady Khuberah C-30
- Wady Khusneh I-20
- Wady Kunawat R-17
- Wady Kurawa F-23
- Wady Kurn G-15
- Wady Luia R-15
- Wady Mukubrit S-10
- Wady Nawaimeh J-24
- Wady Satar Q-1
- Wady Seir K-25
- Wady Seiyal H-29
- Wady Sheriah C-29
- Wady Surar E-25
- Wady Tallit P-18
- Wady Teim K-12
- Wady Tufileh J-31
- Wady Um Baghek H-30
- Wady Umm Dubeb S-13
- Wady Waleh L-27
- Wady Yabis K-20
- Wady Zakur E-23
- Wady Zedi P-19
- Wady Zerka K-22
- Waters of Merom K-15
- Welgha R-18
- Yabrud R-7
- Yabud G-20
- Yafa H-18
- Yafilfeh O-9
- Yakak I-17
- Yalu F-25
- Yanuk H-16
- Yanun I-23
- Yarmuk F-26
- Yaron I-15
- Yarun I-13
- Yatir I-14
- Yazur D-25
- Yazur E-23
- Yebna C-25
- Yelda P-12
- Yerka G-16
- Yesir H-13
- Yosela J-23
- Yunin P-7
- Yutta G-28
- Zahleh M-9
- Zarephath G-12
- Zebdany N-10
- Zebdeh G-20
- Zebdin I-12
- Zebireh Q-16
- Zeila F-21
- Zeita I-11
- Zelah G-26
- Zerarieh H-13
- Zerin H-19
- Zifteh I-12
- Ziph G-28
- Ziph G-31
- Ziza N-26
- Zoar J-30
- Zora O-17
- Zorah F-25
- Zuk J-8
- Zuweirah H-30
-
-
-
-
-INDEX TO MAP OF OLD TESTAMENT WORLD,
-
-GIVING ONLY BIBLE AND MODERN NAMES.
-
-(_See Map, pages 18, 19._)
-
- EXPLANATION.--The letter and number following each
- name show its location on the map. The name will be
- found at or near the intersection of a vertical
- line drawn between the letters top and bottom and a
- horizontal line between the figures on either side.
- The italics designate modern names.
-
- Abronas, _Nahr Ibrahim_, R. L-12
- Accad, _Nisibin_ G-23
- Accho N-11
- Ahava, _Hit_ N-24
- Ain, _Ain el Azy_ L-14
- Ammon Q-14
- Antioch H-14
- Aphek, _Afka_ L-13
- Aphek O-13
- Arad R-11
- Aram L-15
- Aram Naharaim N-26
- Ararat B-31
- Ararat, Mt. A-29
- Argob N-14
- Armenia B-24
- Arnon, R. R-13
- Arvad, _Ruad_, I. K-13
- Asia Minor D-10
- Asshur J-30
- Asshur, _Kileh Sherghat_ J-27
- Assyria K-30
- Ava, _Hit_ N-26
- Baal Zephon T-6
- Babylon, _Hillah_ P-29
- Bashan O-14
- Beersheba R-11
- Berea, _Aleppo_ H-16
- Berothah M-12
- Bethel Q-11
- Bethlehem Q-11
- Beth-shemesh, _Ain Shems_ S-5
- Bozrah S-12
- Calah I-26
- Calah(?), _Holwan_ L-32
- Calneh P-31
- Carchemish G-17
- Carmel, Mt. O-11
- Chaldea Q-32
- Charran(?), _Harran_ G-21
- Chittim, _Cyprus_ J-9
- Chun M-13
- Damascus N-14
- Dan N-13
- Daphne, _Beit el Mâá_ H-14
- Dor O-11
- Ecbatana, North, _Takht-i-Suleiman_ H-34
- Ecbatana, South, _Hamalan_ K 37
- Edom T-12
- Egypt S-3
- Egypt, Stream of, _Wady el Arish_ S-8
- Elam O-34
- Elath U-11
- Elim V-7
- Ellasar, _Senkereh_ Q-32
- Ephraim, Mt. P-12
- Erech, _Warka_ R-31
- Etham S-6
- Euphrates, _el Frat_, R. L-25
- Ezion-geber U-10
- Galilee O-12
- Gaza Q-10
- Gebal, _Jebail_ L-12
- Gilead P-13
- Gilgal P-11
- Gozan H-22
- Great, _el Frat_, R. K-22
- Habor, _Khabour_, R. J-22
- Halah I-26
- Halah, _Holwan_ L-33
- Halak, Mt. T-10
- Ham, Land of U-3
- Hamath K-15
- Hamath, _Hamah_ J-15
- Hara(?), _Harran_ G-20
- Hara, _Zarnath_ M-32
- Haran(?), _Harran_ G-20
- Haran, _Harran el Awamid_ N-15
- Hazar-enan, _Kuryetein_ L-16
- Hebron Q-11
- Helbon M-14
- Hena, _Anah_ L-24
- Hermon, Mt. N-13
- Heshbon Q-13
- Hiddekel, _Tigris_, R. O-31
- Hor, Mt. L-14
- Horeb, Mt. W-9
- Israel O-13
- Ivah, _Hit_ N-25
- Javan, _Cyprus_ J-8
- Jerusalem Q-12
- Jezreel O-12
- Joppa P-10
- Jordan, R. P-12
- Judah Q-11
- Kedesh N-13
- Kedar S-22
- Kir Haraseth R-13
- Luristan N-36
- Mahanaim P-13
- Marah U-7
- Media K-44
- Memphis T-4
- Mesopotamia, _El Jezireh_ J-24
- Migdol, _Tel el Her_ R-6
- Minni C-31
- Moab R-13
- Nebaioth T-13
- Nineveh H-27
- Noph T-4
- On, _Ain Shems_ T-6
- Padan-aram J-22
- Paran W-9
- Paran, Wilderness of U-9
- Pebsia T-45
- Philistines Q-10
- Phoenicia M-13
- Pibeseth S-4
- Pi-hahiroth T-7
- Rabbath Ammon P-13
- Rahab W-3
- Rameses S-5
- Red Sea Y-10
- Rehob, _Ruheibeh_ M-15
- Rehoboth R-9
- Rehoboth, _Rahabeh_ J-21
- Rephidim W-8
- Resen, _Selamyeh_ H-27
- Rezpeh J-19
- Riblah L-14
- Salcah P-15
- Samaria P-11
- Sea of the Plain R-12
- Sela T-12
- Sepharvaim, _Mosaib_ O-28
- Shihor, the River of Egypt, _Nile_ U-3
- Shinar P-30
- Shur, Wilderness of S-8
- Shushan, _Sus_ P-37
- Side G-6
- Sin, _El Farma_ R-7
- Sin, Wilderness of, _El Kâ'a_ X-8
- Sinai, Mt. W-9
- Sinai, Wilderness of Mt. W-9
- Sippara, _Mosaib_ O-27
- Solomon, Kingdom of O-15
- South Country, The, _Negeb_ R-10
- Syria I-16
- Syrian Desert K-18
- Taberah V-9
- Tadmor K-18
- Tiphsah, _Suriyeh_ I-18
- Togarmah C-25
- Tripolis, Tarablous L-12
- Tyre N-12
- Ur, _Mugheir_ S-33
- Uz, Land of Q-22
- Zarephath M-12
- Zephath S-10
- Zidon M-12
- Zin, Wilderness of S-12
- Zoan R-4
- Zobah M-14
-
-
-
-
-INDEX TO DESCRIPTIVE MATTER.
-
- PAGE
- Abel-beth-maachah, 57, 71
- Abel-meholah, 62
- Abel-mizraim, 35
- Abila, 102
- Accad, 91
- Achaia, 122
- Acra, 74
- Admah, 38
- Adullam, Cave of, 66
- Ai, 52, 54, 83
- Aijalon, 62, 63
- Akaba, Gulf of, 43
- Alexandria, 42
- Alexander's Empire, 95
- Amalekites, 40
- Amalekite War, 65
- Ammon, 70
- Ammonite, 62
- Ammonites, 39, 40
- Amorites, 39
- Amphipolis, 122
- Anakim, 38
- Anamim, 25
- Anathoth, 83
- Antioch, 113
- Antioch in Pisidia, 119
- Antipatris, 127
- Aphek, 56, 88, 90
- Apollonia, 122
- Appii Forum, 129
- Ar, 71
- Arad, 56
- Aram, 26
- Ariel, 73
- Arkites, 40
- Arnon, 31
- Aroer, 55, 62, 63
- Arphaxad, 26
- Arvadites, 40
- Ashdod, 63, 114
- Asher, 57
- Ashkelon, 63
- Ashkenaz, 23
- Ashtaroth, 56
- Ashteroth Karnaim, 37
- Asia, 133
- Asia Minor, 117
- Asshur 26, 91
- Assyrian Empire, 91
- Ataroth, 55
- Athens, 122
- Attalia, 119
- Auranitis, 101
- Avim, 38
- Azotus, 114
-
- Baalah, 85
- Babylon, 91, 93
- Babylonia, 93
- Babylonian Empire, 91, 92
- Bashan, 32, 51
- Batanea, 101
- Beer-lahai-roi, 34
- Beeroth, 83
- Beersheba, 34, 35, 54, 56, 63
- Benjamin, 56
- Berachah, 88, 90
- Berea, 122
- Besor, 31
- Bethabara, 104
- Bethany, 84, 108, 111
- Beth-barah, 62, 63
- Bethel, 33, 35, 56, 62, 63, 83
- Beth-hoglah, 35
- Beth-horon, 52, 57, 85
- Bethlehem, 56, 57, 62, 84, 103, 104
- Beth-nimrah, 56
- Beth-rehob, 57
- Bethsaida, 106
- Beth-shean, 57, 62, 63, 102
- Beth-shemesh, 57, 59, 89, 90
- Bezek, 53, 61, 63, 65
- Bezer, 55, 59
- Bezetha, 74
- Bithynia, 117
-
- Cæsarea, 113
- Cæsarea Philippi, 107
- Camon, 62
- Cana, 57, 104
- Canaan, 26, 29
- Canaanite, 62
- Canaanites, 38
- Canatha, 102
- Capernaum, 104
- Caphtorim, 25
- Capitolias, 102
- Cappadocia, 118
- Carchemish, 90
- Caria, 118
- Carmel, 56
- Casluhim, 25
- Cenchrea, 123
- Chaldean, 21
- Cherith, 31
- Chios, 127
- Chittim, 25
- Cilicia, 93, 118
- Colosse, 131
- Coos, 127
- Corinth, 123
- Crete, 38, 128
- Cush, 25
- Cyprus, 118
-
- Daberath, 57
- Dalmanutha, 107
- Damascus, 70, 71, 102, 113
- Dan, 33, 54, 57, 59, 61
- Danite, 63
- Debir, 53, 56, 61, 63
- Decapolis, 101, 107
- Dedan, 25
- Derbe, 119
- Dibon, 55
- Dion, 102
- Dodanim, 25
- Dor, 57
- Dothan, 57
-
- Ebal, 32
- Ebenezer, 63
- Edom, 45, 70, 71, 87
- Edomites, 40
- Edomite War, 65
- Edrei, 51, 54, 56
- Egypt, 33, 41, 93, 103
- Egypt, River of, 29, 43
- Ekron, 63
- Elah, 66
- Elah, Valley of, 84
- Elam, 26
- Elim, 46
- Elishah, 25
- Emim, 38
- Emmaus, 84, 111
- Endor, 67
- En-gannim, 57, 108
- En-gedi, 33, 56, 66
- Enon, 31
- Ephes-dammim, 66
- Ephesus, 125
- Ephraim, 57, 84, 108
- Ephraim, The Wood of, 71
- Ephrath, 35
- Erech, 91
- Esdraelon, Plain of, 32
- Eshtaol, 57
- Etham, 46
- Etham, Wilderness of, 43
-
- Fair Havens, 128
- Farah, 31
-
- Gad, 55
- Gadara, 56, 102
- Gadarenes, Country of the, 106
- Galatia, 118
- Galilee, 101
- Gath, 63, 66, 69, 71, 88, 90
- Gath-hepher, 57
- Gaulanitis, 101
- Gaza, 63
- Geba, 57, 62, 65
- Gehenna, 74
- Gerar, 34, 56
- Gerasa, 102
- Gerizim, 32
- Geshur, 70
- Gether, 26
- Gibeah, 56, 61, 63, 65, 66, 83
- Gibeon, 52, 56, 71, 85
- Gihon, 74
- Gilead, 51
- Gilgal, 52, 56, 63, 65
- Girgashites, 39
- Golan, 56, 59
- Gomer, 23
- Gomorrah, 33, 34, 38
- Goshen, 41
-
- Hadad-rimmon, 63
- Ham, 37
- Hamathites, 40
- Haphraim, 57
- Haran, 33, 35
- Hareth, 66
- Harosheth, 62, 63
- Hauran, 32
- Havilah, 25
- Hazerim, 38
- Hazeroth, 46
- Hazezon-tamar, 33
- Hazor, 53, 54, 57, 62
- Hebron, 33, 38, 56, 59, 61, 63, 67, 84
- Helam, 70, 71
- Heliopolis, 42
- Heshbon, 54, 55
- Hieromax, 31
- Hill of Evil Counsel, 74
- Hinnom, Valley of, 73
- Hippos, 102
- Hittites, 39
- Hivites, 39, 40
- Hobah, 33
- Horim, 38
- Hormah, 56
- Hul, 26
-
- Iconium, 119
- Iturea, 101
-
- Jabbok, 31
- Jabesh-gilead, 56, 65
- Jahaz, 54
- Japheth, 23
- Jarmuth, 57
- Javan, 25
- Jazer, 56
- Jebel Jermuk, 29
- Jebel Mukhmeel, 32
- Jebus, 63, 69
- Jebusites, 39
- Jericho, 54, 56, 61, 63, 109
- Jerusalem, 56, 69, 71, 73, 90
- Jeshimon, 56, 84
- Joppa, 113, 114
- Jordan, Fords of, 62
- Jordan, Plain of, 32
- Judæa, 101
- Judah, 56
-
- Kadesh-barnea, 46, 47
- Karkor, 62, 63
- Kedemoth, 55
- Kedesh, 57, 59
- Kedron, Valley of the, 73
- Keilah, 66
- Kenath, 56
- Kenites, 40
- Kibroth-hattaavah, 46
- Kingdom of Israel, 87
- Kingdom of Judah, 87
- Kir-haraseth, 88, 90
- Kiriathaim, 55
- Kirjath-jearim, 54, 56, 63, 85
- Kirjath-sepher, 38, 53
- Kishon, 31, 62
- Kittim, 25
- Kurûn Hattin, 32
-
- Laish, 33, 54, 57, 61, 63
- Laodicea, 134
- Lehabim, 25
- Lehi, 63
- Leontes, 31
- Leshem, 54
- Levi, 59
- Libnah, 56
- Little Hermon, 32
- Lubim, 25
- Lud, 26
- Ludim, 25
- Lycaonia, 118
- Lycia, 118
- Lydda, 114, 118
- Lydia, 93, 118
- Lystra, 119
-
- Maachah, 70
- Macedonia, 122
- Madai, 25
- Magog, 23
- Mahanaim, 35, 56, 70
- Manasseh, 56, 57
- Maon, 56, 66
- Marah, 46
- Mareshah, 89
- Mash, 26
- Medeba, 55, 70, 71
- Media, 93
- Megiddo, 57, 63, 90
- Melita, 128
- Memphis, 42
- Meshech, 25, 26
- Michmash, 56, 65, 83
- Midian, 51
- Midianite, 62
- Miletus, 127
- Minnith, 62
- Mitylene, 127
- Mizpah, 35
- Mizpeh, 56, 63, 83
- Mizpeh of Gilead, 62
- Mizpeh of Moab, 66
- Mizraim, 25
- Moab, 70, 87
- Moab, Fords of, 62,, 63
- Moabite, 61
- Moabites, 39, 61
- Moabite War, 65
- Moreh, Hill of, 32, 57, 62, 63
- Moriah, 34
- Mount Carmel, 32
- Mount Ephraim, 29
- Mount Gilboa, 32, 62, 67
- Mount Gilead, 32
- Mount Hebron, 32
- Mount Hermon, 32
- Mount Hor, 45, 47, 49
- Mount Lebanon, 32
- Mount Moriah, 74
- Mount Nebo, 32, 55
- Mount of Offense, 74
- Mount of Olives, 74
- Mount Pisgah, 32
- Mount Seir, 45
- Mount Tabor, 32, 62, 63
- Mount Zion, 32, 74
- Myra, 128
- Mysia, 118
-
- Nain, 57, 106
- Naphtali, 57
- Naphtuhim, 25
- Nazareth, 57, 103, 104
- Negeb, 32
- Nicopolis, 131
- Nimrod, 25
- Nimrud, 91
- Nile, 41
- Nob, 66, 83
-
- Ophrah, 62
-
- Palestine, 29
- Pamphylia, 118
- Paphlagonia, 117
- Paphos, 118
- Paran, Wilderness of, 43
- Patara, 127
- Pathrusim, 25
- Patmos, 133
- Pella, 102
- Pelusium, 42
- Peniel, 35
- Penuel, 56, 62
- Peræa, 101, 108
- Perga, 119
- Pergamos, 133
- Perizzites, 39
- Persian Empire, 93
- Philadelphia, 102, 134
- Philippi, 122
- Philistia, 32
- Philistine, 62
- Philistines, 38
- Phoenicia, 32, 107
- Phrygia, 118
- Phut, 26
- Pirathon, 62
- Pisidia, 118
- Pontus, 117
- Ptolemais, 127
- Puteoli, 128
-
- Raamah, 25
- Rabbah, 70, 71
- Rabbath Ammon, 55
- Rachel's Tomb, 84
- Ramah, 63, 65, 66, 83, 85
- Rameses, 42, 46
- Ramoth-gilead, 56, 59, 88, 90
- Raphana, 102
- Rehob, 70
- Rehoboth, 34
- Rephaim, 37, 69
- Rephaim, Plain of, 84
- Reuben, 55
- Rhegium, 128
- Rhodes, 127
- Rimmon, 84
- Riphath, 23
- Rodanim, 25
- Rome, 129
- Roman Empire, 97
-
- Sabtah, 25
- Sabtechah, 25
- Salamis, 118
- Samaria, 57, 87, 89, 90, 101, 113
- Samos, 127
- Sardis, 134
- Scopus, 74
- Scythopolis, 102
- Seba, 25
- Seleucia, 118
- Shalem, 35
- Shalisha, 65
- Shamir, 62
- Sharon, 32
- Sheba, 25
- Shechem, 33, 52, 57, 59, 62, 63
- Shefelah, The, 29
- Shiloh, 57
- Shochoh, 66
- Shunem, 57
- Shur, Wilderness of, 43
- Simeon, 56
- Sin, Wilderness of, 43
- Sinaitic Mountains, 43
- Sinites, 40
- Smyrna, 133
- Sodom, 33, 34, 38
- Succoth, 35, 46, 56, 62
- Sychar, 104
- Syracuse, 128
- Syria, 87
-
- Taanach, 57, 63
- Tabbath, 62
- Tarshish, 25
- Tarsus, 114
- Tekoa, 70
- Telaim, 65
- Tetrarchy, 102
- Thebes, 42
- Thebez, 62, 63
- Thessalonica, 122
- Thyatira, 134
- Timnath, 57, 63
- Tiras, 25
- Tob, 62, 70
- Togarmah, 23
- Tophet, 74
- Trachonitis, 101
- Troas, 121
- Trogyllium, 127
- Tubal, 25
- Tyre, 127
- Tyropoeon, Valley of the, 73
-
- Ur, 33, 91
- Uz, 26
-
- Viri Galilæi, 74
-
- Wilderness, 104
- Wilderness of the Wandering, 42
-
- Zair, 88, 90
- Zamzummim, 37
- Zeboim, 38
- Zebulon, 57
- Zemaraim, 88, 89
- Zephath, 61, 63
- Zidon, 128
- Zidonians, 38
- Ziklag, 56, 66
- Zin, Wilderness of, 43
- Ziph, 66
- Zoar, 38
- Zobah, 65, 70, 71
- Zorah, 57, 63
- Zuph, 65
- Zuzim, 37
-
- * * * * *
-
-Transcriber's Notes:
-
-Obvious punctuation errors repaired. Italic text is set apart by
-_underscores_ and bold text by =equal signs=.
-
-To prevent them being split over two lines all spaces in B. C. and A. D.
-were removed.
-
-Page xi, "Aske" changed to "Aska" (Mosque El Aska)
-
-Page 14, "tentativey" changed to "tentatively" (are given tentatively)
-
-Page 14, XII changed to XVII (B.C., Dynasties XVII. to XXVII)
-
-Page 15, "Shalmameser" changed to "Shalmaneser" (860-825--Shalmaneser
-II)
-
-Page 27, Review Chart of the Nations, "Aeolians" changed to "Æolians"
-(_Æolians_)
-
-Page 27, Review Chart of the Nations, "Meroe" changed to "Meroë"
-(_Meroë_)
-
-Page 31, "plain" changed to "Plain" (watering the Plain of Esdraelon)
-
-Page 35, "7" changed to "8" (8. Burial of Sarah)
-
-Page 46, "Hawarah" changed to "Hawârah" (_Ain Hawârah_)
-
-Page 56, Comparitive Size table, Ephraim, "S." changed to "Sq." (600 Sq.
-M.)
-
-Page 62, "route" changed to "rout" (the rout that followed)
-
-Page 75, "Melchizedek" was hyphenated as "Melchi-zedek" on this page in
-the original text to show its similarity to "Adoni-zedek". This was
-retained.
-
-Page 78, "Tor" changed to "Tôr" (Jebel Abu Tôr (Hill of Evil Counsel))
-
-Page 79, "1." added to text. (1. The _Birket Mamilla_)
-
-Page 79, "rred" changed to "red" ("red pond")
-
-Page 79, bold text changed to italic to match the rest of the pattern
-(5. _En-rogel_, called)
-
-Page 79, word "the" moved to from before "most" to after "of" (most of
-the explorers) Original read (the most of explorers)
-
-Page 115, "Cæesarea" changed to "Cæsarea" (3. _Cæsarea._)
-
-Page 137, "tables" changed to "tablets" (for the stone tablets of)
-
-Page 144, "160" changed to "180" (Dead Sea, 180 miles)
-
-Page 148, the text defines a "cab" as being "96 cubic inches, or 675
-thousandths of a quart". This does not seem possible but the transcriber
-could not ascertain what was meant. An earlier version of this text uses
-this same definition.
-
-Pages 151-154, entries in this index match the map but not always the
-text. For example, the text refers to Beth Jesimoth which the index and
-map names as Beth-jeshimoth. It is Dhibân in the text but Dhiban on the
-map and the map's index. Names in the map index were not always in
-alphabetical order. This was retained.
-
-Page 157, "Keilah" moved to alphabetical placement. Originally listed
-after "Kenites."
-
-Page 157, "Miletus" moved to alphabetical placement. Originally listed
-after "Michmash."
-
-Page 157, "Misraim" changed to "Mizraim" (Mizraim, 25) This entry was
-also moved to reflect its corrected spelling.
-
-The original table of contents seems to have been taken from an earlier edition
-without the printers updating the chart section. This only affects the Chart of
-Bible History. The rest of the Table of Contents is identical.
-
- PAGE
- CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY 13-16
-
- I. GENERAL PERIODS.
- II. SUBDIVISIONS.
- III. PERSONS AND RULERS.
- IV. EVENTS OF BIBLE HISTORY.
- -------------------------------------
- Actual text of book contains these headings:
- (V. THE HISTORY OF EYGPT)
- (VI. THE KINGDOMS OF THE EAST)
- (VII. THE ORIENTAL EMPIRES)
- (VIII. THE WORLD IN GENERAL)
- -------------------------------------
- Actual text of table of contents has these headings instead:
- V. BATTLES OF BIBLE HISTORY.
- VI. EVENTS OF RELIGIOUS PROGRESS.
- VII. THE BOOKS OF THE BIBLE.
- VIII. GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES.
- IX. EVENTS OF SECULAR HISTORY.
- --------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's The Rand-McNally Bible Atlas, by Jesse L. Hurlbut
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE RAND-MCNALLY BIBLE ATLAS ***
-
-***** This file should be named 41140-8.txt or 41140-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/4/1/1/4/41140/
-
-Produced by Emmy, Kevin Handy, John Hagerson and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
- www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
-contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
-Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.